VOL. 80 MAY, 1957

TRANSACTIONS OF
THE ROYAL SOCIETY
OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

ADELAIDE

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS
KINTORE AVENUE, ADELAIDE

Price: Two Pounds Two Shillings

CONCERNING ABORIGINAL MARRIAGE AND KINSHIP

BY H. K. FRY

Summary

The present paper is an extension of the paper read before the Society in 1950 in which
genealogical patterns of aboriginal kinship system were presented and the thesis maintained that
one dominant type of system prevailed throughout Australia.

A more closely reasoned basis for the development of this system and for the origin of the Class
Systems is presented.

Miss McConnel's data concerning the Wikmunkan system are used to explain the elaborate kinship
terminology and the unusual class terminology of the Murngin tribe.

A genealogical interpretation of Miss McConnel's data concerning the Yaraidyana and Nggamiti
tribes is submitted, and the conclusion reached that these systems are entirely anomalous and not
prototypes in the development of the social organisation of Australian tribes in general.

CONCERNING ABORIGINAL. MARRIAGE AND KINSHIP
by H..K. Fry

[Read 12 April 1956]

SUMMARY

The present paper is an extension of the paper read before the Society in 1950 in which
enealogical patterns of aboriginal kmship system: were presented and the thesis maintained
at one dominant type of system prevailed throughout Australia,

A more closely reasoned basis for the development of this system and for the origin

of the Class Systems is presented.

Miss McConnel's data concerning the Wikmunkan system are used to explain the elaborate
kinship terminology and the ania class: terminolo ¥ of the Murngin tribe.

A genealogical interpretation of Miss McConnel’s data concerning the Yaraidyana and
Nggamiti tribes is submitted, and the conclusion reached that these systems are entirely
anomalous and not prototypes in the development of the sucial organisation of Australian
tribes in general.

Eight members of an Adelaide University Expedition visited Hermanns-
burg in 1929, The Western Aranda people there allocated cach member of the
group to one of the eight named subclasses (subsections) of their tribe,

Our newly-acquired mutual kinships were difficult to comprehend, and I
hit upon an arrangement of the subclass names in the following pattern where
son is charted below father arid daughter below mother:

PANANEKA pananka PURULA purula KNURAIA knurain NGALA ngale
BANGATA kamsara KAMARA banguta PALTARA wibitjana MBITJANA paltara
PANANKA knuraia PUORULA neala KNURAIA panunka NGALA purula
BANGATA mbitjana KAMARA paltura PALTARA kamara MBITJANA bungata
PANANKA pananka FURULA purula KNUBAIA knuraia NGALA ngala

The subclass names in capitals represent male members, those in small case
female members. I adopted the converse representation originally, but changed
to the ubove to conform to the generally accepted convention.

It was then realised that this Sehealsetal pattern could be reproduced in
a generalised form using eight symbols of an alyebraical character representing
the four subclasses of each of two moieties A and B. The symbols adopted at
first were these moiety letters, numbers, and asterisks. The numbers and asterisks
proved to be inconvenient and the conyention adopted was a numeral prefixed
to the moiety letter to distinguish altemate venerations and a post-fixed numeral
to distinguish subclasses of each generation.

The Aranda pattern can therefore be expressed in generalised symbols as
follows:

1A1 jak IBL Ibi 142 Iaz [B2 Ibe

ZAl 2bl 2Bl Qal 2A2 2h2 2BS Bad

TAL fe? BL Ibe TAS Jal 182 1b!

QAl 2b2 BB1l Qed BAQ Bl BBE Bal

Al Jat IBL bl IA2 dad) TBE 1b?

The pattern is simplified if the prefixed numeral be placed at the begin-
ning of each line and is taken to apply to each symbol of that generation,

If any two symbols representing brother and sister, e.g, LAI and lal in the
third generation line, be taken as Ego, man-speaking and woman-speaking re-
spectively, all the genealogical interpretations of each Aranda kinship term can

I

he followed on the pattern and cach kinship term will be located on the pattern
im constant association with ont symbol. This is a simple demonstration of
the fact that subclass terminolugy is merely a variant form kinship terminology
with the great advantage that the subelass term is a constant in regard to cach
individual, whereas the kinship term is variable in its application, being related
to a vatlety of Egos.

Following out the genealogical interpretation of kinship terms is simple us
brother and sister are the same symbol in different case lettering in one hori-
zoital line; father and mother are vertically above brother and sister respectively
and are also husband and wife in that generation line.

The vertical lines of male descent represent clans. ‘The Aranda pattern
cau be interpreted as the expression of a system of marriages between clans in
accordance with the following diagram using the symbol = to represent marriage:

1AlL=Ibl IBi=Ial J1AY=)b2 1B2=—1a2

2Al=2b2 2BI=Ya2 YA2-Qbl 202=%el

Th same system of marriages can also be represented in particular refer-
ence to marriages of brother and sister as follows:

LAL <1bl lA2=Ib? 2Al=2b2 2A2—2b1

lal!—IBl = la8=1B2 0 Jol =2H2 ak —2B1

By postulating a hypothetical diagram of marriages the corresponding
genealogical pattern can be constructed, The moiety symbol of son and daughter
will follow that of the father in a patrilineal society, that of the mother in a
inatrilinical society.

I have spent many hours since 1929 experimenting with genealogical pats
terns coustructed In this way, and plotting on these patterns the kinship. ter-
minnlogies of the various tribes. When the genealogical interpretations of the
kiuship terms of a tribe fall into consistent association with the symbols of a
certiin pattern, 1 huve presumed that one has a realistic representation of some
factnal groupings in that society. Conversely, when the kinship terms of a
tribe will not couform reasonably well with any genealogical pattern expressing
a certain marriage rule, I have considered that the marriage rule in question
is not a dominant factor in the marriage customs of that society:

These studies have led me to the conclusion (Fry, 1950) that the
Inarriage system customary in a tribe of eight subclass divisions was also customary
in the great majority of Australian tribes, both patrilineal and matrilineal, and
whether named class divisions or even moioties were recogniscil ar not.

This «nitormnity is understandable in view of the homogeneous nature of
aboriginal societies, whether patrilineal or matrilineal, presumably for thousands
of years, These socicties were basically patriarchal family gronps of hunters
and food-gatherers. Each family group had its own definite home territory, but
had widespread associations with other groups. Totemie ceremonies provided
the most important of these contacts, others were walk-abouts, hostile forays,
and trade. Every known person was a kinsman or kinswoman, unidentifiable
strangers were killed. Uniform social stresses in such societies tended to establish
customary intermarriages between certain groups, andl consequently kinships
tended to conform to a more or less uniform puttern, ‘The development of such
& fillern is analogeus to tho growth of erystals under unifurm conditions of
iutermoleenlar and environmental stresses,

The stresses which have determined the dominant type of marriage inter-
relations and kinship terminulogy in Australia are considered to be founded in
the veneral princini: that the existence of human societies depends upon the
climmation or mitigation of the disrupting influence of individualistic drives uf
which sexual competition is the most potent.

The following analysis of these stresses is suggested:

?

“

(1) Elimination of sexual competition within the family group is a first
necessity, hence the custom of exogamy. Many theories have been advanced to
explain the almost universal horror of incest in human societies. This appears to
he the most realistic one.

(2) Totemism appears in Australia to have been the hasis of the extension
of the incest prohibition to include the totemic clan, and, by identifying parallel
cousins with brother and sister, to have made marriage between Cross-cousins
the proper custom.

(3) The unsdésirability of sexual competition between father and son re-
presents a strong tendency to make women of the son’s generation ineligible
to the father, and tice versa,

(4) The custom of taboo against the mother-in-law debars the son-in-law
fram her camp fire, 1f the established custom should be bilateral marriages
between first cousins in a society whore every known person is akin, very many
women would have the status of ibther fei law. The social stress therefore is
for marriages ta be between cross-cousins “not too clase up", who therefore may
he classified as “second” cousins under a kinship term other than that applied to
“first” cousins.

As will be discussed later, the main variant from the dominant type of
marriage and kinship occurs in Northern Australia where marriage with a
unilateral first-cousin is the rule. Greater dilution af the mother-in-law problem
is attained there by requiring the potential wives to be of junior status.

(5) The mast satisfactory solution of the practice of exogamy is the amicable
exchange of women between groups, The normal system in Australia was the
exchange of “sisters” between groups of opposite moiety, and exchange of
women by mien of the same moiety resulling in marriages with women of the
grandchildren’s generation, In patrilineal societies the latter type of marriage
was arranged by exchange of “sister's daughters”, so that one partner in the
exchange married his sister's daughter's husband’s sister's daughter ( Radcliffe-
Brown, 193)), In matrilineal societies the wife of the junior generation had the
status of “dangliter’s daughter” (Howitt, 19042). This could be the result of
two men exchanging “daughters”. The dominant genealogical pattern of kinships
is asymmetrical in regard to lines of male and female descent. In both types
of society if Ego be 1A1 wives of both generations will be 1b1, so conforming
to the dominant genealogical pattern (Fry, 1934),

Where patrilineal and matrilineal societies are contiguous and their mem-
bers intermarry, a simpler type of kinship terminolo vy tends to appear as 2
(eee as) between the two asymmetrical versions of the genealogical pattern

ry, 1934),

The dominant type of murriage custam and kinship social structure through-
out Australia is considered to be a purely natural consequence of the operation
of the above factors. A consciously motivated systematisation of the kinship
groupings resulting from the genealogical pattern determined by these factors
is considered to be responsible for the appearance of named moicties, of four
named classes, and of eight named subclasses in certain tribes. An analogy is
suggested hetweer Whe mental processes underlying this systemalisation of kin.
ships and the systematisation of speech into grammatical forms,

{t is because of this achievement of elassification that 1 consider the older
termy class and subclass preferable to the terms section and subsection. The
latter terms were introduved by R, H. Matthews (1897) and at present are
generally adopted, The Fact that the term class has other meanings in other
socicties is no more & reason for secking another term than is a possibly similar
objection to the use of the term class in regard to a school population,

The tempting hypothesis that existing Anstralian societies represent stages in
evolution from first-cousin marriages systematised in four named classes to

q

.

second-cousin marriages systematised in eight named subclasses is not credible,
For example, the identity of procedure in arranging betrothals in matrilineal
fout-class societies in New South Wales ( Matthews and Everitt, 1900) and in the
patrilincal eight-subclass socictics of Central Australia is typical.

That totemism has played an important part in moulding the Australian
kinship systems is supported by the practice of the matrilineal tribes of New
South Wales. Their nermal marriage rules conformed to four class divisions,
but marriages between totemic clans of oue and the same class were also per-
misible. T. G. H. Strehlow (1947) has established that the clan in Central
Australian tribes, in spite of conceptual totemism, is still u lolemic clan. In
sharp contrast to this view is Muliuowski’s urticle on Kinship in the Eneyclo-
pacdia Britannica 1929, Schooleraft (1853) writing of the North American
indians stated “where there is u lapse of memory er tradition, the toten: is con-
fidently appealed to as the Lest of blood affinities, however remote”. The same
is true of the Australian aborigines.

Irregular marriages of certain types are always permissible in Australian
societies. The consequent difficulties in kinship terminology are overcome simply
by a readjustment of kinship terms. This f believe was first recorded by Howitt
(1904b). The mental attitude involved is well illustrated by the aboriginal
who had been baptised and given a Christian name. When the priest reproved
him for eating beef on Friday, he protested that it was all in order as he had
sprinkled water on the beef and called it fish.

The most important variation from the doniivant type of social pattern
ovcurs in certain tribes of Armhem Land and Cape York Peninsula. Marriage
with a woman who is a mother's brother's daughter but not a father’s sister’s
daughter is the rule. The simplest genealogical pattern which will express this
custom ina society with moiety divisions is oue based on a diagram of marriages
such ag AI-h2 Re=a2 Abt Bl=wl in all generations.

The corresponding genealogical pattern is as follows:

Al al Bi bl Az ot p2 b2

Al bt Bl al AQ bz 2 al

AL az Bi he AS owl Bi bl

At bz BL al A bl B2 we

Al al Bl bl AQ az B2 b?

Warner (1930) has recorded the Murnyin kinship terminology which is of
this type, and it is not a simple one, T have shown (Fry, 1951) that 4h yerea-
logical pattern hascd on a marriage diagram of

Ai=b$ Bev A=—b3 Bs=as A=be Bent Ad bl Ul—al

iy wecessary to mect the demands of this complex terminology, There are also
cight named classes, two in cach generation for four consecutive yenerations.

The reasons for this complexity are apparently the demands of junior and
senior status considerations as will be discussed wader the Wikmankan system.

Miss MeConnel lias tarried ont detailed investigations of the social structure
nf the tribes of Cape York Peninsula where considerations of senior and junior
status are major factors in marriage and kinship. She has recently published
a summary of her researches (MeConnel, 1950),

The Wikmunkan (b) system which she has described is founded on the
tule that a man marries his mother’s younger brother's daughter, a wornan Ler
father's older sister's son, The rule theretare debars a man from marrying his
father’s sister's daughter as she is of senior status.

The apparent symplicity of this new principle is delusive, Age grades in a
society ure definite distinctions, the status of each individual being recognised
uniformly by wll the members of the community. The distinctions of senior
and junior status are, however, indefinite, being based on the dependent variables
ol the rclative ages of the indiyiduals whose status is under comparison.

A

The Wikmunkan have kinship terms distinguishing senior and junior status
for kindred of their own, their father’s, and their children’s generations, with the
execption of father’s sisters. The kinship terms of other generations are undif-
ferentiated. There are three general principles governing the determination of
tclative seniority.

(L) Marriages with the mother’s younger brother’s danghter and the latter's
younger sisters (the junior sororate rule) determine that wife and mother
signify junior status. Each time one of these relationships occurs in the geuca-
logical interpretation of a kinship term, an “ugmentation of junior stutus is indi-
vated. Conversely, husband, sister, and daughter are significant of an augmen-
tation of senior status,

(2) Under the junior levirate rule a man inherits the wives and children
of his deceased older brother. As Eva is a living person and passes to his father’s
younger brother's camp, father is ranked with father’s younger brother. Con-
versely, as older brother's children pass to Ego’s camp, Ego's children rank
with those of older brother.

(3) Each step up in generation leyel signifies an increase in seniority, and
tice versa.

The effects of these principles frequently are conflicting.

In the Wikmunkan system kindred of near and distant relationship sre
denoted by the same kinship term. Nevertheless, a distinction between near
and distant kin is made on the basis of the relative seniority of certain recognised
lines of descent. Miss McConnel in interpreting the Wikmunkan system has
adopted the conventions of indicating a relations uip which is relatively remote
by enclosing the relationship designation im inverted commas, or by prefixing, ta
the translation of the kinship term the qualification of “%" or “outside” appro-
priate to remoteness of blood relationship or locality, Accordingly, “father's
ulder brother”, “father’s younger brother”, “mother’s older brother’, and “mother’s
younger brother” are recognised as representatives of clans differentiated from
une another and from the clans of father-and mother’s brother by virtue of the
relative seniority of their lines of descent.

The Wikmunkan social organisation is therefore more complex than the
kinship terminology suggests.

The following abbreviations will be employed in illustrating and discussing
genealogical patterns in this paper:

f. father Li. brother #,-m, consin-mother

m. mother ar, Sater (joking relationship)
8. som h. huaband o. older

d. daughter w. wis ¥- younger

Terms enclosed in brackets refer to a female-speaking Ego.

The question now arises whether these Wikmunkan clans can he correlated
with a conventional genealogical pattern of Kinships. ‘The simplest possible
pattern which could mect the requirements is that given previously on page 4.
The following result then appears

Al al Bl bh Ay a2 B2 2
MMB, trem,
Al bl Bl ait AZ ys Be al
f, “MOR SY Bt im M.D.
Al a2 BI b2 Ag al R2 bl
bent) SRA. Ws or TO ay ea

This pattern finds no provision for the lines “F.O.B." and “M.Y.B.”. The
patlern must therefore be extended by at least one more pair of symbols. The
result is as follows:

th

Al al Bl I AZ az B2 ba Ad a3 R3 b3

WM. B. ttm. WAT AER. warts
Al bl Bl as A b2 Be al Ad ba BS aw
fF, “M.0.B." SRY Bt om. IMB. “ROB.” OMY ,B. ium.
Al a3 BI bs A3 ol B22 bi AS a2 BS h2
EGO SHH. sr. “o2.0,b.0." “m.o.B,D.H.” ut

This pattern in which six genealogical lines are represented conforms with
the six lines of descent which Miss McConnel has identified.

Referring back to the Murngin system, it will be remembered that the kin-
ship terminology of that society demands a genealogical pattern in which yet
another pair of symbols is included, Ad and B4, In that pattern Ad represents
the line “F.O.B.”, whose women marry men of the B4 line. The Murngin system
therefore distinguishes a “M.O,B.” line B4 which is senior to that of the sister's
husband Bl. The term dumungur of the B4 line is an augmentative of the
kinship term due of the Bl line, Marriages of men of the AS line are with
women of the B4 line, and the A3 women marry men of the “M.Y,B.” line B3.

The recognition of senior and junior status in addition to that of kinship
provides a sufficient reason for the curiously complex Murgin kinship terminology.

The Wikmunkan kinship terms are charted on a genealogical pattern in
Diagram I, It will be noted of the B3 clan that the men marry women of the
senior line A3, and the women marry men of the junior linc AZ. A similar
circumstance has been remarked upon in regard to the A3 clan in the Murgin
system,

This apparent anomaly can now he explained.

' Marriages between the Wikmunkan clans can be interpreted as a continuous
cycle,
‘ B2=a2
Al=b2. A2—b3
al=BL wt=B3
bI=A3

B3 is at the opposite pole of the cycle to Al. If Al be Ego as in Diagram
I, B3 is the end member of a serics of wife’s brothers of progressively increasing
junior status, and also the end member of a series of sister's husbands of pro-
gressively increasing senior status. In the Murngin system A3 accupies this
position,

If Ego be selected as a representative of each clan in succession, other clans
will be found to assume senior or junior status as follows;

EGQ “OB” “PYBO “MO,BV' Mb, “M.Y.B
Al Ag Az Bi R2 B3
AZ Al A3 BY R3 Bl
A3 Az Al BS BI B2
Bl BS Be AS Al AZ
B2 Bl BS Al AZ AS
Ra B2 Bl Ad AS Al

So the B3 men and women from their own standpoint marry normally, which,
of course, one knows by the definition of the pattern, but which one can lose
sight of in the complexity of the system.

But there is yet another complication. ‘These clans do not haye the stable
identity of purely kinship clans. Being differentiated by assessments of rela-
tive seniority, new clans originate im the senior and junior branches of the clans
in senior generations. These new clans must be assimilated in the social system
in categories other than those of the clans from which they have stemmed,

Miss McCounel's only mention of an exchange marriage in the Wikmunkan
system is that Ego’s wife's father’s father exchanges his son’s daughter for Ego's
“older sister", Following my diagrams, this means that a B2 man marries an

q

PRP ‘Hadad
edeAud VIVH
eB ea
P's"L3
PD
eAYeU VALIVN
Tq 8a
‘p
vybuae
woh PYUO «SIX Ms
eAvAud eysuol VYAIVYOAN
18 ea
usin -agh
‘m
4ny
“uso -av'q°0
Pohu PQUOU «LA My
*BALOUL BAIOUL LOX
64 sa
mn
lef,
PUA TS, «cf XKs,
eAUIC vive
ee 8a
TRIN,
UU THWM
eAqeu VALIVN
eq sa
Un A AM
eysuou VOW
ge ea

“ms

pohm
vATBYNUL
oq

ge

T4

‘suoljyeisues [[e Ul ge = og

11 = 8V

Ge = CL

£4 =3V

Te

=14

69 =1V

‘UIRISVIP OSeTIeUL OY} Jo uIe}vd [eoISo[voues oy} UO poyeYyO sulay, drysury uexUNWLAA

&v

SV

I WYYOVIG
Dp pss
BYR
eB 6a $4
ua P SQN, SS IUM ‘pp as
eAqren VALIVN esrnd
eq 6a gu
pu-"o SIAM “SSIOW “push “p'ssco
eysueu = VAIVHON =6YMOD eéreynu ean,
ge 6a Tq
aA'M
“u-"9 LAX
eAURRY BIC TOM cass, cavsusf
“pus-f SEM ‘STOW Shae “48°0
eA10uL VAION VAION ea — edvA
14 oa 12
“Ub
TM 2703
usf LK TOK shu uso
vAuld VIVi Vuaon eyey VyNU
Te oa oq
iM win
ef-s ear eet
tie f Wad ae
eAqreu VALIVN vind
6q 6a eB
Porat ata ue
VAN exnUL
eB ea $4

‘Haaaus

Vdld
ov

VAITNd
ov

VAVANIA
ov

Pra: a Oy
VINO
ov

«ed XT»
Saw
VdId
ov

“AWM
«cD ATA,
te i\@p i's
WInd
ov

“ICA
VANIG
ev

my Ae
18
‘ass
psqn
BAYOU
oq

ge

usfs
eAuld

Coste g -a3'8°8 os"
VIVi ‘eyey Vdld
T@ rat T¥
Has
‘Sa ‘S's
VALIVN eéyind VAITOd
Ta 68 lV
‘s
Ha VHONIN
‘SUS A ‘SUSO «Ppren,, SLA ‘S"x'0
VAIVHONM VMOL t4reynul YAVANId VUONAN
Ta eq TV
«SIO, : One
“HUS «c A8"O,, ‘HA ‘x0
VAION edva VINOd_ VANOM
Ta ge Tv
«LON, “a
“a Hus Vdid
“Has aT CAT TO'r
VuXOK Vdid VANIC
Ta 4 Tv
‘HAS IT eff ‘AT
VALIVN yurey, vind
Ta Te TV
wf f caves
‘eqnul VANIA
Ta oq TV

A3 woman belonging to his “M.Y.B.” clan which is a deviation from the ordin-
ary rule,

/ Miss McConnel considers that the marriage systems of the Wikmunkan
and neighbouring tribes follow a downward spiral. I do not agree with this.
The downward trend of junior marriages in any one generation is countered
by the operation of the levirate rule under which women of senior status are
taken in marriage. Also, her description of a downward spiral of marriages
requires that only the most junior men in a generation marry women of a
younger generation. That clder men would surrender this privilege to their
juniors would be a most unusual event in Australian societies. Her reasoning
is based on her diagram which shows that men of the most junior line (corres-
ponding to that of B3 in my Diagram I) marry women of a senior line {A8 in
my diagram) in a lower generation. As has beew shown above, a HS man
marrying a woman of an AS line is marrying a woman of his mother’s brother's
elan, which is not a senior line. If, however, he marries a woman of that clan
who is of his grandchildren’s generation, she can be of senior status in that
generation. This is surely the normal rule which all men are entitled to follow.

Wikmunokan kinship terms differentiate altcrnate generations. Diagram I
therefore shows the generation lines numbered 1 and 2 alternately, However,
the use of the terms pinyawa for hushand’s older brother, kata kalana for
“w.0.b." and pinya for the latter's. husband indicates a tendency to rank these
kindred of senior status in Ego's generation with father and mother.

Class jraehelature, as stated previously, is a stabilised form of kinship
terminology, the respective terms remaining constantly associated with cach
individual in (he society. Aboriginal kinships implicate social functions of which
marriage is the most important. Earlier authors therefore have described classes
wud subclasses as “marriage classes’.

The systematisation of kinships by some tribes into civht subclasses repre-
senting alternate yvenerations of four types of clans was a great achieverrent,
The Murngin society incorporates eight types of clans, which are differentiated
by a recognition of relative seniority status superimposed upon that of kinship.
Such claus, as we have seen, cannot be represented by a stabilised kinship nomen-
clature. The Murngin named classes theretore distingish only moieties in cach
weneration,

Marriages between clans in accordance with the Murngin marriage diagram
theorctically could be between men and women of any generation. The Murn-
gin kinships differentiate altcrnate generations so that father and son do not
compete for the same women, The Murngin class system reinforces this differen-
tiation, and also provides the advantages of the stabilised kinship identifications
of an eight-class system by the ingenious device of having named classes to
represent the individuals of the two moieties in four successive generations.

N. W. Thomas (1906) ascribed the evolution of eight-class divisions tu a
distinction between older and younger sisters, Miss McConnel has suggested
that the tribes of Cape York may represent relics of the original aboriginal
immigration into Australia and that the junior marriage customs in that region
may be prototypes of aboriginal systems of kinship and marriage, A close con-
sideration of these Norther Queensland systems is therefore indicated.

‘he Wikmunkan (b) system has been discussed andl is related! to the Arnhem
Land systems only, It appears to differ fundamentally from the deminant Aus-
tralian system.

Miss McConnel has also described:

(1) A Wikmunkan (a) system of junior marriages with muther'’s brother's
daughter or father’s sister's daughter.

(2) A Kandyu system of marriage with father's sister's daughter not mother’s
brother's daughter.

7

(3) A Yarsidyana system of marriaves with father's sisters daughter's
daughter not mothers brother's daughter's daughter.

(4) A Negamiti system of marriage with father's sister’s daughter’s daughter
and mother’s brother's daughter.

The Wikmupkan system (a) requires the co-existence of two apparentl
Incompatible provisions, marriage with the mothers younger brother's
daughter. or the father's sister's daughter. As wife's mother is normally a
member of a “F,Y,B.” clan, in other words she is a “father’s younger sister”, marriage
with a father's sister’s daughter “not clase wp” is a normal occurrence. A special
emphasis on this paternal kinship could represent an approximation of the bilateral
exchange of second cousins which iy a feature of the dominant system of aboriginal
mawTiage.

Miss McConuel has interpreted the Kandyu society as a system of junior
marriages with a father’s sisters daughter, mother’s brother's daughter being
tabon, This is the only instance of the operation of this marriage rule of which
Tam awure, Previously (1850) I have denied its existence, The genealogical
pattern of such a system is based on a marriage diagram of the type:

JAl~ loz IRi=lal 1A2—1b] 1R2= la
2A1l—2hI 261 =2a2 242—2h2 2Bi—al

Kandyu kinship terms are plotted on such a pattern in Diayram TI, A minor
deviation trom the pattern is that Miss McConnel identifies w-fm. (a2) with
f.fy.sr. (al) in her genealogical table on page 125. Alma is shared between
Al and A2 lines, but by description is a generalised term. Important points
ure that wife’s mother may be pima f.y.sr., or pinya E.o.sr.; that wite’s father may
he kala fFmy.b.s,,. mam.y.srs., or Amuy.b., ar muka fim.o.bs., or km.m.o,sr-s.;
that the daughter of muka and pinya cannot be married; that the daughter of
muka and pima or of kala aud pinya may be married, in which case kinship
terms are adjusted to those of a proper marriage with the daughter of kala and
pima, Therefore the taboo against the mother’s brother's daughter only operates
if she is “too close up”, indicating a possible transition to second-cousin marriages,
Contrasted with the Wikmunkan (b) system, the Kandyu has the importunt
differcnte that father and son marry women from alternate groups, a charae-
teristic of the marriages of the dominant system,

Miss McConuel has recorded that in a Kandyn exchange marriage Ego
gives his ngama (m.b.d.) to his wife's ngama (her fsr.s., and Ego’s “o.b.”) and
in return his wife’s brother gives his ngama. (Ego’s sr.) to his wife's ngama ( Ego's
m.b,s.), The same transaction would be accomplished jf Ego gave his sister to
his m.b.s.. who in return gave his sister to Egq’s “older brother”, Miss MeConne}
(1952) has suggested this right of a man to dispose of his nbd. in marriage
may be a survival from a time when he had the right ta marry her himself.
Miss MeConnel also records exchange marciages where the senior partner ap

arently marries his wife's brother's sun's sou’s danghter, a woman of the third
ower generation,

This marrying outside a man’s fwn generation or that of his grandchildren
is described by Miss McConne] as a characteristic feature of the Yaraidyana
and Nggamiti societies who have the custom of marriage with the father’s sister's
daughter's daughter. These tribes are stated to be patrilineal. The Ungarinyin
(Elkin, 1932) and the Wornra (love, 1950) in the Kimberley district of W.A.
have the custom of marrying the sister and daughter of a man of their own
generation. This custom in a patrilineal soriety at least assures that the wives
are of the right muiety. Father's sisters daughter's daughter in a patrilineal!
society with moiety divisions must belong to the same moiety as the man
spexking. A imairilincal system would retain the daughter in the same moiety
as ber mother, but the marriage rule in question in a matrilineal society is not

R

“aeere
‘hp
nArA} eu
oqT

“pa
opeAuid
Teg

Pye
operd

m
eyuemy
pares "Pasay
AULE TM euleda

64a

[easy]

“ue
ag rut
“us'0Yf
eAurd

“wr
ust
smd
TRS

UE UE
“edt f
Taye
8a

‘Buryveds uruloa vFy 0} Jajar syeyoriq UT posopue suey,

‘zaqysurp

SA0yOLG SAaYyJOUL YPM JOU 4Nq “JayYsnep stasis soy TF 9} YA asveu Buquessidey

T86=— Cds CIZ=—GVS GPG=IHZ T4IZ=1VS
eI =Gal I4F=GVI TPl=1Tal Z4l=1VI
WEEP aBLLILIY OY} Jo uIaHeg [eowWorreusy ayy uo poyeyo suri} drysury nApury

Tl WYYOVIG

ng Rue
‘Sa OS p
QALALIVN ovemnd
Sat Z8T
mgnfs
HIE £ ‘HO pen
VAIVMON VdW¥i¥ ecdurvul
ta: € 698
Ca a'e)
Cys}
VYNVON
“aA sat
SUS LT ‘SUS or ‘aqua ewe
VYdlllHd VdITIHd ofvek = eer
oat eT
‘TM “WAL
SOMA SLOW AE “Ae fa ‘anf
VIV VanA edeq eynuUl
Ect: Fy GIs
‘aA
HA we f'n
TALIV Tour
sa. SIT

“HOSS

‘WO AL
VAT
‘Sa'0F
OLV 1d
ovo

AIO
YNTY
‘d-0%
OdVA

VT

“HUST At

paras

TATA EO

TAT

wae lu

Beg

“us"fue
1AYTE
TAT

“SS ue
NATALIVN
Tat
‘Sas a “"SYS'O
YAIVSOW Vd VIC
THs
Usa A ig al
VAVON ‘HS
Sew SLOn
VdITIbd VAION
Tal
‘Td “AL
“a WE a Ad
SUSAWN “SUSOW WE
‘a ACW LOW
¥IVai VanW
Tdé
eis
TALITY
Tal

“M's
“pas ft
VATE HNUE
T4e

Kasa
tdurrui

suryeads Wewon
[08a]
“43°
eed

S's
OLVTId
T¥T

‘Sat Sao
OLVANIDT QL¥Id
T¥S

dupyeads wevt
oor
LOCUS Or
¥NIV
"£0
OdVA

"ET=O1l %=dl FPFT=VI
qI=0G %=8s W-VEG
‘WIBIBLIP aALIIRY OY} JO UsA}EY [LIo[vatay at} uo pazreyo suay, diysupy eucAprerey

I WYYDVId

“om
‘S's “ASS Sd “AU Se “ps "SON
VaOuN eyndy ¥YAWY ngunAul eynina VOT
a2 of vd qT Eka % 4g BT Va
TmranAre Woe ae
AGS ‘Ssa'd EPpy ‘p's srg' at ‘od “N's p VIVGUIUL
VUVONId “p'p “ms NIMDAIV Pes ‘p'p ss a
vunadv eynye eynde VaOLY eyny BYNUE VIM
oF qT aT rd at 8T ag oid VI
wae et ‘s
“Stal “Ha VUVONTA Ws vivsnme IMIVAV
SUSA “SUS O wera rye SUS rivsui “p's pest “pasa ‘SA ‘ST'O
yrowa AgqTa uyndut ewe YAN vyNle eyRIN EY nqpe ¥UANI ITMIVINY
ae BB at aT as qs eT ord Vid
‘aM
I a ‘sa AWE ‘Haus
‘was ‘SOK “ppg SUS Sugg 08x
‘aM VUVONTA cu pivsurd SEK ‘Seow “ast “aso ca. ae
VOVMAVA «ANVIL, eeausur « RUIVYL,, NIMAATV NY¥MD nweqy! Tpuxdi ARYVIE Foxad 2
oT aT 8g qu gT 9% if eT ¥I
‘TM AA _ “ue ‘a
Sen Mar N “udm pq Hus dt neunsul VHLVEL
AA NET ‘par hf Pasay ae AL uso f Cr AA TOK “as fie "Ag'o" Ue cad eae
VHIINV «VYHGYAT, upndére Lowe Bye “yet VALVE Wiad odunsuy = eynyn VHLYVdL YLYAI
a8 at oT rd ae eT % q ka
PUSS LA
TT AM “we wea VON do
ie ed TWYJLMDATE ef me pMe UAC AL
TWH “SUSAN “ae AS asog umes “arse aK vin is "ue ee aq ‘ALT wad
FHLTAY .VONTdD, eyeUy wivul aye VHIILV VYVINM BYTE, BPEL, VHEVUAM
ar ey aL oT aT ag BT id VI
“m
UE een
TAA ef “prs fue ts oe a “ME UL He
AWM CRUSE Cae fur eyyide ia as ae a's “ae peu art f eave §
VHLINV eugide aipuedn,, ByUul YLOwN eyo BYE A VLYNI
og aT rd at [Std id a aT ve

10

amenable to the dictates of moiety divisions. (Vide appendix.) Therefore, the
Yaraidyana and Nggamiti societies cannot conform to moiety regulation.

A genealogical pattern which conforms with the Yaraidyana kinship ter-
minology is based on the marriage diagram:

1A=1e 1B- 20 1G=la

2A =2b 2B =2a 20=1b

or, expressed in the form representing sister exchange,

LA=Ie I1B-=2¢ 2A—=2b
la=10 Ib==2C fa=28

This genealogical pattern takes the following remarkable form;
1A Ta 2b 2e IB Ip 2a le 1G
24 2 Iw 2b 2B le Ib ga 2
1A 2b 2c la 1B Daw le Ih Ate)
2A la 2b 20 26th va le 2¢

The Yaraidyana kinship terms are charted on this pattern in Diagram ITT,
There are three lines of male descent and twa lines of female descent, the
latter being repeated three times. Father and son marry alternately into these
two female lines, and women in three consecutive generations take their husbands
in regular rotation from the three male lines. The female lines arc repeated
because cach woman must appear in one generation as a daughter, and as wife
and mother in another generation Icvel. The three repetitions are necessary in
order that the sister and the wife of each man of the three clans miay appear on
the horizontal line of his own generation.

It will be noted that the kiiship terms upunga, ibatha, and itamu are shared
between the A and C lines, and that the terms ukuéa and amitha in the senior
generations of the B and C lines uppear in the junior generations vf the C and
B lines, as wkuka and amuka.

This genealogical pattern expresses marriages by exchange. Ego exchanges
sister's daughters with aiyuwin (f.sr.s,), or sisters with mauwara (f.m.b.s.s. or
m.m.b.s.), apitha (romé.y.b.), or apuka (“o.b.d.d.s."), Miss McCennel, how-
ever, records that the Yaraidyana marriages usually follow the junior marriage
mle whereby brother and sister marry apart, the brother to a junior and the
sister to a senior mate. She also states that observance of the m.b.d.d. taboo
dehars exchange marriages in successive generalions. These conditions indicate
that the pattern of Diagram III at least should be doubled.

The genealogical pattern of Diagram IIL can be reproduced in six lines
of male descent and four lines of female descent by exposition of the following
marriage diagram (a);

WAI=lel = 1A2=Te2 =1BI—Lel = IB2=2ce2 = 1GI=lal 12
2A1L—S2b1 2A2 = 2h2. 2Bi=2al 2B2—2n2 201 =1bI 202

This diagram presents three groups of two pairs with marriage by exchange
of sisters between the members of the pairs. The system of marriages can he
re-arranged in each of these groups in two ways:
(1) If the marriages be alternated, exchange of sisters will not oceur, For
example the system
VAl—tel = TABS Te TAl-=lel = 1A8=1e2
lalI=1C1 1a2=1C2 willbecom: Inl—1C2 Ja2=1C1

(2) Tf the marriages be inverted the above systems will become:
TAL=1e2 1A2=1eL

jal =102 1s3--101 and LAI=1e2 1A2—Iel
Tal =lel Je2z—1C!2 respectively.
dt

Ge

FaNdV
gOT

SS aay
seks eal
606

‘Sa a

VUYON Id

«AKV LI.
601

yam ass
Ad
wVHLYVdI.
608

SUSI
«VONNAL,
oT

HUST.
VILLINV
06

erestud
ryndu
aL

owe
“Pe syus
eynye
Weo[CUL
64aT

ES

ppqu

erat

A TTLBY1.,
eas

pau
qroTUy
eat

‘aut gut
uepHane
GBS

pues fru
eygide
ealpuedn,,

rt

41 = 29% 141 =TOR’ GYE=CaS TkG—1ES [W=—CVG SIZ=1VE
SEG =GOL TRT=1OT PB=—GAl WB=—THl SPLI=—CcVl PI=-I1yl

TULIGEIP BSLV, VY} JO WroyUg [Poo[vauay ot} UO payeyo sutay, drysury revaprerey

"AL WYYOVIC

“SU
Vaan
Te

‘Has

Sad

Fund Vv
TOT

HOt

SA Suso

FNOMD NAT
TOS

“Hus
"a" At
VU MOVIN
TOT

SEAT
VALINY
Td

TATE
CAE
VHLId¥
TOL

Cr ap fap a
A
VYHALIKY
Tae

“oh
“MSS
pp
exude
TT

THAMTLALeG
‘EP
wyNge
TaT

n
ByLAUL
Pen pyre
VYNAUT Tye
186

“ae
eIVAAN EOL
TeT

TIANATS
TAT

“uuen
TOW AAMLATS
ie a
Byeuur
Tes

“mn.
UUM
TOS f UCU

Wet
aide
TL

“wc At'St

Sa HT

VHONY
Faced

“Haus
Se A SLOW
NIMODATY NVA
aL

HN CLOW
VHLVUY VLINT
bet: id

wie
VHROILLY
sat

ar arg
ViInan
Sas

SST
Fan
Tas SPL
a wep
YNOLY TNL
Tal 14
ae erie 28
VuOKY cTpuedn,,
Tae Q0¢
“aM
‘SUS La ?
NIMDATY
TET oat
14%
re ea
“itt nq
FHITLY cE VBULE, ,
TST Fara
Td OL

BYE

BVG

AAU TT

‘TAT aE
FORD dL
evl

avs

“es
‘EAD
TST

ae
wyatt
THe

so
Typ

eA “oD
WEL pec
T8T

"ue
naunaw

“AS RUE
ToUnAT

carry

APE
SPIN

ae

“asf

eyyeanas
TEL

yYMANI
1Wé

“pr ge
V.IMOM
T¥t

‘s
IMIVISY

Sah SHO
TXLVAY a
lve sa

OOF
at “HO
AAVIT Fox 7df
T¥I

ft
VHIFEI
‘TAT LOT
YHL¥H! VLYNI
T¥é

aT
FHLVYYOM
TvT

‘Wat ad
VIFNT
TVS

The marriage diagram (b):

{AL—Jel 1IA2=—Te2 IBI=2e2 1B2=-2el 1G1—tal (C3 lag
2AI—2be 2A2—2h1 2B1L--2al 22 =2a2 2C1=1h1 202=1b2

expresses alternated marriages in the 1B-2C, and the 2A-2B groups, but retains
sister exchange in the LA-1C group.

The gencalogical pattern of this marriage diagram is Mlustrated in Diagram
\V in a partial form, the four lines of fernale descent being yiven only once.
‘lhe pattern shows the three generation cycle of female descent seen in Diugrany
HL, Yaraidyana kinship terms are charted on the pattern in relation to Ego 1AL.
The plotting of these kinship terms ean be followed if a man’s sister is lovated
to identity his mother, and a man’s sors sister located to identify daughter and
her mother who is his wife. Generations became so mixed in this pattern that
brother and sister may be separated hy one or two generations and merge with
kin of analogous status of more remote generations.

The pattern of Diageamy IV provides a threefold conformity with kinship
requirements in that wife may be fim.h.s.d., m.m.b.d., anc Csr.d.d. without incur-
ring the tabood kinship of ucb.did, This will hold good if Ege be 1A1, 143,
LOL or 103,

If Ege be 1B1, 1B2, 2B1, or 2B2, conformity is only twofold as nivmbid,
becomes identified with m.b.d.d,

If Feo be 2A], 2A2, 2C1, or 209, fm.b.s.d. and sydd. will be found to
be also m.b.d.d., and m.m.b.d. to be the wrong line. Sen's wife and daughter’s
daughter's husband are therefore shown with the prefix in Wiagsram FY.

A marriage diagram of type (), bot in which the yraup 2A-2B retains
sister exchange, will provide a genealogical pattern which will give threefukl
eontormity if Ago be a member of one of the pairs of this group, twofold con-
formity if Ego be of the pairs LC or 20. and ne conformity if Ego be of the pairs
1A or LB,

An analogous marrisge diagrain in which the group 1B-2C retains sister
excluinge will give a pattern with threetold couformity iF Exo be of this group,
twolold if go be of the pairs 1A or 2A, and ne conformity if Ego be of the
pairs 2B or 1C,

Tt the marriages of any two of the groups in the above type (b) of mar-
riage diagram be inverted the pattern will be unchanged. Tf the marriages of
ane or three of the groups be inverted, a pattern with « six generation cycle at
female descent will appear which will not conforin to the Yaraidyana Cerminolagy.

{f the marriages of all three groups of marriage iliagram (a) be alternated,
the genealogical patterns give a six generation cycle of descent in two of the
four lemale lines, "These patterns provide threefold conformity if Eva he a
meiiber of one of the pairs 1A, 2B, or 2C or alternatively if Ego is a member
of one of the pairs 2A, 1B, or 1C, A pattern expressing conformity when Ego
is a member of one of these series of pairs has no conformity when Ego is a
member of one of the ether series. I! a marriage diayram for one type of
pattern be re-arranged so that the marriages of one or of Uliree uf the groups
of two pairs be inverted, a pattern will emerge which will be of the alturgate
type.

Marriage diagrams, in which the marriages of only one group of diagram
(a) are alternated, and sister exchange retained by two groups, provide genea-
legical patterns which do not conform to the Yaraidyana terminology,

Therefore, so far as I can determine, no sinule genealogical pattern can
be found to represent the social organisation of the Yaraidyana.

Missy McConnel (1952) has informed me that clans play no part in marriage
arrangements, and that the system is kept “straight” by the usc of the terms
maiem and imalgan, which are applied to sister’s hushand and brother's wife

1S

was
Sa
NVHALV
ae

wd

‘Sus

Nara
aT

"HAS ‘LA
SUS ‘Sen
Se ae

AM
CAA
VHIINY
oT

AAC
NIMAIATV
ie

at

0%

id

aI

3

roataa
equ
BG

Be

aT

%

“49 f
eyNAWe
Aid
twee
tus fu
eye
aT

06

eRBZ=Ol IT =A AT=VI
eT=D0B %=As WW=VsE
‘TURISVIC] OBeMIVY ‘sua, diysury wuressN
‘A WVYOVId
yp Ord “ye
Texynye NIMVHIV weynims
og a1 aT
“Wad
‘SOUS .

‘p ‘sa ine
néurmon NVHOAKY weynure
BB aso q
“Haus

“Mm ‘TM
pps SEH
UDeyye NIMVHEV
qT aT oT
TAL
pate err
past HE
UIMnATY VHLIVUY ViIoOMo
ag dé BT
WU LAT
Pe (i i ae 46
‘eNAUIB VHIILY
Ld al 46
ae ar
ho f'U A
BuyyE AVUDUY
a1 a3 aT

or

St

qs

oT

“us fE
SU PELL
eL

wees
unynie
4

“ms
“PR 4S
uURNWe
q%

“pias
nan
oT

‘£80
Ypurdu
BT

"UL
vn pe
q6

‘Ss
XVOD IM
VT

VON dl
vt

‘A
VHIYVSI
VG

cars
VAIVUOM
WI

RUS TH
ATT
VIVNI

Va

14

when these are “outside” persons. The above discussion indicates that much
cumpromise and readjustment must be necessary to make the system workable.
The Nggamiti system is not described in detail by Miss McConnel, Diagram

V shows that the kinship terms will conform to.a gencalogical pattern based on
the marriage diagram:

JA=ib IR=te 1-2
BA- 3b YR- 2c 20 la

or, in the form representing marriages of brothers and sisters,

[B=le
tA=Ib IC=2a
la=2C0 2h=—2A

to = 2B

The pattern of Diagram V represents exchange marriages in which Eza
gives his sister to aiyuwin (fsr.s, or mun.b.s,) in return for the latter's sister's
aughter, or gives his sister’s daughter to athakin (m.b.s.) in return for the
latter's sister, The terms ukuta, atitha and amitha in the Nggamiti system
appear in the alternate lines in junior generations as ukuka, alukan and amukan.
The description of the Yaraidyana and Nggamiti systems is a tribute to
Miss McConnel’s patient research, and has set a problem for those who are
interested in kinships. These systems appear to be quite anomalous, and with-
eut significance in regard to the development of the dominant type of aboriginal
marriage and kinship.

The Wikmnnkan (a) and the Kandyu systems have been seen to approxi-
mate to the dominant type, but it would seem to be more probable that this
approximation is due to a compromise between the existing Wikmunkan (b)
ayabea and the dominant type rather than representing a stage in the evolution
of the latter.

The following conclusions are therefore presented.

There is one dominant type of aboriginal marriage and kinship in Aus-
tralia. Typically, marriages are arranged by an exchange of second cousins.
The consequent kinship pattern has a patrilineal and a matrilineal torm.

A simpler kinship terminology is common in borderland regions where
members of patrilineal antl matrilineal societies intermarry. Detribalisation has
a sirnilar result. These simpler kinship terminologies have suggested that a
custom of bilateral first-cousin marriages was prevalent in such regions,

This led to the hypothesis that descriptions of existing systems of aboriginal
kinship terminology and class (section) nomenclature are evidence of an evatu-
tion of marriave custom from that of first-cousins to that of second-cousins.
This hypothesis is discredited.

The systems of unilateral first-cousin marriages of junior type in Northern
Australia are fundamentally different from the dominant system, and the complex
social organizations of the former are not prototypes of those of the latter.

The complexity of these junior-marriage systems is realised when diagram-
matic presentation is attempted. Diagrams of the inarriages of brother and
sister’ occupy two dimensions. Successive generations represent a third dimen-
sion, Representation of senior and junior status requircs yet another dimension,
Therefore, attempts to ereate a picture of the social organization of one of
these tribes have to contend with a four-dimensional problem.

Finally, it is of interest to note that these aboriyinals of Australia in dealin
with the practical issues of their social organization had to cope with genealogica
problems in which the mathematical abstractions of relativity and four dimen-
sions were concealed.

15

APPENDIX

The simplest genealogical pattern to express marriage with the father’s
sister's daughter's daughter in a matrilineal society is one based on Diagram II
with a reversal of sex symbols,

' : generation lines be numbered consecutively the following pattern will
develop;

1AI lal JBI 1b] JA2 Jaz i1B2 the
2Bi al 242 2hl 2B2 2ad QAL 2b2

3al 3bl 3u.2 ab2
4AT dal 461 4blL AQ 4du2 4B2 4h?
ABL Sal 5A2 Sb] 5B2 had SAL fb?

6al 6b1 Gaz 6b2
7JAL fal TBI 7bl 7A2 Ta2 7B2 7b2

Men of generations numbered 4 and 7 are sous of men of generations num-
bered 2 and 5, and of women of generations 3 and 6 whose brothers can find no
representation in the pattern,

REFERENCES

Fix, A. P., 1932. Social Organization in the Kimberley Division, North Western Australia.
Oceania, 2 (3), p, 313,
Pry, H. K., 1934. Kinship and Deseent Among the Australian Aborigines. ‘lrans, Roy. Soe,
S, Aust., 58, p, 14.
Fry, H. K., 1950, Aboriginal Social Systems. Trans. Roy, Soc. 5. Aust, 73 (2), p. 282.
Howitt, A. W., 1904, The Native Tribes of $.-F. Australia. London. (a) p. 163; (b) p. 187.
Love, J. R. B., 1950. Worora Kinships. Trans. Roy, Soc. 8, Aust, 73 (2), p. 280.
Matinowsxi, B., 1929. Kinship. Encyclopaedia Brit., 14th Md. (13), p. 403,
Matruews, RB. EL, 1897. The Totemic Divisions of Australian Tribes. Journ. Roy. Soc,
N.S.W., BL, p. 156,
Matruews, R, H., and Evurrrr, M. M., 1900. The Organisation, Language, and Initiution
Ceremonies of the 5.-E. Coast of N.S.W. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 34, p. 263.
McConnra.,. U. H., 1950. Junior Marriage Systems; Comparative Survey. Oceania, 21 (2),
p. LOT,
McCownun, U. H., 1952. Personal commnnication.
* Vide Corrigenda. Oceania, 1950, 21 (4), p, 310.
Also 1952. Page 110 of original paper, linc 33, for m-f.br, read f.m.br.
Pave 116, line 38, for Jatter read former.
Page 124, line 36, for Ego’s sister’s d, read Evo’s daupliter.
Raney ue eee A. BR, 1930, The Social Organization of Australian Tribes. Oceania, 1
3), p. 336.
SeHooicnrart, 1853. Indian Tribes. Philadelphia. Purt 1. p. 420. Quoted by MeLennan,
J. F., 1876, Studies in Ancient History. London, p. 365.
Strentow, T. C. H1., 1947. Aranda Traditions. Melbourne, p, 139.
‘Tuomas, N. W., 1906, Kinship Organisation and Group Marriage in Australia. Cambridge,
, 100,
WAICER, W. Luoyp. 1930. Morphology and Function of the Australian Murngin Typo of
Kinship. Amer. Anthropologist N.S., 32. p, 207.

16

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE PLIOCENE STRATA
UNDERLYING THE ADELAIDE PLAINS
PART IV-GASTROPODA (TURRITELLIDAE TO STRUTHIOLARIIDAE )

BY N. H. LUDBROOK

Summary

Part IV of the study of the mollusca from borings into the Dry Creek Sands consists of a revision of
the gastropod superfamilies Cerithiacea, Scalacea, Pyramidellacea, Hipponicacea, Calyptraeacea.
The nomenclature of 48 species has been revised, 1 new genus, 2 new subgenera and 16 new
species have been described.

The occurrence of a very thin remnant of the Dry Creek Sands outcropping in the River Light is
placed on record as the most northerly exposure of the Pliocene in the Adelaide Basin.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE PLIOCENE STRATA
UNDERLYING THE ADELAIDE PLAINS

PART 1Y—GASTROPODA (TURRITELLIDAE TO STRUTHIOLARIIDAE )
by N, H. Lunsroox

[Read 12 April, 1956]
SUMMARY

Part IV of the study of the mollosea from horings inte the Dry Creek Sands consists of a
revision of the gastropod superfumilics Corithiavea, Scalacea, Pyramidellacea, Tipponicacea,
Calyptracacea.

The nomenclature of 48 species has been revised, 1 new genus, 2 new subgenera and
16 new species huve been described,

The occurrence of a very thin reninant of the Dry Creek Sands vuteropping in the River
Light is placed on record as the most northerly expostire of the Pliocene in the Adelaide Basin.

INTRODUCTION

Late in 1955, a very thin remnant of Pliocene ealcarcous sandstone overlying
Olige-Miocene yellow fossiliferous limestone was observed in an ontlier at Red-
bands, on the River Light, 34% miles east-south-cast of Mallala, Section 5, Hun-
dred of Grace. Althongh the total rock exposure is very small, an assemblage
characteristic of the Dry Creck Sands has heen identified from moulds, casts
and chalky shell remains. Species include Glycymeris convexa (Tate), Chlamys
antiausttalis (Tate); Miltha hora (Cotton), Dentalium latesulcatum ‘Tate, Tur-
ritella acricula adelaidensis Cotton & Woods, Diastoma provisi Tate, Thericium
torri (Tate), Polinices substolida (Tate), Conus (Floraconus) sp. noy.

Opportunity is taken of placing this occurrence on record as relevant to the
present study. It extends considerably to the north the occurrence of the
Pliocene Dry Creek Sands in the Basin.

The methods employed in describing the fauna have been outlined in Parts
1 (this Journal, vol, 77), TI (vol. 78), and UL (vol, 79), Part TV includes the
Pyramidellacea, the systematic position of which is not yet firmly established.

Modern zoologists tend to place them with the Opisthobranchia.

Superfamily CERITHIACEA
Family TURRITELLIDAE
Genus TurrrrectaA Lamarck, 1799
Turritella Tamarck, 1799, Mem. Sov. Hist. Nat, Paris, p. 74.
Type species (o.d.) Turbo terebra Linné

Subgenus Gazamena Iredale, 1924
Gazameda Lredule, 1924, Proc. Linn. Sor. N.S,W., 49 (3), 197, p. 247.
Type species (monotypy) Turritella gunnii Reeve

Turritella (Gazameda) acricula odelaidensis Cotton & Woods

Turritellu. (Gazamedw) acricula adeluidensis Cotton & Woods, 1935, Ree. 8, Aust. Mus,, 3 (3),
p- 376, text fig. 2.

Gozameda adelaidensis Cotton & Woods, Cotton, 1952, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Bull, 27, appendix
4, p. 245,

Turritelle (Haustator) acricula adelaidensig Cotton & Woods, Ludbrook, 1954, Trans. Roy.
Soc. 5. Aust., 77; p. 59, J

i7

Diagnosis—Acutcly lanceolate, with turreted apex of 2 narrow convex turns,
ephebie whorls smooth and sharply carinated at the middle. Adult whorls tend-
ing to uncoil with resultant deep excavation at the anterior suture. Sculpture
very variable, rough, generally of about 12 subequal spiral threads, of which the
medial 2 to 4 are the stronger and more widely spaced, and secondary inter-
stitial spiral threads all crosscd hy medially arched growth axials of almost equal
strength to the spirals, producing rhombic cancellation or punctation,

Dimensions—Height 37, diameter 7 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—Vate Mus. Call., Uniy. of Adelaide, T 1681.

Observations—The species acricula (sensu lato) is yery variable and it is
difficult to decide whether adelaidensis should be separated from it specifically
or subspecifically. Adelaidensis is generally more coarsely sculptured than
acricula s, str, particularly in the strength of the axials and resultant cancella-
tion. The carly whorls are identical with those of acricula, and many specimens
aré inseparable from the typical species,

Tn the opinion of Dr. J, Marwick (personal communication) Gazameda
should he separated from Hatistator under which the writer listed the species
(1954, p. 59).

Material—Numerous specimens [lindmarsh Bore, 28 specimens Weymouth’s
Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Crographical Distribution—Adelaide District,

Turritella (Gazameda) subacricula Cotton & Wouds
Turritella (Gazumeda) subacriculu Cotton & Woods, 1935, Ree. $, Aust. Mus. 3 (3), py 378,
text hg,

Gazamedu subucricsil Cottun & Woods, Cotton, 1952, Geol, Surv. 5, Aust. Bull., 27, appendix
245.

4.7.
Turret i Bgattdtor) subacrieula Colton & Woods, Ludbrook, 1954, Trans, Roy. Soc. §. Aust,
sp ,
Diagnosis--Sharply turreted, whorls markedly couvex, sculpture of 4 major
spiral ribs and indistinct secondary ribs crossed by marked axial growth striae,
Dimensitons—Height 40-5, diameter 7+8 mm,
Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.
Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1686,
Material—A incomplete specimens, Hindmarsh Bore,
Strdtigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.
Cougranhical Distribution—Abattoirs and Hindmarsh Bores, Adelaide.

Subgenus Crevocoeus Tredale, 1925
Jtenocolpus Iredale, 1925, Rec. Aust. Mus. 14, pp, 249, 266,

Type species (monotypy) Trritella australis Lamarck

‘Turitella (Clenocolpus) trilix Cotton & Woods
Lurritella (Ctenocolpus) Lilix Cotton & Woods, 1935, Ree, $, Aust. Mux, % (4), 7, 877) feat

Lisp, 4; Ludbrouk, 1954, Trans. Roy, Soe, S, Aust, 77, p. Sf.

Elgrowcoleuy, trilix Gotton & Wouds, Cuttun, 1953, Ceol. Sury. $. Aust. Bull: 27, appendix

+p. 240.

Diagnosis—Sinall, whorls flattened, protuconch oblique. Sculpture of 8
distinct major spiral ribs with wide, smooth interspaces: One secondary sub
sutural spiral

Dimensions—Height 6-5, diameter 2-5 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T1675.

Material-—3 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Straliyraphicad Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Mistribution—Abattoirs and Weymenth’s Bores, Adelaide,

18

Subgenus Cotposerma Donald, 1900
Colposptra Donald, 1900, Proc, Mal. Soe., 4 (2), p, SL

Type species (o.d.) Turritella runcinata Watson.

Turritella (Colpospira) platyspiroides sp. nov.
pl. 2, figs, 1, 2,
T merrell 8, att. platyspira T. Woods, Ludbrook, 1941, Traus. Roy, Suc. §, Aust, 6 (1),

p. LOO,

Diagnosis—A rather small Colpospira with protoconch of one-and-a-half
snmoth globose turns. Adult whorls smooth, shining, Hattish, rather constricted
posteriorly, and in the earlier whorls slightly carinate in the anterior quarter,
Later adult whorls with a second carina developed at the posterior one-quarter
with a flat, smooth area between them. Periphery sharply angulate, base flattish,

Description of Holotype—Spire broken, adult whorls smooth, shining, nearly
flat, at first carinate in the anterior and posterior one-quarter, with a flattened
medial area between ther, Periphery sharply angulate. Surface smooth except
fur fine axial growth lincs revealing a deep, broad median apertural sinus and
occasional spiral threads. There is a small cord on each carina and on the
periphery. Base flattish, with 6 fine spiral lirae. Aperture subquadrate, outer
ip with a broad median sinus.

Deseription of Paratype—Immature shell, showing the early whorls. Pra-
foconch of one-and-a-half smuoth globose turns, adult whorls at first flat with
at anterior carina developing at the fourth adult whorl, Whorls gradually in-
creasing, spire sharply tapering.

Dimensions—Total estimated height 18-5, diameter 5 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Helotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15156.

Obsercations—The four examples of this specics were previously referred
ta platyspira Tenison-Woods, from which the species differs in being larger and
thickur, with a wider spire more gradually tapering than that of platyspira. The
sculpture also differs.

Material—Holotype and 3 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Subgenus Maoricorpus Finlay, 1997
Maoricolpus Finlay, 1927, Trans, N.Z. Inst, 57, p. 389.
Type species (a.d.) Turritella rosea Quoy & Gaimard,

Turritella (Maoricolpus) murrayana subrudis Cotton & Woods
Pipi i Maoriealias} murrayana subrudis Cotton & Woods, 1935, Ree. S. Aust. Mus 5

3), p. 471.

Maurer subd Catton & Woods, Cutton, 1953, Geol. Surv. 'S. Aust. Bull. 27, appendix

4, p. 245.
turvitolta (Peyrotia) murrayana subrudis Cotton & Woods, Ludbrook, 1954, Trans. Roy. Soe,

S. Aust.. 77, p. 59.

Diagnosis—Fairly large, whorls 12.to 14, flat and medially depressed. Apical
angle 15. deg. Anterior suture slightly carinate, Early spire whorls only slightly
inllated and carinate at the anterior one-third. Sculpture strong and coarse, of
about 12 primary spiral lirae with fine secondary lirae between: lirae stronger
in the median depressed portion of the whorl.

Dimensions—Height 49, diameter 12 mmm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll,, Uniy. of Adelaide, T 1688.

Observations—Like T. (Gazameda) acricula adelaidensis, the present sub-
species is 4 coarsely sculptured form of the typical species. In view of the rage
of variation in the sculpture of murrayana, one hesitates to Separate the Dry

19

Crvek Sands variant specifically, particularly as strengthening of the sculpture
seaans to be common to several species of this formation, The specics murrayane
tay be long-ranging and widespread, but the amount of material available for
vamparison is small.

Malerial—Holatype and 19 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore,

Struligraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Ceographical Distribution—Adelaide. District.

Family MATHILDIDAE.
Genus VALSANTIA gen, nov.

Generic Characters—Shell very small, impérforate, solid, Protoconch small,
paucigyrate, slightly inclined, immersed at the origin and smooth for one whorl
followed by a brephie whorl with sharp, narrow axials. Adult whorls strongly
and cpnsptcuously cancellate, Aperture with outer lip expanded, channelfad
within corresponding to external spiral ribs, and conspicuously denticulate.
Columella straight, with two median pluits. Inner Jip slightly effuse at hase-

Type species Valsantia speclabilis sp, nov.

Valsantia speclabilis sp. nov.
pl 3 fie 3.

Diagnosi:—Protecouch ‘small, smooth and immersed at tip, followed by
oie post-nuclear whorl with LO sharp, narrow axials. Adult whorls four in a
leauht nf tanm. Seulpture ef 3 strong spiral ribs, the median of which ison a
varina. and cue weaker subsutural rib, all crossed by axial costae narrower than
the spirals but strong. clevated and Jaterally compressed. Interspaces deep,
slhembic, intersections tuberculate. Base with 2 tuberculale spiral ribs. Colu-
mela with two median plaits,

Desoription of Molotype—Shell very srnall, solid, turreted, spire fairly low
for tlie family, whorls relatively few. Apex sinall, paucigyrate, immersed at
tip, slightly inclined, first whorl smooth, first post-.uclear whorl with 10 brephie
axiuls, Adult whorls four, sculptured with 3 strong spiral ribs, the median of
whith is stronger and supported by a keel and one weaker subsutural rib all
erossed cbliquely and tubcrenlated by axial costae narrower than the spirals
but elevated and compressed laterally, Interspaces deep and rhombie, Suture
deep, cunalienlate. Body whorl a lithe less than half the height of the shell,
uperture about Jialf height of the body whorl. Base convexly obliqne with 2
spital tubereulate sibs and a third inconspienous tuberculate rib bordering the
calninella. Aperture sub-elliptical with outer lip well-rounded and expanded,
canuliculate within corresponding to the external ribs which are produced ex-
ternally beyond the axial margin, and inconspicuously denticulate with long,
fat denticles, Columella straight, oblique, with two plaits well-spaced medially.
Inner Hp reflected over columella and slightly effuse auteriorly.

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 2, height of body whorl 2-5 mm.

Type Locality—Hindmarsh Bore, 450-487 feet.

Location of Holotype—Vate Mus, Coll,, Univ. of Adelaide, ¥ 15157.

Observations—This is a very elegant and interesting shell, Without the
protoconch and columella features, it is reminiscent of Mathilda (Opimilda)
decorata Hedley, Tlowever, the plaits on the columella ure distinctive, and are
possessed by no other genus. so far as can be determined, in the family. In
apical characters, the genus cames closest to Gegania Jeffreys; the heterustrophic
strongly tilted apex of Mathilda is not present, the apex being only slightly tilted
and inmersed at the origin. The apical characters and the sculpture suggest
the subgenus Tubena Marwick created for Cegania (Tubena) viola Marwick
from the New Zealand Awamoan, Both Gegania s. str. and G, (Tubena) are
thin shells; Valsenéiea is solid for its size.

20

The species was inadvertently listed (Jadbrook, 1954, p. 59) as Glyptuzaria
spectubilis sp. noy.
Material—Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore; 3 paratypes, Weymouth’s Bore.
Stratigrapltical Range—Dry Creck Sands.
Geographical Distribution—Hindmarsh and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelalde,
Family ARCHITECTONIDAE.
Genus Ancuirectonica Roading, 1798.
Architectonica Riding ox Bolten, 1798, Mus. Balt. 2. p. 78,
(Seluriam Lumarek, 1799, Mem. Sec, Hist. nat. Paris, 1, p. 7A.)
Type species. (s.d, Gray, 1847) Trochus perspectiva Linné,
Subgenus Discorecronica Marwick, 1931.
Discotcutonica Marwick, 1931, N.Z. Ceol. Surv. Pal. Bull,, 13, p. 101.
Type species (o.d.) Architectonica balcombensis Finlay.

Architectonica (Discotectonica) wannonensis (Tenison Woods)
pl. 2, figs. 4,5.
Plante trannonensis Tenison-Woods, 1879, Prac: Linn. Soe. N.S.W), 3 (3), p. 237, pl. 2,
i, 10,
Heligeus wannonensis Tenisou-Woods sp, Hurris, 1897, Gat. Tert. Moll. Tit. Mus. 1, p, 245;
Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol. Surv, Vie. 1 (2), p, 112; Coton, 1952, Gval, Surv,
$s. Anst. Bull, 27, appondix 4, p. 245, a
Arehilectonica wainnonensis, T.-Woods, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 65 (1),
p. 100.
Architectonica (Discutectontied) ianndnénsis (Tenisan-Woods), Tadbroak, 1954, Trans: Toy.

~

Sve. So Aust, 77, p, 39.

NDiagnosis—A Discotectonica which is Hatly convex above and conyex below;
Whorls sculptured with granular spiral cords, increasing in number from 3 on
the first adult whorl (o 5 on the penultimate whorl, of which the iufrasutural is
stronger with fewer and Jarger granules, followed by three cords with smaller
and more numerous granules equal in number to those of the previous three
cords, An additional small cord shows at the suture, representing the incom-
plete embracing of the peripheral cord by the aperture. Peripheral cord strong
and ovately-granular. Base convex with 6 cords with small granules followed
by 3 cords of large and less numerous granules bordering the umbilicus.
Aperture round within; inner lip angularly expanded at the junction with the
peniphertl cord and similarly expanded below at the position of the umbilical
cord,

Dimensions of Itypotypc—Height 2, diameter 6 mm.

Type Locality~-Muddy Creek, Victoria,

Location of Holotype—Australian Museum, Sydney, F 1818,

Location of Tlypotype—Tate Mus. Coll, F 15158.

Observations—The hypotype is twice the size of the holetype, and has heen
compared with authentic topatypes.

Material—Hypotype, Weymouth's Bore, 310-880 feet, 2 topotypes. Muddy
Creek, Victoria (B.M, Goll. ).

Stratigraphical Hange—PBalcombian; Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, to Adelaide, South
Australia.

Family VERMETIDAE,
Genus Tinacopus Guetlard, 1770,
Tenagodus Guettard, 1770, Viem. diff. Sci., 3, p. 128.
ie che Bruguiére, 1789, Ency. Meth, (Vers.), Lop. 15,)
Tenagodes 2, Fischer, 1885, Man. de Conch., p- 692.)
Type species (anonotypy) Serpula anguinus Linné
Subgenus Tenacopus s. st.

(Montfortia Della Campana, 1890, Atti Soc. Lissist, 1, p: 139, nim Recluz, 1543.)
(Hemitenagodes Rovercto, 1899, id., 10, p. LO8, rom. now. for Montfartia,)

et

Tenagodus australis (Quoy & Gaimard)

Siliquaria australiy Quoy. & Gaimard, 1834, in d’uryille, Voy, “Astrolabe! Zool. 3, 1. 302;
Gotton & Godfrey, 1931, 5. Aust. Nat., 12 ‘4: p. 63, pl. 2, fig. 13; Ludbrook, 1941,
Trans, Koy, Soc, $, Aust, 63 (1), py, 100; Cotton, 1953, Geol. Surv. S, Aust. Bull. 27,
appendiy 4, p. 245.

Tenagodes uustrulis Q, & G., Yate, 1890, Trans: Roy, Soc, $, Aust., 13 (2), p. 177; Dennant
& Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vie. 1 (2), p. 144.

Tenagodus australis (Q. & G.), Ludbronk, 1954, Trans. Roy. Sac. 8. Aust., 77, 7. 59.
Diagnosis—Fairly large, vermiform, whorls about 5 at first spiral then

irregularly coiled, angulated behind. Growth lines prominent, slit at first closed,

followed by open, round holes, then a conspicuous, open and denticulated slit-
Dimensions—Length 105, greatest diameter of the tube at the base, 17 mm.
Type Locality—Westernport, Victoria; Recent.
Location of Holotype—Mus, d Hist. nat. Paris.
Material—Portions of tubes, Hindmarsh, Weymouth’s and Kooyonga Bores;
humerous specimens, Abattoirs Bore,
Stratigraphical Range—Fliocene to Recent.
Geographical Distribution—Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia.

Family DIASTOMIDAE.
Genus Drastoma Deshayes, 1850,

Diastoma Deshayes, 1850, Traité clean, Conch, Atlas, p. 46:

Type species (monotypy) Diastoma costellata Deshayes = Melania
costellata Lamarck.

Diastoma provisi Tate
ph oo, fig, 4
Diestama provisi ‘Tate, 1894, Journ, Roy. Soe. N.5.W. for 1893, 27, p. 177, pl. 10, fig. 8:

Tlarrix, 1807, Gat. Tert, Moll. Brit. Mus., 1, p. 252: Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rev, Geol.

Suv. Vie £ (2), p, 198, 144; Ludbrook, 154, ‘frans. Ruy, Sag, 5. Aust, 77, p. 39.
Nevdtastoma provisl Tate, Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Soc, $8. Aust., 65 (1), p, 100; Cotton,

1052, Ceol, Surv, S$. Aust, Bull, 27, annendix 4, p. 245.

Diagnvusis—Adult whorls about 10, sculptured with about 15 axial costae
per whorl, both costae and interspaces bearing fine axial growth striac, crossed
by fine, frequent spiral threads, generally alternating in strength. The axial
costae are iuterrupted at the posterior four-fifths of cach whorl by a narrow
impressed channel, Suture impressed, whorls overlapping. Whorls more or
less varicate, Aperture loop-shaped, columella with a single plication; callosity
reflected behind columella ridge.

Dimensions—Hoight 46, diameter 14, length of aperture 15, width of
aperture 7 mim.

Type Locality—Dry Creck Bore, Adelaide.

Lucation. of Holatype—Tate Mus. Coll, Uniy, of Adelaide, T1541.

Observations—Diastoma provisi is a restricted and typical fossil of the
Dry Creek Sands and their equivalents, In the opinion of M. Chavan (pet-
sonal communication ) it is a true Diastoma and not related to Nevdiastoma, type
species Mesalia melaniolles Neeve,

Material—Holotype and piratypes, Dry Creek Bore; numerous specimens
Abattoirs Bore; 10 specimens Kooyonga Bore; 6 specimens Hindmarsh Bore; 3
specimens and fragments, Woymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range-—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District, Hallett Cove, Eyre Peninsula.

Genus Onrortio Hedley, 1899.
Obiertio HeMlay, 1899, Mem, Aust, Mus, 3 (8), p. 412.
Type species. (monotypy) Rissoa pyrrhaceme Melvill & Standen.

9
—_

Obtortio liratus Ludbrook

Obtortin tratus Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Soc, S. Aust, 65 (1), p. 90, pl. 4, fig. 24;
Cotton, 1952, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Bull. 87, appendix 4, p. 245; Ludbrook, 1954, Trins,
Roy, Soc. 5, Aust,, 77, p. 59,

Diagnosis—Smaill, 7 adult whorls in a height of 5-2 mmm, angulate at pos-
terior one-third, Sculpture of 14 curved axial costae per whorl, crossed by pro-
minent spiral lirae, absent or obsolete posterior to the angle. Base spirally
lirate, aperture subovate with a short anterior canal.

Dimensions—Height 5-2, diameter 1-7 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holofype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1656.

Observations—Obtortio is an Indo-Pacific genus, here represented by the one
species, occurring in small numbers in Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores.

Stratigraphicul Runge—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide,

Family POTAMIDIDAE.,
Subfamily BATILLARICVAE,
Gents Barivtanra Benson, 1542.

Aatillarig Benson, 1842, Ann, Mag. Nat. Tlist., 9. p. 488.

(Lampania Gray, 1847, Prov. Zovl. Suc, 15, p, 153,)

Type species (monotypy) Batillaria zonalis = Cerithium
zonalis Bruguiére.
Subgenus ZeEactmMANtus Finlay, 1927.

Arunimantis Finley, 1927, Trans. N.7. Inst., 57, p. 380.

Type species (0.d.) Cerithinm subcarinatum Sowerby.

Batillaria (Zeacumantus) diemenensis (Quoy & Gainiard)

rlesstute, diemenensis Quoy & Gaimard, 1834, Voy, Astrolabe, Zool, 3, p. 128, pl. 55, figs.
Zeacunumtus diemenensis QO. & G., Ludbrook, 19-41, Trans, Roy, Sac. 8. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100;

Cotton, 1952, Geol. Surv. §. Aust. Bull, 27, appendix 4, p, 245,
Protease Cecpeinraarstys diomenensis (Q. & G.), Ludbrook, 1954, Trans: Rey. Soc. §, Aust,

> po

Diagnosis—Total of 9 whorls in a height of 18 mm., axially plicate, with
about LO plications on the penultimate whorl and four spiral striae on each
whorl. Aperture subovate, oblique, with a short recurved anterior canal.

Dimensions—Height 15 mm,

Type Locality—Tasmania, Recent.

Location of Holotype—Mus. d’Hist. nat. Paris.

Material—-One worm specimen, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands, and Recent,

Geographicul Distribution—Southern Australia.

Batillaria (Zeacumantus) bivaricata (Ludbrook)
Clypcomorus bivaricatus Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. $, Aust, 65 (1), yy. 49; Cotton,
1952, Geol. Surv. S. Anst. Bull. 27, appendix 4, p. 245,
Batillaria (Zeacumantus) hivaricata Ludbrook, 1954, Trans, Roy. Soe. S. Anst, 77) p, 59,
Diagnosis—Protoconch of one-and-a-half whorls and nine adult whorls in
a height of 11 mm. Whorls angulate at the posterior third, almost vertical in
anterior two-thirds, Angulation more pronounced in early whorls, hndy whorl
convex: Sculpture of curved axial costae, about 15 on the penultimate whorl,
tuberculate at the angle, crossed by about six strong spiral lirae in the anterior
two-thirds and four much weaker, more closely set lirae above the shoulder;
the number of lirae increases by intercalation from two on the earliest whorls,
Six fine spiral lirae on the base. Two yarices on each wharl,
Dimensions—Height 11, diameter 3-1 mm.
Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

23

Location of Holotype-—Tate Mus. Coll,, Uniy. of Adelaide, T 1629.

Observations—This species does not belong to Clypcomorus where it was
origially described. Although its aperture has some features in common with
that genus, the shape, texture and sculpture are very distinct. It is difficult
to obtuin a specimen with a mature or complete aperture; two, including the
holotype, among the numerous specimens from Abattoirs Bore, have complete
apertures. The athiities are with B. (Z.) stibeurinatum. Sowerby. Immature
shells show similar features in both species,

Materied—Nunwrous paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 80 specimens Weymouth's
Bore; & specimens Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratizraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Dixtrilytinn—Adelaide District.

Batillaria (Zeacumuntus) multilirata (Ludbrook)
Clypeumoris muldiiratus Ladbrook, 1941, Trang. Hoy, Soe. S. Anst, 65 (L), p. 89 ph f,

fi, 22: Cotton, 1952, Geal, Sury, S. Aust Bull, 27, agpencdis 4. p, 245,
Butilluria (Zeaeumanius) moultitrata Vaulbrook, 1954. Trans, Moy. Soe. 8. Aust. 77, p. 59.

Diacnoasis—Protoconch af three relatively large, convex whorls. Adult
whorls sculptured with curved avial costae Tereasing from seven in the first
whorl to eleven in the body whorl, crossed by numerous fine lirae, wider than
jnterspaces, about fifteen iu number on the penultimate whorl. Three varices
per whorl, aw

Mimensions—leight 9:7, diameter 3:6 mim.

Type Loculity—Abattoirs Bore.

Location pf iHoletype—Tate Mus, Coll,, Univ, of Adelaide, T1633.

Observations——Like the preceding species, madtilirata should not have been
placed in Chypeomorus, It is readily distinguishable from bivaricala by the
ubseree of angulation in the early whorls and the 3 varices on each whorl. No
complete specimens have ag yet been found, acd apertural features are. still
indeterminable.

Matevial—18 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 25 specimens, Mindmarsh Bore;
9 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore,

Straligraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Grama phic! Distribution—Adelaide District.

Subrenus BavowaAnwreca Thiele, 1929.
Butillarielly “VWieleu, 1929, Mandl. Syst. Weieht. Lp. 208.
Type species (nonetypy) Biltivin estuarinum Tate

Butillaria (Batillariella) estuarina (Tate)
Billium estuarinne Tate, 1893, Trans. Roy. Soc. $, Aust, 17 (L). p. LOO, nh 3, fig, 12,
Batillaria ( Batillarielle) estuaving (Tale), Lidbrook, 1984, Trims, Row, See, 5. Anst.. TZ, 7 54.

Diagnosis—Twelve whorls ina height of 22 mm., early spire whorls medially
angulate: sealptuve of slightly arched axial plicae, about 12 on the penultimate
whorl, and about six primary spiral livae on the penultimate whorl, aud fine
secondary lirue rising between them. Tntezspaces and plicae fine, axially striate
with crowded lines of growth, Aperture subcircular, somewhat clluse at the
buse ant obliquely angulated.

Dimensions—eight 22, diameter 5 mm.

Type Locality—Port Adclaide Creck, between tidemarks; Receut.

Location of Helotype—s. Aust. Mus.

Obsercalions—The only fossil example of estuarina is small and possihly
juvenile. It is doubtfully conspecific with living topotypes from Port River, but
is computable with specimens from Western Australia which ave smaller and.
more strongly seulptured, ’

Material—One specimen, Abattoirs Bore; 12 specimens, Western Australia;
15 specimens, Port River, Adelaide (B.M. Coll.).

34

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands and Recent.

Geographical Distribution—South Australia to Western Australia, estuarine,
between tidemarks, .
Genus Maxutona Ludbrook, 1941.

Mantlona Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy, Soc. S, Aust,, 65 (1). po. OL.
Type species (o.d.) Mantlana arrugosa Ludbrook.

Manulona arrugosa Ludbrook
Manulons anitigasd Ladbrook, 1941, Trans. Rey. ‘Soc. S$, Aust, 65 (1), p. St, pl, 4. fig, 26:

Liuibrook, 1954, id. 77, p. 59,

Diagnosis—Adult whorls 10 in a height of 8-7 mm.; conspicnously seulp-
tured with a supra-sntural thread aboye which is a prominent band with about
12 elevated tubercles; above the band three fattened beaded lirae, the beads
being about twice as numerous and very much smaller than the tubercles. Sufare
linear, irregular, anterior canal short and slightly reflexed.

Dimensions—Height 8-7, diameter 2:2. mm.

Type Localityj—Ahattoirs Bore.

Location af Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ, of Adelaide, T 1635.

Material—) paratypes, Abattoirs Borc; 4 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide.

Manulona lirasuturalis Ludbrook
Munulone lrasuttralis Tudbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Suc. & Aust, 65 (1), p. 41, pl. 4, fig. 27,

Cotten, 1952, Geol: Surv, §. Aust. Bull. 27, appeucia 4, p, 248; Ludbrook, (O54, ‘Trans,

Roy, Soc. §, Aust., 77, p. 59,

Diagnosis—Adult whorls 11 in a height of 89:1 mm. Whorls inore or less
smooth, faintly axially and spirally striate, with a row of abont 9 tubercles above
the suture giving a carinate appearance to the whorl anteriorly immediately
above the suture; below the suture an inconspicuous row of fine, numerous heads.
Suture slightly undulating with a single fine lira imbricating above,

Dimensions—Height 9-1, diameter 2+2 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Hololype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1643,

\aterial—Seven paratypes, Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Subfamily ATAXOCERITHITNAE.
Genus Araxocerirnium Tate, 1594,
Ataxooerithitan Vale, 1894, Journ. Roy. Soc. NUS-W., 27, p, 179,
Type species (a.d.) Cerithium serotinum A. Adams.

Alaxocerithium bidenticulatum sp. nov.
pl. 2,, figs. 6, 7

uf, Ataxocerithium sp. Tadbrook, 1941, Traus. Roy. Soe. 5. Aust., 65 (1), pe 100.

Diagnosis—An Ataxoccrithium with about 26 axial costae on the penultimate
whorl crossed by strong spiral cords increasing from three on the first adult whorl
to from five to eight on the body whorl. Five on the penultimate whorl. Inner
lip with 2 denticles on the columella and one posterior denticle continuing within
the aperture as a fairly thick ril» bordering a slight posterior canal.

Description of Holotype—Shell of moderate size, apex broken, seven adult
whorls remaining; whorls slightly convex, suture deep, canaliculate. Whorls
sewiptured with narrow axial costae, about 26 on the penultimate whorl, which
are crossed and slightly tuberculated by strong spiral cords with straight sides.
The cords ave not regularly spaced, and on the penultimate whorl the twa
posterior cords are equal, with interspaces of equivalent width, while the next

25

two cords are nearly contiguons; the anterior cord is spaced as the two posterior
cords, The interspaces are subrectangular and. not very deep or sharply eut-
lined. Base canvexly oblique with five spiral cords, the lowest of which only
purtly embraces the anterior canal; there are in addition faint axial growth
striac, Aperture quadrately ovate, outer lip broken in the holotype, inner lip
thin and reeurved over columella with twa small denticles on the anterior half
ancl one denticle at the posterior, which continues within the aperture as a
fairly thick rib bordering a canal, visible within but not cutting through the
outer lip. Antezior canal of moderate length, tubular,

Dimensions—Height 11, diameter 4 mm.

Paratype a—Specimen consisting of last twa whorls with aperture
complete,

Paratype b—Juyenile with protoconch undamaged. Protoconeh sharp and
prominent, of one-and-a-half smooth, high convex turns followed by a half turn
with brephic axials.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15159.

Observations—Finlay (1927, p. 353) has noted that both Australian and
New Zealand examples of Ataxoverithium occasionally possess a rudimentary
plait, The slight denticles which are a distinguishing feature of this species
would appear to be a specific character.

Material—Wolotype and paratype a, Weymouth’s Bore; paratype b and 24
incomplete paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distributiun—Hindmarsh agd Abattoirs Bores.

Ataxocerilhium sp.
Alaxoverithium eoncatenutum Tale, Ludbrovk, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (1), p. LOO.

Ohseriations—One incomplete speeimen from Abattoirs Bore is distinet
from bidenticulatum. Sculptured with about 30 axial costae per whorl crassed
and tuberculated by regular spiral cords of which there are 7 on the penultimate
and 9 on the body whorl, The sculpture is finer and more even than in bidenti-
culatum and differs from convatenatum with which the shell was previously
identified in that the spiral and not the axial sculpture is dominant. Shape of the
shell is also distinctive. Whorls are convex and the suture is impressed but nat
canalicnlate as in bidenticulatum.

Genus Apecacertrutum Ludbrook, 1941.
Adelacerithium Ludbrook, 1941, Trans, Ray. Soc, §, Aust., 65 (1), p. 90.

Type species (monotypy) Adelacerithium merultum Ludbravk,

Adelacerithium merultam Tudbrook

Adelaverithiwnm merultim Tmadbrook, 1941, ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Anst., G5 (1), p, 90, ph 4,
fig. 23; Colton, 1992, Geol, Surv. 8. Aust. Boll. 27, appendix 4, p. 245; Ludbrouk, L454,
‘Truns, Ray. Soe. 8. Aust, 77, p. 5th
Piagnesis—l4 adult whorls in a heivht of 9-5 mm. Whorls flattoned,

sculptured with fine, prominent curved axial costae, 24 on the penultimate

whorl, crossed by approximately equidistant spiral lirae, 5 on the penultimate
whorl; intersections slightly granulosc, Number of costae per whorl rapidly
increasing at about the seventh whorl wad decreasing in strength towards the
aperture, Spiral sculpture variable in Jater whorls,

Dimensians—Hoight 9:5, diameter 2°23 mm,

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1630,

Ohservations—The genus Adelacerithium is closely related to Taxonia Finlay
which is restricted to the Nukumaruan iu New Zealand, The sculpture in

26

Adelacerithium is finer, there being 4 to 5 spirals. instead of typically three in
Tuxonia. The base of Taxonia appears to be less convex than that of Adela-
rerttéhium, so tar as one can tell in the absence of the type species of Taxonie,
Material—Holatype and 14 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore.
Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.
Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adclaide.
Family CERITHIDAE,
Subfamily Lrrropivar.
Genus Diata A. Adams, 1861.
Diala A. Adamy, 1861, Aon, Mag, Nat. Hist, ser, 3, 8, p. 242.
Type species (s.d. Fischer, 1895) Diala varia A. Adams.
Subgenus Merecpra Ludbrook, 1941.
Meveldia Vudbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soo. 8. Aust. 65 (1), p. 92.
Type species (monotypy) Mereldia incommoda Ludbrook.

Diala (Mereldia) incommoda (Ludbrook)

Mereldia incammada Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Avst., 65 (1), p. 92.

Diagnosis—A Mereldia dittering from Diala in having a dome-shaped
proteconch and persistently striated whorls. Protoconch of two fattened whorls
and nine adult whorls in a height of 10 mm. Whorls sculptured with about 16
fine. spiral striae per whorl, unequally spaced.

Dinensions—Ueight 10, diameter 3:6 mm,

Type Lorality—ahattoirs Bore.

Lucation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1638.

Observations—Intreduced with full generic rank, Mereldia now appears on
examination of a wide range of Diala to warrant no more than subgeneric dis-
tinction from Diala-s, str. The shell is a good deal larger than typical Diala, and
the striations are persistent over the whole shell,

Material—Holotype and 4 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 1 specimen, Hindmarsh
Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Hindmarsh Borcs,

Subfamily CepirHiuNae.
Genus Brrriuat Leach, 1847,
Bittiwm Leach in Gray, 1847, Ann, Mag. Nat Fist. 20, p, 270,
(Cerithiulim Tiberi, 1569, Bull) Malac. Ltal., 2, p, 263.)
Type species (s.d. Gray, 1847) Murex reticulatum Montfort=
Strombiformis reticulatus Da Costa.
Subgenus Seauertrmsr Cossmann, 1896,

Semibittiune Cossmann, 1896, Ann. Sov. Mulae. Belg., 31, Mem, p. 29
rar Tredule, 1924, Proc. Linn. Soc. N-5.W., 49, pp. 183, 246, non. Grote, 1878,)
Cavozeliana Strand, 1928, Arch. Naturgesch, 92, A.8, p. 66.)

Type species (s.d. Cossmann, 1906) Cerithium cancellatum Lamarck,

Bittium (Semibittium) subgranarium sp, noy.
pl. 2. fig. 8.

Cacoseliana cf. pranaria Kiener, Ludbrook, 1941, ‘rans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 65 (1), p, 100
Cacozcliana, granaria Kiener, Cotton, 1952, Geol, Surv. S. Aust, Bull. 27, appenrlix 4, p, 245.

Diagnosis—Protoconch of three narrowly convex, smooth turns and § adult
whorls in a height of 4mm. Diameter one-quarter height, Whorls decreasing in
convexity anteriorly, Sculpture ou the whorls of five flat spiral cords separated
by narrow lincar interspaces and about 14 narrow axial costae per whorl, Axial
costae cross and tuberculate the posterior three of the spiral cords and fade out
on the anterior portion of each whorl so that the anterior two cords are not
tuberculate. Four plain spiral cords on the base.

oT

Description of Holetype-—Shell very small, acutely conical. Protoconch
somewhat diimaged in the holotype, of three narrowly convex turns. Adult
whorls 8, feebly convex and decreasing in convexity anteriorly from the early
spire whorls to the body whorl. Suture deep, Body whorl about one-third
height of shell, subangular at the periphery. Aperture obliquely and narrowly
oyate with a short anterior canal, slightly curved to the left. Posterior canal
absent. Outer lip somewhat coucavely curved, not varicose, but there is a vurix
behind the lip, about one-quarter way round the body whorl. Oraament on the
whorls of five Hat spiral cords separated by narrow linear interspaces, and
about 14 narrow axial costae per whorl, The axial costae cross and tuber-
culate the posterior three of the spiral cords and fade out on the anterior portion
of each whorl so that the anterior two cords are not tuberculate. Base oblique
and slightly convex, with four plain spiral cords,

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 1, height of body whorl 1-3 mm.

Type Locality—tlindmarsh Bore, 450-487 fect,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15160,

Obscrvations—This species is closely related to the Recent B. (S.) granarium
Kiener, with which it has previously been compared. It is much smaller than
granarium which has all the spiral cords on the whorls tuberculate; in sub-
granarium the axial ribs fade out on the anterior portiou of the shell where the
cords are simple. The posterior three cords only are tuberculated by the axials.

Material—Holotype and three paratypes, Hindmarsl: Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs. wid Hindmarsh Bares,

Genus Turmciim Menterosato, 1890,

Thericinum Monterosato, 1890, Nat, Sicil.,; 9 p. 143,

(Valgocerithium Cossmann, 1895, in Sacco, Moll. ‘Verr, lerz,, 17, pr. 7.)
(Pithocertthiun Sacco, 1895, thid., p. 28.) .
Plioearthium Monterosato, 1911, Ciorn, Sci, Nat, Econ, Palermo, 28, p, 87.1
Gladiocerithium Montcrasate, 1911, thil., » GS, )
Dittloeerithium Monterosato, 1911, thie, p. 71.)

( Hirtocerithiym Monterosatu, 19LL, ihid., p, 73.)

(Lithocerithium Monterosato, 1911, ihid., p. 75.)

Type species (o.d.) Murex alacastrum Brocchi = Cerithium vulgatum
Bruguiere.
Subgenus Teerreruns §.. str.
Thericium (Thericium) fallax (1.udbrook)
oh 1d. fig: 5,

Tervbralia fallax Lawlbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sac. S. Aust, 63 (1). p. bl, pl 4, fix, 21)
Cotton, 1952, Geol. Surv. $. Aust. Bull, 27, appendix 4, p. 245.
Diagnosis—Protoconch of two small globose whorls followed by six convex

whorls, very finely and conspicuously cancellate, posterior half more Anely can-

cellate than anterior half of cach whorl, Wharls plicate from about sixth whorl,
plications about seven per whorl and increasing in prominence anteriorly.

Spiral sculpture becomes dominant from seventh whorl and caneelation clis-

appears. In later whorls plications and interspaces crossed by fine spiral threads

which are at first rounded and in the later whorls become flattened, each sup-
porting a median striition.

Dimensions—Ueight 31, diawneter 11-5 mm,

Type Locality—aAhbattoirs Bore,

Lacation of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T1621,

Observations—One specimen (pl. 1, fig. 5) complete except for the apex,
was recovered from a bore: put down on Pecze’s property, Section 4251, Hondred

of Munno Para, in 1955.

29

Material—Portions of abuut 70 paratypes, mainly juveniles, Abattoirs Bore;
6 spedimbns, Weymouth’s Bore; hypotype, Sec, 4251, Hd. Murmo Para, at 238 to
256. feet.
Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sauds,
Geographical Distribution—Adelaide District,
Subgenus CHavanicenraium subgen, nov.

Subgeneric Characters—Shell with true varices, generally one strong varix
on the body whorl opposite the aperture. Aperture oblique, ovate, with a short,
pointed posterior canal and a parietal tubercle below it. Anterior canal oblique
and slightly recurved, Columella concave, without plaits, as in Thericium.
Shell differs from that genus in having the axial sculpture suppressed in the early
whorls and developing into convex, rounded axial ribs or folds in the later
whorls, Whorls with a subsutural band which commonly interrupts the axial
ribs, Outer lip characteristically inflexed, Columella generally with one ur
hyo spiral furrows extending «nm the base below the periphery and yisible par-
ticularly in younger shells.

Type specics Terelralia adelaidensis Howchin & Cotton.

Thericitum (Chayanicerithium) adelaidense (Howchin & Cotton)
pl. 1, fig, 3.
Lerebralia adeluidensis Howehin & Cotton, 1956, Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 60, p. 181, pl 1,
figs. 1, 2; Ludbrook, 1941, Tram. Roy. Soc, S, Aust, #5 (1). p. LOD.
Campanile (lelaidensis Mowchin & Cotton, Cotten, 1953, Ceol Smrv, S, Aust. Bull 27,

appendix 4, p, 245,

Diaguosis—Early whorls flat to concave, later whorls convex. Sculpture
comparatively line aud inconspicuons in the early whorls with a subsutural
band supporting 2 or 3 spiral striac; anterior three-quarters of whorl, which is
medially constricted, sculptured with about § somewhat irregular spiral cords,
seme of which are surmounted and divided by spiral striae; interspaces linear,
much narrower than cords, and deeper anteriorly so that the cords appear to
be imbricating. Whole whorl crossed by concave growth striae and numerous
axial castac; costac decrease in number and incréase in strength to about 12 on
the penultinate whorl. Strong costae in anterior whorls of adult shell are inter-
rupted or effaced posteriorly by a constriction in the posterior third of the whorl.

Dimenstons—Height 85, diameter 27 min,

Type Locality—Glanyille Bore, 375-400 feet.

Location of Holotype—S. Aust. Mus., Reg, No. D 12852.

Description of Hypotype (Hindmarsh Bore, pl, 1, fig. 3)—Shell large,
solid, elongate, conical, carly whorls flat to concave, later whorls convex. Suture
imbricating, undulating in later whorls, straight in early whorls. Sculpture com-
paratively fine and conspicuous in the early whorls, with a subsutural band,
somewhat more than one-quarter width of the whorl, supporting two or three
spiral striae, the rest-of the whorl, which is medially constricted, sculptured with
about eight rather irregular spiral cords, sore of which are surmounted and
divided by the spiral striae; intersaces linear, much narrower than cords and
‘leeper anteriorly so that the cords appear to be imbricating. Band and cords
all crossed concavely by growth striae and by numerous gradually developing
axial costac, which tend to tuberculate the spirals, Axial costae decrease in
number and increase in intensity ta abort twelve on the penultimate whorl,
In the anterior whorls of the adult shell the strong enstae are interrupted ur
eHaced posteriorly by a constriction in the posterior third of the whorl,

Aperture oblique, ovate, with a short, pointed posterior canal and a pos-
terior tubercle below it oo the inner lip. Inner Sip reflexed over the arcuate
columella. Anterior canal short and strongly refexed with a twist at the anterior
end of the columella, Outer lip expanded and slightly produced anteriorly,
concave posteriorly, and conyex anteriorly in profile. Lip not yaricate, but

ag

there is a strong varix ou the body whor] between one-half and two-thirds the
distance: from Ue outer lip.

Obsercations—This is one of the most typical and restricted gastropods of
the Dry Creek Sans. Its superficial resemblance in shape and sculpture to
Terebralia palustris Linné, an estuarine Indo-Pacific specics, led the original
authors to locate it in Terebralia. The yesemblance, however, is entirely super-
ficial and appears to be a case of homeomorphy; the columella as revealed in
croced specimens lacks the diagnostic plaits of T'erebralia, while the stroug varix
on the body whorl identities the shell with the Cerithiidae, In almost all respects
the shell is a typical Therivium. However, the sculpture lacks the angulate
axial costae of Thericium s. stv, the carly whorls are flatter and the subsutural
hand is characteristic, The anterior canal is short in the adult but appears
longer in the juvenile, is oblique and slightly recurved; the tooth-like tercle
is recounizable only when the aperture is completely preserved, but there are
generally one or more strong cords below the periphery on the base, not neces-
sarily related to the tubercle. ‘These are very conspicuous in the tropical C, (T.)
opportunuma and in the Adelaide species.

The subgenus is therefore created, named for Monsieur Andre Chavan of
Seyssel, France, who has studied the classification of the Cerithiidie, Into the
snbyenus fall, in addition to the type species, Cerithinm torri Tate, C. pritchardt
Harris, as well as the Indo-Pacific opportnnum Bayle and the common Italian
species varicosum Brocchi. The Parisian Eocene semicostatin and filiferwnt,
beth nf Deshayes, may possibly belong to the same lincage.

Materia!—Hypotype and 4 broken specimens, Hindmarsh Bore; 2. speci-
mens, Woymeuth’s Bore; 1 broken specimen, Kooyonga Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Crographical Distribution—Adelaide District.

Thericium (Chayanicerithium) tovri (J'ate)
old, figs. 1, 2.
Cevthinm torri ‘Tate, 1899, Trans. toy. Soe. 5. Aust, 83 (1), p, LOU, pl ty tg, 2

Diagnosis—A fairly large Charanicerilliium sculptured with conspicuous,
distant, raised, moderately Oblique. more or less nodulose axial costae, conspicu-
ously interrupted in the posterior of each whorl and continuous in the anterior
part of the whorl only, at least on the penultimate whorl. In young shells entire
whorl covered with close, irregular spiral striations generally stronger on the
costay, ancl fainter axial growth lines concave to the aperture,

Dimensions—Total estimated length 160 mm., diameter 24 mm,

Type Locality—Murray Desert’? — Tareena, N.S.W,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 532, Hypo-
lypes, B15175, F 15176, Tate Mus, Coll.

Observations—-Juveniles of this species are difficult to separate [rom juveniles
uf T, (C.) pritchardi (Harris), and closcly resemble the Recent T (C.) oppor-
tunwmn (Bayle) -- Cerithium polygonum Sowerby tram Nort hern Anstralia. The
juterruption of the axial vostar and their nodulose character in the adult serve
in distinguish the species. Tho holotype is a larger shell than the Dry Creek
Sanus relatives which attain an estimated! total length of between 80 and 90 mm,

Material—Ilolotyps, hypotype and 11 other specimens, Abattoirs Bore; 7
specimens, Bore, Sec. 4251, Ud. Muuiia Pavay 1 specimen, Jones's Bore; 5 speci-
metis, Weymouth's Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Saruls and unnamed formation, Murfay
Thasin,

Geovraphical Distribution—Adelaide District, P Tareena, N.S.W.
a

Genus Semivestacus Cossmann, 1559:
Seminertuyus Cossmann, 1889, Ann. Soc. Roy, Mal. Belg., 24, p. 28,

Type species (0.d.) Cerithium unisulcatum Lamarck.

Semivertagus. capillatus Tate
pl. 2, fig. 9.

Semiveriusts capillatus Tate, 1894, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 27, py 178, ph aii, fix. I;
Demnant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol. Sney, Vic., I (2), p. 144: Gudbrook, 1941, Trans,
Rey. Bec 5. Aust,, 69 {1}, p. 100, Cotton, 1952, Geol, Surv, S. Aust. Bull, 27, appendix

» D- £49,

Diagnosis—Twelve whorls in a length of 17 mm, Snture conspicuous, im-
bricating. Sculpture of about 20 spiral striac per whorl, narrower than inter-
spaces which increase in width towards the auterior suture, crossed by weaker
arched growth striae, Columella without plication, anterior canal short, inner
hip callous and reflected over columella, with a posterior tubercle.

Dimensions—Height 17, diameter 5 mm.

Type Locality—Dry Creek Bore,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1539c,

Material—Hypotype and 2 specimens, Hindmarsh Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide. District.

Genus Hypornocuus Cotton, 132,
Hypotrochtys Cotton, 1932, Rec, $. Aust, Mus., 4 (4), p. 540.
Type species (o.d.) Cerithium monachus Crosse & Mischer.

Hypotrochus semiplicatus sp. nov.
pl. 2, fig. 10,
ef, Mypotrachus penetricinetus Cotton, Ludbraok, 1041, Trans. Roy, Soc. S, Aust, 65 (1),
Pp. 100,

Hypotrochus penetricinetys Cutten, 1952, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Bull. 27, appemrlix 4, p. 245,

Diagnosis—Whorls slightly convex, angulute above the suture; eight adult
whorls in a height of 6 mm., sealptured with axial plicae, 9 per whorl, obsolete
on the posterior part of the whorl, broadening and increasing in strength to-
wards the anterior suture immediately above which they meet a suprasutural
cord which is undulated on its anterior side by the anterior limit of the plicae.
Plicae become obsolete on the body whorl, Spiral sculpture of four deep and
clear cut striae and the flattish suprasutural cord which is bordered above by
the anterior striae and undulated below by the axial plicae on all the whorls
but the body whorl where it is represented by a wider band between the striae.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, elongate-conical, surface smooth and
rathex polished, Whorls slightly convex and angulate above the suture; suture
linear, with a tendency to undulate. Apex small and elevated, of two smooth
turns, adult whorls eight, of which the first is sculptured with one strong breplilu
spiral, the next six whorls with nine axial plicac per whorl, obsolete in the pos-
terior part of the whorl, broadening and increasing in strength towards the
anterior suture above which they meet a suprasutural cord which is undulated
on its anterior side by the lower edge of the plicae. Plicae become obsolete on
the body whorl and die out over the whole of the whorl. Spiral sculpture of
four fuirly deep and clear-cut striae and the suprasutural cord bordered above
by the axial phcae on all the whorls but the body whorl, where it is represented
by a wider band between the striae. Four evenly-placed striae from the peri-
phery, which is subangular, over the buse to the columella. Aperture subovate
and oblique, columella gently arched, anterior canal short and turned ta the
left. Outer lip with a -varix behind it

Dimensions—Height 6, diameter 2, height of body-whorl 2-7, height af
aperture 1°5 mm,

Jb

Type Locality—Weymouth's Bore, 310-330) feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll. Univ, of Adelaide, F 15161

Obscrvations—Vhis small Hypotrochus is distinguishable from the Recent
penetricincius by the absence of keels, There is a suggestion of carination at
the cord above the suture, hut it can scarcely be described as a keel, and is
not present on the body whorl,

Material—Nolotype and 12 paratypes, Weymouth’s Borc, 18 paratypes,
Abultairs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Weymouth’s aud Ahattoirs Bnres, Adelaide.

Family CKRITHIOPSIDAE.
Genus Cerirumu.a Verrill, 1882.
Cerithiella Vervill, 1982, Trans, Gonnect, Acad, 5, p. 522.
Type species (0.d.) Cerithium metula Lovéi.
Subgenus Coxmiianta subgen, nov.

Subgenerio Characters—Shell very small and very elongate, subulate, shin-
ing and solid. Whorls fat. Protoconch large and clevated, multispiral, tip
hetergstrophic, first 2 whorls only partially in contact. Smooth apical! whorls
frllawed by one-and-a-half brephic turns with close concayely-curvmy axials.
Adult whorls ornamented with fattish thick spiral ribs which cross and tuher-
culate the fairly numerous axial ribs. Axial nbs nearly straight, not curved as
in Cevithiella. s. str. Aperture subquadrate. outer lip nearly perpendicular in
peor caste! af eoncave as in Cerithiella s. str; Anterior canal strongly twisted.

use Hat, :

Type species Cerithiella trigemmata Chapman & Crespin. The subgenus
is named in honour of Dr. L. R. Cox of the British Muscum (Natural History ),

Cerithiella (Coxellaria) trigemmata Chapman & Crespin
pl. 2, fe, 11.

Centhiele trizemmatu Chapman & Crespin, 1928, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vie. 5 (1), 9. 116. pl. 8,
fie, 48; Codbrouk, 1941, Trans. Roy, Soc. $. Aust, 65 (1), p. 100; Crespin, 1943, Aust.
Min. Res. Sure Bull, 9, p. 96) (mimeverdphed).

Certhiella (lapsus calami for Cerithiella) trigemmatir Chapman & Crespin, Cotton, 1952,
Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Bull. 27, appendix 4. p. 243.

Diagnosis—16 whorls in a height of 8 mm, Protoconch large and elevated,
tip pointed and heterostrophic, apical 3 whorls followed by one-and-a-half turns
with brephic axials, Adult whorls flat, ornamented with ten straight axial costae
per whorl, crossed and tuberculated by three flattish spiral ribs about equal to
the interspaces. Interspaces rectangular, smooth, Suture linear, excavate.
Aperture subqnadrate, outer lip straight and perpendicular in profile.

Dimensions—Ileight 3°75, diameter 1 mm.

Type Lacality--Mitchcell River, Victoria; Miocene.

' Lacation of Holutype-—-Dennant Coll., Nat. Mus., Melbourne,

Observations—lov this long-vanging and widespread species and the two
suececding species, the new subgenus Cowxellaria is ercated. Compared with the
ype species, Cerithtella metula Lovén trom the Narth Sea, species of C. (Coxel-
laria) ave different in textures the whorls are shining and solid and the growth
lines are not visible. Vhe whorls are typically flat, the shell is very elongute-
subulate. The sculpture is coarser and flatter and not so sharply cancellate as
iu Cerithiella 5, str. The axial sculpture of Cerifhiella ig markedly curved; it is
straight or nearly so in Coxellarid. The protoconch is large, resembling some
members of Triphora. ‘the subgenus is related ta or includes two species from
the Paris Basin Eocene; Cerithiella clava l.amarck and C. multispirata Deshayes.
in addition to the type species, the subgenus is represented by one closely re-

32

lated species, and one in which the spiral sculpture is absent, from Brown Coal
Shaft, Altona, Victoria, in the British Museum Collection.

Material—5 specimens, Abattoirs Bore; 2 specimens, Brown Coal Shaft,
Altoma, Victoria, B.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical Range—*Tertiary”.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic., ta Adelaide, $,A,

Cerithiella (Coxellaria) perelongata (Ludbrook)
Cerlthiopsis porelongatus Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soe S$. Aust. 65 (1), p. 90, pl. 4,
fie, 25 (in pwt).

Diagnosis—Protoconch elevated, three carinate, large, smooth, taperin
whorls; tip heterostvophic. Adult whorls 8 in 2 height of 6 mm. fattened,
sculptured with three, equal spiral costae crossed by about 16 axial costae per
whorl less conspicuous than the spirals which are flatly gemmulate at the inter-
sections, At first the whorls are carinate at the anterior but rapidly flatten.
The median spiral tends to be more gemmulate than the anterior and posterior
which are flattened.

Dimensions—Height 6-1, diameter 1-1 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Rare, Adelaide,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1451.

Ohservations—One perfect specimen was obtained from Weymouth’s Bore.
The eleyated protoconch with a large second whorl, strongly carinate, and a
smaller third whor! is followed by adult whorls at first carinate near the suture
at the position of the anterior of the three spiral ribs.

The suture and interspaces are linear, in the later whorls the suture being
distinguishable from the interspaces between the spirals only by being more
excavate.

Material—Holotype and 2 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore; 2 specimens, ane
perfect, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratizgraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and) Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide.

Cerithiella (Coxellaria) swperspiralis sp. nov.
pl, 2, fig. 12.
Cerithlopsis perelongatus Ludhrook, £941, Trans, Roy. Sec. §, Aast., 65 €1), p. YO Cin part).

Diagnosis—Shell large for the subgenus and extremely elongate, Sculpture
on the flat whorls of about 18 relatively inconspicuous axial ribs crossed by
three strong spirals of which the anterior and median are narrower and more
roundly gemmulate at the junctions with axials, the posterior broader and flatter
and only obsoletely gemmoulate.

Description of Holotype—Shell incomplete, early whorls missing, nine adult
whorls remaining; large for the subgenus, solid, very elongate-subulate, Whorls
flat, suture linear, and inconspicuous unless viewed from the apex towards the
aporture, when it is seen to be imbricated by the posterior spiral rib, Whorls
sculptuved with numerous axial ribs, eighteen on the pennitimate whorl, crossed
by three strong spirals with two equal interspaces between them. The ‘anterior
and median spirals are narrower than the postcrior and wre more distinctly and
roundly gemmulate. The posterior rib borders the suture, is flat and only
obsoletely gemmulate, All the ribs are steeply terminated on the posterior side
and gently slope anteriorly, he contrast is shown by viewing from apex to
aperture, Aperture broken, outer lip indetcrminahle, columella concaye; re-
mains of anterior canal shown by twist at the end of the columella, Base Hat,
smooth except for concave axial growth striae crowding in towards the columella.
Periphery angulate with two smooth coris,

Dimensions—Length of 9 whorls 8-5, diameter 2-5; total estimated leneth
12 mm. or greater.

33

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Lecation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll,, Univ. of Adelaide, F 15163.
_ Observations—In the original description of Cerithiopsis perelongatus (Lud-
brook, 1941, p. 90) a paratype was cited as a much larger shell with sculpture
consistent with that of the holotype. The two specimens of perelongatus from
Weymouth’s Bore haye now enabled the species to be more accurately diags
nosed, and it is realised that the large specimen is not conspecific with perelon-
gatus, The sculpture is not, as stated previously, consistent with that of
perelongatus.

Muterial—Dolotype only,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Genus Sxira A. Adams, 1861.
Seila A. Adams, 1861, Ann. Mag. Nut, Hist. ser, 3, 7, p. 131.
Type species (s.d, Dall, 1889) Triphoris dextroversa Adams & Reeye,
Subgenus Notosrma Finlay, 1927,
Notoseild Finlay, 1927, Trans, N.Z. Inst., 57, p. 382:
Type species (o,d.) Cerithium terebelloides Hutton.

Seila (Notoseila) triplanicincta sp. nov.
pl. 2, figs. 13, 14.
Seila (Notoseila) erocea Angas, Lanlbrouk, 1941, ‘Vrans, Koy. Soc, § Aust., 65 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—Shell very elongate-subulate, with a total of 15 whorls in a
height of 12 min, Sculptured with three flat equal spiral ribs on each whorl,
approximately equal to the iuterspaces. Ribs smooth, with flat upper surface
and sides. at right angles to the upper surface. Interspaces flat, marked by
axial growth lines. Suture linear or marked by a fine thread.

Description of Holotype—Shell of moderate size for the genus, very clongate-
subulate. Protocouch large and elevated, tip broken but 2 whorls remaining,
smooth and convex, Adult whorls flat. gradually increasing, sculptured with
thiree flat spirals om each whorl of equal size and approximately equal to the
interspaces. Upper surface of ribs smooth and fat, sides at right angles to
the wpper surface. Interspaves crossed by fine axial striuae of growth, Suture
imperceptible but indicated by a fine spiral lira. Aperture hroken in the holo-
type. Columella concave, with a very stronvly recurved short anterior canal.

Dimensions—Height 12, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—-Tate Mus. Qoll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15163,

Paratype—A portion of a specimen consisting of the body und penultimate:
whorls shows the aperture as subqnadrate with the outer lip perpendicular when
viewed in profile. ‘The base is Hat and smooth, except for 2 lirae, finer than the
spiral ribs, on the angulate periphery.

Observations—S. (N.) triplanicineta is nol conspecific with S. (N.) crocea,
‘Yhe ribs are quite flat, the whorls are not at all convex except for the protoconch,
and the shell is more attenuytect.

Materiak—Holotype, Abattoirs Bore, 2 paratypes, Hindmarsh Bore,

Steatigraphical Range—-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Ahattoirs and Hindmarsh Bores, Adelaide.

Family 'I'RIPITORIDAL,
Genus Trietrona Blainville, 1823.
Triphora Bluinyille, 1828, Dict, Sci. Nut, 55, p, 344.
Type species (a.d.) Triphora gemmata. Blainville.
34

Subgenus IsorrpHoRA Catton & Godirey, 1931.
Tsotriphora Cotton & Godfrey, 1931, S. Aust. Nat. 12 (4), p. 52.
Type species (0.d.) Triphora tasmanica= T'riforis tasmantca Tenison-Worls,

Triphora (Isotriphora) salisburyensis sp. nov-
pl. 2, fig. 15.
Triphora sp. Ladbrook, 1941, Trans, Roy, Sec. S. Aust, 65 (1), p, 92.

Diagnosis—Protoconch of 8 gemmulate whorls, blunt at tip. Adult whorls
il, making a total of 14 whorls in a height of 7 mm. First two adult whorls
with two rows of granules; on the third whorl a thread rises between them and
erenunlly develops into a third row of granules. The granules are produced at
the intersection of the axials by three equal spirals, which are steeply termin-
aled on their sides, and the interspaces tend to be rhombic. Suture canaliculate,
Base with two keels. one ou the periphery and one Jess than halfway between
it and the base of the columella,

Description of Holotype—Protoconch broken. Adult whorls ten, of which
the first two have two raws of granules, On the third a thread rises between
them and gradually develops into a third row of granules. These granules are
produced at the points of intersection of the radial costac, about 20 per whorl,
and the three equal spirals which override the axials. Spirals steeply cut off
on their sides, interspaces tending to be rhombic. Suture linear, deeply set in
a channel between two rows of granules, Base smooth except for axial growth -
lines with two keels, one on the periphery and one less than halfway hetween
the periphery and the base of the columella, Outer lip, when viewed in profile,
is at first convex then nearly straight, effnse at the base and upcurved to mect
the base of the columella. Anterior canal strongly retroflexed and almost
cylindrical.

Dimensions—Height 7, diameter 1-3 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15164,

Ohservations—Compared with the type species of the subgenus, T. (1.)
tasmanica, the present species is smaller and more attennated. There are 14
whorls in a height of 7 mm, as contrasted with 1§ whorls in a height of 9 mm.
in tasmanica. The sharp termination of the cdges of the spirals is distinctive,
together with the disposition of the keels on the base.

Material—Holetype atl paratype, Weymonth's Bore; one fragment,
Abattoirs Bore:

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weyrmouth's Bores, Adelaide.

Subgenus Norosinister Finlay, 1927,
Notoasinistey inlay, 1927, ‘Trans. NZ, Inst., 57, p. 384,

Type species (o.d.) Triphora fasceling Suter.

Triphora (Notosinister) praegranifera sp. nov.
pl. 2, fg. 16.
Triphrva sp, Tudbyrook 1941, ‘Trans, Roy. Soe, & Aust. 65 (1), p. 92.

Diaynosis——A. Notosinister with protoconch of two smooth turns followed
hy three torns carinate in the anterior one-third; adult whorls nine making total
of 14 whorls in a height of 4.4 mm. First four whorls sculptured with 2 rows
of about 16 granules per whorl, a third row developing between them at the
fifth whorl. Suture linear, inconspicuous, Base smooth, with three spiral cords.

Description of Holofype—Shell elongate-turreted, solid, somewhat pupi-
form, Protoconch Jarge, elevated, polygyrate, of two smooth turns followed by
three turns carinate in the anterior one-third and carrying about 20 brephic
axials per whorl. Adult whorls 9, of which the first four are sculptured with

ne
7

two rows of about 16 granules per whorl, a third row rising between them at
the fitth whorl and increasing gradually im strength until on the last whorl
there are three approximately equal rows, the posterior being somewhat. stronger
than the other two. Suture inconspicuous, linear, Base smooth with three
spiral cords. Outer lip broken in the holotype.

Dimensions—Height 4-4, diameter 1:5 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15165,

Observations—T, (N,) granifera Brazier appears to be the nearest relative
to the present species,

Muteriul—Holotype and one paratype, Weymouth’s Bore; 13 paratypes,
mostly broken, Abattoirs Bare.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

teographical Distribution—Weymouth’s and Abattoirs Bores, Adelaide.

Superfamily SCALACEA.
Family SCALIDAE,

Genus AmaArA H, & A, Adams, 1533,
Amara UW. & A, Adams, 1853, Gen. Rec. Moll, 1, p. 223.
Type species (s.d. Fischer, 1885) Scalaria magnifica Sowerby.
Subgenus AMATA s. str,

Amaea (Amaea) triplicata (Tate)
pl. 3, fig, T.
Scalaria ( Eglisic) triplicata Tate, 1890, Trans. Roy. Sne. S, Aust, 13 (2), p. 231.
Sealaria triplicate Tate, 1892, id_, Supp. pl. 9, fis, 2.
fiulisia tripiicata "Tate, Marris, 1897, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit, Mus., 1, p, 270; Dennant & Kitson,

1903, Hec, Geol, Sury. Vie. L (2), p. 138; Ludbrook, 1941, ‘lrans: Roy. Soc. $, Aust.,

65 (1), p. 100,

Diqgnosis—An Amaea with 135 whorls in a height of 28 mm. Sculptured
with about 25 thin, more or less elevated costae per whorl, which are curved
forwaril and decurrent at the posterior suture; axials cither crossed by or crossing
tliree prominent eleyated rounded spiral cords which are a little to the anterior
of the whorl. Body whorl with four strong spiral cords, one on the periphery,
Base with about 10 spiral lirae crossed by fine radials corresponding to the
axial costae om the whorls,

Dimensions—Ileight 25, diameter 7, height and width of aperture 5 mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Victoria; Pliocene,

Leevation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 790D-,

Observutions—The species triplicata belongs to Amaea s. str, which is re-
stricted to the Indo-Pacific in Recent times, the nearest specics to the Fossil
heing A. kienert (Canefri) from Darnley Island, The varix on the outer lip,
cited by Wenz (1940, p, 804) as a gencric character is not diagnostic as it is
frequently absent altogether. A. triplicata has also been recorded trom Abattoirs
and Croydon Bores,

Meterial—One broken specimen, Tindmarsh Bore,

Stratigrayhical Range—Kalimnan to Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vietoria, to Adelaide. S.A.

Amaea (Amaca) sp,

A single broken specimen, congeneric with triplicata, occurs in Hindmarsh
Bore, with four sharp and narrow equal spiral cords and a smaller posterior
cord, crossed by about 24 axial costae per whorl. Sufficicnt material is not
available for comparison and accurate diagnosis. The number and character of
the spiral cords distinguish the specimen trom friplicata.

36

Genus CrsoyremMa Mirch, 1853.
Cirsotrema Morch, 1852, Cat. Convhyliol., 1, p. 49.
Type species (monotypy) Scalaria varicosum, Lamarck,

Subgenus DANnevicens Iredale, 1936.
Darnnevigena Tredale, 1936, Rec, Aust. Mus., 19, p. 303.
Type species (o.d.) Dannevigenu martyr Iredale.

Cirsotrema (Dannevigena) sp.

A fragment of a Dannevigena, consisting of most of the body whorl and
portion of the penultimate whorl. The species appears to be very close to the
type species Dannevigena martyr Iredale. The genus, so far as is known, is
restricted to southern Australia,

Material—One broken specimen, Weymouth’s Bore.

Genus Scara Bruguiére, 1792.
Scala Bruguiére, 1792, Eneye. meth, Vers,, 1 (2), p. 532.
{ Epitonium, Riding, 1798, Mus. Bolt., 2, p, 81.)
(Cyclostoma Lamarck, 1799, Mem. Soc. Hist. nat. Puris, p.. 74.)
(Scalaria Lamarck, 1801, Syst. Anim., p. 88.)
(Scalarus. Montfort, 1810, Conch, Syst., 2, p. 294.)
(Aciona Leach, 1815, Zoul. Miscell., 2, p. 79.
Seale Bruguiére, 1792, Wenz, 1940, Handb. Paliioz. Gastr., 4, p. 806 (synonymy).

Type species (s.d. Thiele, 1929) Turbo scalaris Linné.

Subgenus Hmroscara Monterosato, 1890,

Hirtuscula Monterassto, 1890, Natur, Sicil. 9, p. 149.
{ Linctoscula Monterasato, 1890, air.)
(Foreoscala Boury, 1909, Journ. de Conch., 57. p. 257.)
baculecela Boury, 1909, ihid.)
Prudentiscala Iredale, 1936, Rec. Aust. Mus., 19, p, 299,)
Hirtoscala Monterosato, 1890, Wenz, 1940, Handh. Paldoz. Gast., 4, p, 808 (synonymy),

Type species (o,d.) Scalaria cantraingi Weinkauff,

Scala (Hirtoscala) sp.

Diagnosis—A small Hirtoseala with a large and elevated protoconch of
three globose turns. Adult whorls sculptured with abont 14 elevated oblique
axial ribs per whorl, somewhat extended and angulate posteriorly. Interspaces
smooth, Suture deep. Aperture subovate, entire; outer lip without varix.

Observations—In view of the fact that only one juvenile specimen is avail-
able of this apparently new species, it is not here described in full. The first
whorl of the apex is missing, there are 2 subsequent globose embryonic whorls
and three adult whorls, The species is closest to S. (H.) delicatula (Crosse &
Fischer). Recent, South Australia, from which it differs by comparison with the
holotype in the British Museum, in having a larger protoconch and fewer axials
in the carly whorls. ,

Both the present species and delicatula are readily comparable with can-
trainei, the type species of Hirfoscala with which Acutiscala is considered by
Wenz (1940, p. 808) to be synonymous.. The South Australian species are closer
to cantrainei than to philippinarum Sowerby, the type species of Avutiscala.
The subgenus Hirtoscala appears to have a wide distribution in warm seas.

Material—Onc juvenile, with broken tip, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribiction—Weymouth'’s Bore, 310-330. fext.

Superfamily PYRAMIDELLACEA.
Family MELANELLIDAE.
Genus MELANELLA Bowdich, 1822.

37

Melanella Bawdich, 1822, Elem, Conch., 1, p. 27.
(Melaniella P. Fischer, 1887, Journ. de Conch,, 35, p. 198, non, L. Pfeiffer, 1857.)
Type species (monotypy) Meélanella dufresnii Bowdich ? = Eulima arcuata
Sowerby.

Subgenus MAncineute1A Cossmann, 1888.
Margineulima Cossymann, 1855, Ann. Soc, Malac, Belg., 23, Mom, p. 117.
Type species (0.d,) Eulima fallax Deshayes.

Melanella (Margineulima) longivonica (Ludbrook)
Eulima longiconica Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Koy. Soc §. Aust., 65 (1), p. 93, pl 5, fig. 4:

Crespin, 1943, Min. Res. Surv. Bull. 9, p. 99.

Diagnosis—A small Margineulima with protoconch of one inconspicuous
flattened turn and eight slowly decreasing adult whorls in a height of 5 mm.
Suture slightly impressed.

Dimensions—Ilcight 5, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus, Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, 'T 1654.

Material—Holotype,

Stratigraphical Range—Kalimnan (Jemmy's Point Formation)-Dry Creek
Sands. -
Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic., and Adelaide, S.A.

Melanella (Margineulima) minuticonica (Ludbrook)

Eylina minuticonica Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 65 (1), p. 93, pl. 5, fig. 5.

Diagnosis—A minute Marginenlima with protoconch consisting of two con-
spicuous turns followed by 7 adult whorls in a height of 3-1 mm. Body whorl
with an obscure angulation, Aperture pyriform.

Dimensions—Height 3-1, diamcter 1-0 mm,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll. Univ. of Adelaide, T 1634.

Observations—No forther examples of this species have Leen recovered
since it was described from Abattoirs Bore. The subgenus is represented in the
European Eocene-Miacenc, and has lingered till recent times in Anstralia and the
Indo-Pacific. M. (M.) roegerae is the closest ally in Sonth Anstralia.

Material—Holotype and 5 paratypes, Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical, Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore.

Genus: Leiosrnaca IT. & A, Adams, 1853.
Leiostraca 1. & A. Adams, 1853, Gen. Ree, Moll, 1, p. 237.
Type species (s.d. Suter, 1913) Turbo subulata Donovan =
Strambifermis glabra Da Costa.

Subgenus Lirtosiraca s, str.
Leiostraca (Leiostraca) aculissiina Suwerby
pl. 3. fig, 4,
Leiostraca acntissima Sowerby, 1866, in Reeve Conch, Tran, 15, Dievastraca sp. LO, ph 2,
fig. (Qa, b: Hedley, 1913, Proc, Tanna, Sae. N.S.W., 88, p. 295,
Leiostraca lesbia Angas, L871, Proc. Zool. Sec. p. 16, pl. 1, fig. V4.
Stromhifarmis acutissina Sowerby, Hedley, 1918, Journ. Roy, Soe, N.S.W., SL, supp. p, 100;

Cotton & Gadfrey, 1935, Mal. Soc, $. Aust, Pub. 1.

Diugnosis—Shell very small and acuminated, § whorls in a height of 8 mm.:
last whorl one half height of shell. Aperture narrow, sharply angled posteriorly;
columella Jong and straight.

Dimensions—Height 8, diameter 1-5, height of body whorl 4, height of
aperture 2 mm.

Type Locality—Sydney Harbour; Recent.

Location of Holutype—B,M. Coll,

3k

Observations—Compared with the holotype, the fossil from the Adelaide
Pliovene is a little more slender,

Materiel—Holotype, one specimen Muddy Creek (Upper), one specimen
Altena Coal Shaft, all B.M. Coll; one specimen and que fragment, Hindmarsh
Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Baleombian to Recent.

Geographical Distribution—N,S.W, and southern Australia,

Genus Nrso Risso, 1826.
Nise Risso, 1826, Hist. Nat. Europe Meri, 4, p. 213.
(Bonellta le i 1838, in Lamarck Hist. Nat. Anima. s. Vert., ed. 2, 8, p. 286, nun. Rolando,
(Janella Grateloup, 1838, Act. Soc. Iinn, Bordeaux, 10 (42), p. 191.)
Type species (monotypy) Niso eburnea Risso,
Subgenus Niso s. str.

Niso (Nisa) psifa Tenison-Woods
pl. 3, fig, 3,

Niso psila Tenison-Woodls, 1880, Prac. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 4, 9. 18, pl J, fig: G; Tate &
Deunant, 1893, ‘rans. Rov. Soc. S, Aust., 17 (1), p. 222; Harris, 1897, Cat. Tert. Moll.
Brit. Mus, 1, p. 272; Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vic.,. 1 (2), pp, 115, 138,
Ludbrook, 1941, Frans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust, 65 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—A Niso of moderate size, height a little less than three times
diameter. Protoconch of 1s rather high dome-shaped turns followed by 8 narrow
flatly increasing aduit whorls in a height of 8 mm. ‘Suture linear; impressed.
Periphery roundly angulate, wmbilicus keeled at the margin. Aperture angulate
in front.

Dimensions—Height 7, dianicter 3 min,

Type Locality—Mnddy Creek, Victoria.

Location. of Holotype—Aust. Mus., Sydney, F 1708,

Observations—Of the scanty material available Adelaide examples appear
all to be small; a maximum height of about 13 mm, is indicated. The holotype
is apparently juvenile, adult specimens reach a height of over 20 mm,

Material—1 juvenile, 1 incomplete example, Abattoirs Bore; 1 ephebic speci-
men, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Balcombian to Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vie.-Adelaide, S.A.

Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE.
Gers Syrno.a, A. Adams, 1860.
Syrnola A. Adarns, 1860, Ano, Mag, Nat. Tst., ser. 3, 5, 0, 405.
Type species (monotypy) Syrnola gracillima A. Adams.

Subgenus Synvoua s. str.

Syrnola (Syrnola) tincla Angas
pl. 3, fig, 4.
Swnola tincta Angas, 1871, Proc, Zoo), Soc., p. 15, pl 1, fig. 11; Hedley, 1918, Journ.
Roy. Soc, N.S.W,, 51, supp. p. 98; May, 1921, Check List, p, 98; Ul. Ind., p. 93, pl.
44, fig. 14; Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vie, 5 (1). p. 161;
Cotton & Godfrey, 1932, 5S. Aust. Nat, 14 (1), p. 22; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sac.
§. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100,
Synola michaeli Tenison-Woods, 1577, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas, for 1876, p. 150.
Diagnosis—A rather solid Syrnola, whorls 10, in a height of 6 mm, nearly
flat with deeply impressed suture, Protoconch heterostrophic, elevated, early
whorls relatively large, body whorl fairly small, subangulate at the periphery.
Dimnensions—Height 6, diameter 1 mm,
Type Locality—Off Sow and Piys Reef, Port Jackson, N.S.W.; Recent.
Location of Holotype—B.M. Coll. |

39

Observutions-——Except for its occurrence in Abattoirs Bore, only one speci-
men, a stoall one of length 3°5 mm, and here figured as hypotype, has been found
in the Dry Creek Sands. It has been recorded froin the Balcombian of the
Sorrento Bore (Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, p. 161). The record needs
Conbrmation,

Material—Hypotype, Weymouth’s Borc, 310-380 feet; 8 specimens, Abattoirs
Bare,

Suangraphical Rangze—Dry Creek Sands to Recent; (?) Baleambian.

Geographical Distribytion—New South Wales te Rettnest Tsland, Western
Australia.

Subgenns Acaraa A. Adams, LS6D.
Agatha, A. Adis, 1860, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, sev, 3, G, a. 422.
( Amathis, Av Adains, L861, id. 8, p. G03.)
Type speeies (monotypy) Agatha tvirga A. Adams,

Syrnoala (Agatha) praefasciata sp, nov.
pl. 5, fig. 3.
Syraela bifuselata TV. Woods, Ludbrook, (941, rans. Hoy. Sue. 8. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100.

Diagnosis—-Au Agatha of moderate size, spire relatively short, body whorl
large, more than half height of shell, evenly conyex from posterior suture over
periphery and base, Aperture clongate-ovate.

Description of Holotype—Shell of moderate size for the genus, spire rela-
tively short, whorls four, outlines convex. Protoconch heterostrophic, pauci-
spiral. coiled in a Jow belicvid spiral, Nucleus smal{ and about one-third im-
mersed. Adult whorls five, smooth but for axial growth striae, convex; suture
strong, linear, impressed, Body whorl large, more than half height of shell,
evenly convex from posterior suture over periphery and base. Aperture elongate
uvate, ut expanded anteriorly; outer lip gently concave, somewhat oblique in
profile, slightly incurved at posterior angle before attachment to previous whorl.
Columella slightly oblique, nearly straight, plait small but distinct and situated
about one-third of length from insertion, Base depressed near columella, leael-
ing to narrow umbilicus,

Dimensions—Height 5-5, diameter 2-5, height of body whorl 5-5, height
of apertore L-S mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., F 15166,

Obsvrvations—Compared with bifasciata with which it was previously iden-
lifed, Um present fossil species has fewer whorls; the body whorl iy much
longer (in bifusciata it is less thet one-third height of shell); the aperture is
nurrower and more clongate and the posterior angle is not acute as in Mifasctata
but joins the previous whorl with a slight inward curve, There is a very close
resemblance between pracfasciata and the type speeies, A. virgo, whiel has a
anal] protoconch almost ecotirely aamersed. The subgenus is confined to the
Pacitic, and is well represented in the New Zealand Tertiary (Laws, 1940, pp,
150-153). The genus Aguita was introduced monotypically by Adams for
Ayutha virgo, which he later (An. Mag, Ser. 3, 7, p. 295) transferred to Myonta
(introduced prior to Agatha and preoeeupied by Dana) Uren (ibid.) to
Menesthis, again (Ann. Mag. ser. 3,8, p. 112) to Myonid, finally (id. 8, p.. 804)
erecting the genus Amalhis, waming Myonta virgo as type. Amuthis is thus a
direct synonym of Agatha, but although A, virgo has been referred to Myonia
which was changed to Adelactacon by Cossutuun (1895, 1, p, 54) Myonia and
Adelactacon are not synonyms of Agatha. They were introduced for a different
group of shells. and are considered by Wenz (1940, p. 880) to be synonymous
with Actacopyramis P. Wischer, 1885,

Material—Holotype and 2 paratypes, Weymouth’s Bare.

49

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands-
Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs and Weymouth’s Bores,

Syrnola (Agatha) jonesiana (Tate)
pl. 3, fig. 6.
Odontostamia jonesiang Tate, 1898a, Trans, Roy, Suc. S. Aust., 22 (1), p. 70.
Odontostomia (Syrnola) junesina Tate, 1S98b, ied. (2), p83, text. Hg.
Pycamiaaile jonesiana Tate, Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, Rec, Geol. Suty. Vie,, & (1),

3. n
Syrnola jonesiana Tate, Cotton & Godlrey, 1932, S$. Aust. Nat, 14 (1), p, 23; 1935, Mal,

Soc. S.. Aust, 1, p. 17.

Diagnosis—A smal] Agatha with eight whorls in a height of 6 mm., fat and
of moderate width. Suture linear, impressed; base regularly convex; body whorl
less than halt height of shell, subangulate at the periphery, Columella plait
strony and elevated.

Dimensions—Height 6-25, diameter 2-0 min.

type Locality—Tintinarra Bore, 26-154 fect.

Location of Iolotype—s. Aust. Mus., D 18466.

Material—One specimen, Weymouth’s Bore.

Straligraphical Range—(?) Mid-Tertiary to Recent.

Geogruphical Distribution—Port Phillip Bay, Victoria-Adelaidc, S. Aust.

‘Syrnola (Agatha) infrasuleata (Tate)
pl. 3, fig. 7.

Odbrisosronys (Symola) infrasulcatw Tate, 1898b, Trans. Roy. Soe. $, Aust., 22 (2), p, 83,
Me ¢ uN .

Syrnale infrasmuleiske Tate, Cotton & Godfrey, 1932, S. Aust. Nat, 14 (1), p. 22; 1938, Mal.
Soc, 5, Aust, 1, p. 17; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Rey. Suc. 8. Aust, 635 (1), p. 100.
Diagnosis—An Agatha of moderate size, with nine whorls in a height of

11 mm. Body whorl subangulate at the periphery, nearly half height of shell,

sculptured with about six incised grooves below the periphery and sometimes

one ar more above the periphery continuing medially on the spire whorls.

Dimensions—Iicight 11, diameter 3-5 mm.

Type Localitty—Holdfast Bay, §. Aust.

Location of Hoalotype—s. Aust. Mus., Reg. No. D 13465.

Materiul—The Ayured hypotype, Weymouth’s Bore; one specimen, Hind-
marsh Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands to Recent.

Geographical Distribution—Beachport to Spencer Gulf, S. Aust.

Subgenus. PuposygNoLA Cossmann, 1921.
Puposyrnala Cossmann, 1921, Ess. Paleoconch., 12, p, 229,
Type species (o.d.) Auricula acicula Lamarck,

Syrnola (Paposysnols) taaiaiive (Tenison Wovuds)
pl, 3, fig. 8.

Styloptygina tasmanica Tenison Woods, 1877, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas, I876, p, 151,

Syrnola tasmaniea Tenison Woods, May, 1921, Check List, p; 98; ML Ind, p. 93, pl. 44.
fig. 13; Ludbreok, 1941, Trans. Roy. Svc. S. Aust., 65 ty, p. 100); Crespin, 1943, Aust,
Min. Res. Surv. Bull. 9, p. 98.

Diagnosis—A somewhat elongate Puposyrnola with 7 adult whorls in a
height of 4 mm.; whorls rather tumid, obsoletely striate. Suture almost hori-
zontal, impressed.

Dimensions—Height 4, diameter 1 mm,

Type Locality—Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania; Recent.

Location of Holotype—Hobart Museum.

Observations—No further examples of this species have been recovered
since it was recorded from Abattoirs Bore, Jt has been recorded from the
Kalimnan of Gippsland (Crespin, 1948, p. 98) and a specimen frum the Kalim-

41

nan of Muddy Creek, Victoria, in the British Museum collection, here figured
(pl. 3, fig. &) is referred to tasmanica by comparison with the figure of
tasmanica (May, 1923, p. 44, fig, 13), No authentic specimens of tasmanica
have been available for comparison, It is rare in Tasmania and the fassil
sescies may possibly not be identical although it agrees in size and general
“ttiires.

Material—Ouc specimen, hypotype, Muddy Creek, Vie, BM, Coll,

Stratigraphical Range—Kilinman-Recent.

Geographical Distribution—Recent, Tasmania; Tertiary, Gippsland, Viv.;
Adelaide, S. Aust.

Syrnola (Puposyrnola) acrisecta Ludbrook

Symola seviseeta Lidbrook, 1441, ‘Truns. Koy. Sie. S$. Avst., 63 (1), p. 92, pl. 5, fig. 3,

Diagnosis—A very small Puposyrnela sharply pupiform, with six adult whorls
in a height of 3-3 mm. Fairly broad with flattened whorls separated by chan-
welled and imipressed suture. Body whorl flat aboye the periphery which is
subangulate. Aperture elongate, pyrilorm, columella nearly straight with a small
fold neur the origin,

Dimensions—Height 3-3. diameter 1:1 mm.

Type Localily—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll. Univ, of Adelaide, T1637,

Oliscrvatians—S. (P.) acrisecta is the most commonly occurring Syrnolid
in the Dry Creek Sands, although like other members of the genus it is mnt
iumercus, The subgenus Puposyrnola is well represented in the New Zealand
Tertiary (Laws, 1937, pp. 807-309) although New Zealand species are all very
strongly pupiform. The species aerisecta is more like the Paris Basin type species
S$. (P,) acicyla than the New Zealand species.

Material—Vour specimens, Weymonth’s Bore; one specimen, Hinchmarsh
Bore.

Straligraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide. district.

Subgenus Evenynenr.a Lays, 1940,
Lvelynetla Gaws, 1040, Trans, Roy. Soc, N.Z., 70 (2). p. 153.
Type species (o.d.) Evelynella venustas Laws.

Syrnola (Evclynella) adelaidensis sp. noy.
pl. 3, fig, 9.

Diagnosis—A fairly large Evelynella with six adult whorls in a height of
4-§ mm. Whorls fatly convex, fairly wide with linear, impressed suture, Body
whorl nearly half height of shell. sabangulate at periphery. Outer lip arcuate
with several lirations deeply within.

Description of Holotype—Shell fairly large for the genus solid, conical,
smooth except for faint axtal growth striac, shining. Proteconch small, of about
1% tamis, heterostrophic, tip immersed. Adult whorls six, flatly convex, fairly
wide; suture linear, impressed, Body whorl large, nearly half height of shell,
subangulate at the peryphery, Ilatly convex ahove the periphery, base convex
below the periphery, with an umbilical chink. Aperture suboyatc, expanded
helow and angulate above. Columella vertical, arciate, with a strong horizontal
plait near the origin, Outer lip thin, straight when viewed in profile, arcuate,
with about ten lirations deeply within visible only in reflected light.

Dimensious—Ieight 4-8, diameter 2, height of body whorl 2 mm.

Type Localily—llindmarsh Bore, 450-457 feet.

Lucation of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., ¥ 15167,

Obsertations—It is interesting to find this New Zealand Tertiary subgenus
among Adelaide specimens, As Laws points out in his diagnosis of the genus

42

(1940, p, 153), the form of the body whorl with somewhat disproportionate
width of the aperture in addition to the very characteristic lirae within the
outer lip, serve to distinguish the subgenus from other Syrnolids.

Muterial—Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore; 2 paratypes, one broken, one juvenile,
Wevmouth’s Bore.

Strafigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Ilindmarsh and Weymouth’s Bores, Adelaide.

Genus TurBONILLA Hisso, 1826,
Turbonilla Risso, 1826, list. Nat. Europe inerid., 4, p. 224,
Type species (s.d, Dall & Bartsch, 1909) Turbonilla typica Dall & Bartsely —
T. plicatula Risso non. Brocchi,

Subgenus Tursoniitia s, sir.

Turbouilla (Turbonilla) mariae Tenison Woody
pl. :3, fig, 10,

Turhonilla mariage Tenison Woods, 1876, Proc, Roy. Suc. Tas., 1875, p, 144: May, 1921,

Cheok List, p, 99; May, 1923, TL lud., p. 93, pt. 44, fiz, 29: Cotton & Godfrey, 1932,

S, Aust. Nat., l4 (1), p. 30.
Turbonilla cf. mariae T. Woods, Ludbrovk, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust., 65 (1), p. 10M,

Diagnosis—A. Turbonilla with a large proteconch of 1% heterostrophic turns
followed by one-half turn with brephic axials. Twelve whorls in a height of
10 mm, with 16 axial ribs on the penultimate whorl, Ribs become obsolete on
the periphery but the interspaces are not abruptly terminated at the periphery.
Base smooth,

Dimensions—Height 10, diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—King Island, Bass Strait; Recent.

Location of Holetype—Hobart Museum, Tasmania.

Observations—Adelaide specimens are conspecific with specimens of T,
mariae from Tasmania in the British Museum, All of these specimens are small
as compared with the holotype, and have 10 adult whorls in a height of 7 mm.

Material—Three specimens, one juvenile, Hindmarsh Bore: four specimens,
Recent, Tasmania, B.M. Coll.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Tasmania to MacDonald Bay, 5, Aust.

Turbonilla (Turbonilla) sp.
An immature Turbonilla with a large protoconch and 8 adult whorls mare
finely sculptured than T. (T.) mariae.
Material—One specimen, Weymouth’s Bore,

Subgenus Cuemmnirzia d‘Orbigny, 1839,
Chemnitsia d’Orbigny, 1839, in Webb & Berthelot Hist. Nat. Canaries, 5 77,
Type species (monotypy) Melaniella campanellae Philippi

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) mappingae sp. nov.
pl. 3, fig. 11.

Piagnosis—A Chemmnifzia of moderate size, stont and thick with nine adult
whorls ina height of 5-25 mm., shouldered at the posterior summit and slightly
medially depressed, Seulptured with strong axial ribs, 18 on the first and second
whorls, [4 on the succeeding whorls. Ribs practically continuous from whorl
to whorl.

Description of Holotype—Shell of moderate size, elongate-conical, stout aud
thick. Protoconch missing, adult whorls nine in a height of 5-25 mm; whorls
shoulilered at the posterior summit, somewhat contracted at the periphery, and
slightly medially depressed. Sculpture of strong axial ribs, slightly narrower
than the interspaces increasing fram 13 on the first and second whorls to 14 on

49

the succeeding whorls; ribs practically continuous from whorl to whorl Inter-
costul spaces wider than ribs, fairly deeply sunk und abruptly terminated un
the periphery. Base short only slightly rounded; aperture small, broken in the
holotype, but apparently subquadrate. Columella short, straight, slightly oblique.
Dimensions—Height 5-25, diameter 1:5, height of body whirl, 1-8 mm.
Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide, 310-330 tect.
Location af Holotype—Tate Mus, Cull,, Uniy. of Adelaide, F 15168,
Material—ILolotype and last 3 whorls of one paratype, a Jarger shell than
the holotype, Weymautl’s Bare; paratype, Abattoirs Bore,
Strativraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.
Geographical Distribulton—Weymonth’s and Abattoirs Bores,

‘Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) wuvongae sp. ney.
pl 3, Se, 12,

Diagnosis—A slowly tapering Chemnitzia with eight adult whorls in a
height of 6-2 mm, Whorls fat to slightly convex, sculptured with 12 axial
ribs per whorl, 14 on the body whorl; intercostal spaces much narrower than
ribs, clongate triangular with apex at the posterior extremity and net yery deep.
Aperture subquadrate; outer lip vertical, columella straight, vertical,

Description of Holotype—Shell of moderate size, elongate. Conieal, slowly
tapering, stout and thick, Protoconch missing, adult whorls 8 in a height of
62 mn. Whorls fat to slightly convex, suture linear, impressed. Sculpture
of 19 Hatly rounded axial ribs per whorl, 14 on the body whorl. Intercostal
spaces much natrower than ribs, clongale-triangular with apex at the posteriur
extremity, and not very deep, terminated abruptly just above the periphery. Lase
smocth, of moderate height, slightly rounded. Aperture subquadrate; outer
lip vertical, cohamella straight, vertical.

Piraensions—Height. 6-2, diameter 1-5, height of body whorl 1-35 mm.

Type Locality—Uindmarsh Bore, 450-487 feet.

Focation. of Holotyne—Tate Mus. Coll.. Uniy, of Adclaide, I 15169,

Observations—This species is distinguishable from the previons species,
T. (C.) mappingae, by its More tapering shape, Hatter whorls, not shouldered
Ieluw (he suture, and Tewer ribs with relatively narrow interspaces on cach
whorl. ‘Yhe aperture also differs principally in the orientation of the columella.

Malerlal—Holotype and one paratype, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratizraphical Rangce—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Hindmarsh Bore, Adelaide.

‘Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) subfusea [aidbrook

Vurbonilla subfusca Tadbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soe. 5. Aust. 65 (1), p, 98, plo, fi, 7,

Magnosis—A very small Chemnitzia with a protoconch of 2 globose helicoid
turns set at right angles to the rest of the shell and partly immersed. Seven
adul! whorls in a height of 6<Laom,. First two adult whorls convex and with-
out sculpture, except for inconspicuous axial striae, third whorl with axial
costae developing, 14 in number, 16 on the penultimate whorl, somewhat oblique
and equal ( the inlerspaces. Aperture subejuidrute, outer lip and columella
vertical.

Dimensions —Height Bel, diameter 1-0) mor.

Type Locality—Abattuirs Bore, Adelaide.

Location of Holotype—YVate Mus. Coll,, Uniy. of Adelaide, T LABS.

Observations—No further examples af this species have been found since it
was described from Abattoirs Bore. Jt is readily distinguishable by the smooth
and convex large whorls, lagether with the proteconch, if it is preserved, of 2
separately plobese helicoid turus laterally situated at right angles to the rest
af the shell.

Material—Two paratypes, Abattuirs Bure; one specimen, Hindmarsh Bore.

44

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Saris.
Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) adelaidensis sp. nov.
pl. 3, fig, 13.

Diagnosis—An vlongate Chemnitsia, slowly tapering, with 13 adult whorls
and protaconch in a height of 10:5 mm. Adult whorls slightly convex, particn-
larly in first 6 whorls, sculptured with numerous slightly oblique uxial costae,
rounded and about equal to interspaces, 17 on the first 2 whorls, 14 on whorls
38, Md on the 9th whorl, 17 on the 10th and lth, and 20 on the penultimate
whorl.

Deseription of Holotype—Shell fairly large, moderately thick, elongate-
subulate, slowly tapering, Protoconch prominently heterostrophic of 2 globose
lielicuid turns tilted at about 60 degrees to the axis. Nuclevs projecting with
suture of first whorl tangential to it. Adult whorls 13, slightly convex, more so
in the first 6 whorls; sculptured with numerous slightly oblique axial costae,
rounded and about equal to the interspaces, extending from suture to suture en
the spire whorls and teriningted at the periphery of the body whorl. here
are 1? costae on the first 2 whorls, 14 on whorls 8-8, 15 on the 9th whorl, 17 on
the 10th and Lith and 20 on the penultimate. Interspaces abruptly terminated
just above the sutures and on the periphery on the body whorl, suture linear,
impressed, Base smooth. moderately convex, aperture subquadrate, columella
atul outer lip parallel and vertical; outer Jip slightly broken in the holotype,

Dimensions—Height 10:5, diaracter 2, height of body whorl 2-1 mm.

Type Locality—Weymouth’s Bore, 310-330 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15170.

Observations—This is an elegant apd elongate Chemmttzla somewhat re-
sembling T. (C.) Heat read Tt is readily separable by its vreater length and
sculptured early whorls and greater mumber of costac.

Material—Holotype, Weymouth’s Bore; ane paralype (incomplete), Hintl-
inatsh Bore; 3 paratypes, Abattoivs Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adeluide District.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) currongae sp. uvy,
pl. 3, fg, 16,

Piaenusis—A yery small Chemnitzia with protoconch and 7 adult whorls in
a height of 3:75 im, Protoconch high at about 75 degrees to the axis with
nuclous Jateral, glohose and partly immersed. Adult whorls shouldered at the
sununit with strong oblique axial ribs narrower than interspaces. increasing fron
12 on the first ty 20 on the penultimate whorl,

Description of Holotype—Shell very small elengate, conical. Protaconch
heterastrophic, high and fairly large, of 2 helicoid turns set at about 75 degrees
to the axis; nucleus prominent, Jateral and slightly immersed. Protoconch fol-
lowed by one-half turn with brephic axials. Adult whorls 7 fairly rapidly in-
creasing, shouldered at the summit and flat, sculptured with strong, sharply
defined axial costae slightly narrower than the interspaces, which are flat and
obliquely set across the whorls at an angle of 60 degrées; there are 12 on the
first, 14 on the secand, 16 on the third, 15 on the fourth and fifth, and 20 on the
penultimate and body whorls. Interspaces extend from suture te suture on the
spire whorls, but are abruptly terminated on the periphery of the body wharl.
Base smooth, convex, steeply inclined. Aperture subquadrate, slightly effuse
anteriorly; columella almost Vertical, outer lip slightly oblique.

Dimensions—Height 3-75, diameter 1-2, height of body whorl 1:2 nm,

Type Locality—Hindmarsh Rore, 450-487 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll,, F 15171.

45

Observutions—The number of costae, set noticeably obliquely, and the
shouldoriug of the whorls separate this species trom other species of Chemnitzia
herein described,

Matlerial—Holotype ind one fragment of paratype, Hindmarsh Hore; one
paratype, Abattoirs Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Hindmarsh and Abattoirs Rores, Adelaide.

TVurbonilla (Chemnitzia) widningae sp, nov.
pl. 3, figs. 14, 15.

Diagnosis—A Chemnitzia of moderate size, with moderately convex whorls
sculptured with 16 axial ribs per whorl, Interspaces subrectangular, not tertnin-
ated above the suture, but terminated on the periphery of the body whorl.
ase oblique and flatly convex. Aperture subquadrate, columella slightly oblique
to the Jeft, outer lip not parallel to columella, vertical,

Description of Holotype—Shell of modcratc size, clongate-tapering, solid,
fairly thick. Protovouch and early whorls missing, 7 adult whorls remaining,
moderately convex, sculptured with flatly rounded asial ribs, slightly wider than
interspaces, oblique to gently curved, 16 per whorl, 18 on the body whorl. Inter-
spaces subrectaugnlar extending from suture to suture in the spire whorls and
terminated abruptly on the periphery of the body whorl, Base short, smooth,
Rblique and flatly convex. Aperture small, base of columella and outer lip
broken,

Dimensions—Height 5-6 (estimated total height 9), diameter 1-5, height
of bady whorl 1-8 mm.

Paratype—Portion of shell with body whorl and aperture complete, Aperture
subquadrate; columella oblique to the left: onter lip vertical, Hp slightly cifuse
anteriorly,

Type Locality—Hindmarsh Bore, 450-487 feet,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll, Univ. of Adelaide, F 15172:

Observations—This species is close to T, (C.) wurongae from which it
differs in the number of costae per whorl and the shape of the interspaces. In
iwurongae the interspaces are clongate-triangular, with the apex of the triaugle
below the suture; in widningae they are rectangular and not terminated aboye
the suture.

Material—The holotype and 2 paratypes.

Stratizraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Hindmarsh Bore, Adelaide.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) sp.

Tt is impossible fully to describe this small Chemnitzia from Hindnyirsh
Bore of which only the three last whorls remain, The whorls are flatly convex
and finely sculptured with 22 axial costae per whorl, The costae are oblique,
extend from suture to suture and are separuted by narrower interspaces. The
Piterspaces are Continuous frorn suture to suture, but are abruptly terminated at
the periphery of the body whorl, The uperture is broken but appears to be
subyusdrate, the columella vertical. The base is smooth, flatly oblique.

The subgenus Chemnitsia lias been revurded and the species described
above forthe first time from the Anstralian ‘lertiary. All of the apecies of which
the proteconch is preserved fall inte “Group A” of Laws (1987a, p, 407; 1937b,
p. 49) in which the protoconch is helicoid and the intercostal grooves abruptly
terminated at the periphery, Chemnitzia “Group A”, with 2 duubtful exceptions,
dovs tot appear in New Zealand betore the Nukumaruan, although Chemnitzia
inchiding “Group R” characterised by a planorboid protoconch appeared as early
as the Hutchinsonian. It is impossible to state-at this stage whether Chemnitzia
is represented in the Australian Tertiary before the Pliocene; so far as ean be

46

determined from figures of poorly preserved specimens described under Tur-
bonilla, it is not represented.

Subgenus Pyrco.aMpros Saveu, 1892.

Pyrgolaumpros. Syeeo, 1892, Moll. "Terr. Tera. Piem. 0, p. 65.
(Fytningprin Cossmann, 3921 (emend. pro. Pyryolampros Sacco) Ess. Paleo. Cump., 12,
yu 287,
Type species (a.d,) Pyrgolampros mtoperplicatulus Sacco.

Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) vixcostata I sadbrook

Turbonilla vixcustate Ludbrook, 1941, ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. §, Aust, 65 (1), p. 92, pl. 3, fig, 6.

Diagnosis—A Pyrgolanupras fairly large, solid but thin. 12 adult whorls. in
a height of 13 mm. sculptured with about 14 axial costae per whorl on the early
whorls, Costae become weaker and gradually obsolete after the sixth whorl
and disappear altogether. Aperture elongate quadrate, columella slightly plicate;
aperture somewhat effuse anteriorly.

Dimenstons—Height 9-8: diameter 2-2 mm.

Type Locality—Abattoirs Bore, Adelaide,

Location of Holatype—Tate Mus, Coll., Uniy. of Adelaide, T 1659.

Observations—The holotype is a young shell, a typical if incomplete example
reaches a height of 13 mm., diameter 3-5 mm, The species is numerous and
common, and is readily distinguished by the absence of sculpture except for
growth lines in the later whorls.

Material—Ahout 53 paratypes, mostly broken, Abattoirs Bore; 10 specimens,
Hindmarsh Bore; 3 specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creck Sands.

Geographical. Distribution—Adelaide District,

Turbonilla (? Pyrgolampi'os) sp.
2 Turbanilla sp. Ladbrook, 1941, Trans, Rey. Soe, 8. Aust, 65 (1), p. 95.
Observations—No further examples of this species have been recoyered, and
the previse location is still indcterminable.

Subgenus Pyrciscus Philippi, 1841.
Pyreiscus Philippi, 1841, Arch. Naturgosch,, 7 (1), p. 50.
(Pyrgostelis Monterasato, L884, Nom. Gen, Spew, p. $9.)
(Ortostelis Aradas and Magyiore, 1843, Atti, Acad. Giov. Catania, 20, p. 118.)
Type species (sd, Dall & Bartsch, 1909) Melania rufa Philippi.

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) “liraecostata” Tenison Woods

Tarhonille liraecostata Tenisen Woods, 1877, Proc. Rey. Soe. Tas., 1876, p. 101.
Turbonilla liraecostata v. Woods, Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Hee. Geol, Surv. Vie., L (2). p. LIB
Turbonilla liraecostata T. W, Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, Ree. Geal. Surv. Vie. 5 (1),

. 160.

Turbvmilla liraecastata LT, Woods. Ladbrvok, 1941, Trans. Rov. Soe. $. Aust., 65 (1). p. Lod,

Diagnosis—A small Pyrgiscus with 8 adult whorls and a small protoconeh
ina height of 5-51mm. Whorls flattened with 20.24 straight rounded ribs; inter-
costal spaces narrower than ribs and closely spirally grooved. Base roundly
convex and spirally lirate,

Dimensions—Length 5-5, diameter 1:5 mm.

Type Locality—Table Cape, Tasmania; “Janjukian”,

Location of Holotype—? Hobart Museum, Tasmania,

Observations—The identification of this species is based on the deseription
only, Present study is limited to one juvenile with 5 adult whorls which niust
he regarded as doubtfully liraecostata. The species has previously been recorded
from the Kalimnan of the Sorrento Bore (Chapman, Crespin & Keble, 1928, Dp,
160), but all identifications of this species in Victoria and South Australia need
further study and comparison with the type for confirmation,

7

Materiel—Onc juvenile specimen, Hindmarsh Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—"Tertiary”

Geographical Distribution—Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, to Adelaide, $. Aust.;
Tasmania.

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) radicans Chapman & Crespin
Turbonilla radivans. Chapman & Crespin, 1928, Ree, Geol. Surv. Vie, 5 (1), p, 109, pl, 7,
fig, 35; Ludbrook, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust., 65 (1), p. 100; Crespin, 1943, Anat.

Min. Res, Sury. Bull. 9, p. 99. ,

Diagnosis—A very small Pyrgiseus with six fattened adult whorls and a
small protoconch of 2 turns in a height of 8-7 rm, Sculpture of 14 axial costae
per whorl, with intercostal spaces narrower than ribs, transyersely striated, the
striae passing over the ribs.

Dimensions—Height 3-7, diameter 1-16 mm.

Type Locality—Sorrento Bore, Victoria, 670 It. Kalimnan.

Location of Holotype—Geol, Surv, Vic, Coll,

Material—One example, worn, Tennant’s Bore; one worn example, Wey-
mouth's Bore.

Straligraphical Range—Tertiary”.

Geographical Distribution—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, 5, Aust.

Turbonilla (g.1.) spp.

‘two fragments cach consisting of the body and portion of the penultimate
whorl were obtained from Tindmarsh Bore. It is possible that they belong to
the subgenus Pyrgiscilla (Laws, 1987c, p. 172). The intercostal grooves are
stopped at the periphery us in Chemmitzia and there is a suggestion of spiral
striations on the intercostal spaces. However, sufficient material is not available
for confirmation. The two fragments differ in the number of costae, and are
not couspecitic,

Superfamily HIPPONICACEA,
Family HIPPONICIDAE.

Genus CHemea Modcer, 1793.

Chetlea \Modeor, 1793, K. Vetons. Acacl. andl, 14. p. 112,
(Mitralaria Schumacher, JSUT, Kes, Vers. test, pp. 56, 183.)
Litheduphus Qwen, 1842, Proc, Zonl. Scu,, p. 147.)

Calyptra Th & A Advans, 1854, Gen, Kee, Moll, 1, p. 364.)

Type species (5.d, Woodring, 1928) Patella equestris Linné.

Cheilea adelaidensis Ludbrook
Cheilea adelidensis Latdhbvook, 1941, Lrans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 65 (1), p94, pl 5, fips, 3, 3

1941, ihid., p. 100.

Diagnosis—Apex anterior, sharply curved in two turbinate whorls; shell
smooth in the neighbourhood of the wpex, central portion forming, a cap with
steep sides, rest of shell fattened and irregular, Sculpture from edge of smooth
portion surruunding apex to adult area of numerous, very fine, waving, radial
lirac wider than interspaces broken by irregular concentric lines of growth and
crossed imegularly by diagonal radial proaves.

Dimensions (of cap)—Height 4, diamctcr 6 mm.

Pyratype—The internal appendage of the paratype is semi-circular in basal
outline, convey in front, fairly wide and showing irregular growth lines,

Observations—No further examples of this species have been obtained
sinee it was described from Abattoirs Kore. The genus is widespread in warmer
waters, ‘The species was inadvertently listed as ©. pliocenica (Ludbreok, 1941,
p. 100), pliocentea being a nomen nudum. The species was described (p, 94)
under the name adeluicdensis,

Material—Holotype ‘T1666, and paratype T 1667.

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Abattoirs. Bove, Adelaide.

AS

Genus Heron Defrance, 1819,
Hippontx Defrance, 1819, Bull. Sei. Soc, Philem, Paris, Jan, p. 8.
(Hipponyx Crosse, 1862, Journ. de Conch., 40, p. 17.
(Covhlolepas H. & A. Adams, 1854, Gey, Rue. Moll, £, p, 373.)
Tyne species (5.d. Gray, 1847) Patella cornucoma Lamarck.

Subgenus Sasra Gray, 1547,
Sabie Gray, 1847, Proc, Zuol. Soe., p. 157. ,
caver Schumacher, 1817, Tiss. Vers. fest., pp. SO, 191, nun Rafinesque, 1815.)
Subing Zittel, 1882. (err. pro Sabia Cray) Handb. Pal, 2, p. 216.)
(Capulonix tredale, 1929a, Mem. Old. Mus., % p. 277.)
(Sapltadanta Prashad & Rav, 1934, Rec. Ind. Mus., 36, p, 1.)

Hippenix (Sabia) conicus (Schumacher)
nl. 4, figs. 1-4.
Amulthea wonica Schumacher, 1817, Ess, Vers. test, p. 18d, pl. @l, fe. 4.
Patella australis Vamarek, 1819, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert, 6 (1), p. 335; Delessert, 1841,

Rev. Cory. pl. 23, fig. 1L
Mipponte australis Lamarck, Quoy and Guimard, 1835, Voy. Astrolabe Zool., 3, p..434, pl, 72.

fivs, 25-34, Crosse, 1862, Journ. du Comeli., p. 21; Tate, Truns, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. 17,

p. 380; Denount & Kitson, 1903, Ree, Geol. Surv. Vie. 1 (2), pp. 138, 144,

Tipponys canna Sehumnacher, Grosse, thid,, p, 24; Godfrey, 193)a, S. Aust. Nat.. EZ (2),

8t, pl, fig. 12,

Ania ida orden crate = Amalthed australis Quoy, Angas, 186ah, Proc. Zoal, Soc, p. 175,
Salia contea Schumacher, Catton & Codfrey, 1938, Mul. Soc. 8. Aust.. 1, p, 18; Ludhrook,
lM41, Trams. Roy. Soe. §. Anat, 65 (1), p, TOO.

Diagnosis—A Subia of variable shape, generally high, shell thick, apex pos-
terior and directed posteriorly, smooth, sharp and incurved at tip. Sculpture of
irregular radial ribs with narrow interspaces.

Description of Holotype—Shell small, rather elevated, conical, convex; apex
high, smooth, posterior, directed backwards over the margin, eroded in the holo-
type, Exterior surface coarsely sculptured with irregular, wide, Hat radial ribs,
with narrew sublinear interspaces, hifurvating towards the apertural border.
Apertnre subcircular in the holotype; interior smooth with a Jong, horseshoe-
shaped posterior muscular impression near the margin.

Dimensions—Ileight 10, antero-posterior diametce 12, lateral diameter
12 mm.

Type Locality (here designated )}—Tasmania; Recent,

Location of Holotype—Zoologiske Museum, Kohenhavn, Schumacher, 181,
No, 1071,

Ohsereations—The synonymy of this species and that of the species re-
corded as Capulus australis aro confused in Australian literature. There appears
to he failure to recognise that the specics redescribed by Quoy and Gaimard was
Lamarek’s Patella australis, figured by Delessert, Lamarck’s original description
was Tepublished together with Quoy and Gaimard’s more detailed description
of the “Astrolabe” hypotypes, Godfrey (1981a, p, 31) has synonymized Hipponyx
australis Quoy & Gaimard (sic) with Amalthea conica Schumacher, and later
(1931b, p. 44) has used Capulus australiy Lamarck for the species of Capulus
previously known in South Australia as Capulus danieli Crosse. This shell is
not Lamarek’s Patella australis. It is a thin, somewhat irregular shell with a
recurved apex, and has very weak and fine radial senlpture visible in oblique
light in contrast with Lamarck’s species of which the radial ribbing is clear!
shown in Delessert’s figure, Angas (1865, p. 175) considered it identical with
Capulus daniel Crosse; one example only aml four topotypes of C. danieli are
avaifalile in the British Museum Colleetion so that exact comparison is diticult,
but there is close resemblance between the two, Unless morphological differ-
ences are established, the Recent species recorded in South Australia as Capulus
australis should be identified with Capulus dantelt.

The fossil Hipponix (Sabia) conica is small, like the holotype which the

49

writer has been privileged ta see by the courtesy of the Zoologiske Museum,
Kobenhayn. The species is yery yariable in form and sculpture of the shell.

The holotype of Patella australis cannot be located (Mermod, 1950, p. 700),
but is considered by Mermod to be probably a Sabia.

Capulonix Iredale has been included above in the synonymy of Sabia. This
name was introduced by Iredale for the Quccnsland shell listed by Hedley as
Capulus calyptra Martyn. No specimens of the Queensland shell are available
for present study, but Martyn’s figure appears to be that of a Sabla, The specific
determination of the Queensland species may be erroneous, as Martyn’s figured
specimen (Martyn, 1784, 1, pl. 18) was recorded by the author as from the
north-west coast vf America.

Muterial—Thce holotype : figured hypotype (worn), Hindmarsh Bore; numer-
os specimens, Recent, South Australia. B.M. Coll,

Stratigraphical Range—Dry Crock Sands-Recent.

Geographical Distribution—Southern Australia,

Superfamily CALYPTRAERACEA.
Family TRICHOTROPIDAE,
Subfamily Tricuornopias,
Geuns CrenirHropeRma Conrad, LS6th.
Corithioderma Coural. 1860, Journ, Acad, Nat. Sti, Philud., sec. 2, 4, p. 295,

(Mesostoma Dushayes, 1864, Deser. Anim, s, Vert. Bass. Paris, Supp. 2, p. 416 (nen
Dujardin, 1930)).)

Type species (monotypy) Cerithioderma prima Conrad.

Cerithioderma accrescens (Tite)

Trichotropis accrescens ‘Vate, 1890h, Trans, Rov. Sov. S. Auvt., 138 (2), p. 189, pl. 12, fig. tl;
Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol, Surv. Vie. 1 (2), p. 111: Ludbrook, 1941, Trans,
Roy. Sac. S. Aust, 65 (1). p. 100.

Diagnosis—A fairly Jarge Cerithioderma with seyen whorls in a height of
11-5 mm. Whorls rapidly increasing, body whorl large. Sculpture of five
equal and equidistant clevated spiral lirae, with a sixth at the anterior suture,
crossed by strong high uxial lirae, approximately equal to the interspaces, ten in
ole nim. on the penultimate whorl. Base with 10 raised sharp lirae crossed by
axial arcuate striae.

Dimensions—Meight 11-5, diameter 53, height of aperture 4:5 mm.

Type Locality—Muddy Creek, Hamilton, Victoria; Miocene,

Location of Holotype—Yate Mus. Coll., Univ, of Adelaide, T 763A.

Observations—No turther examples of this species have been found since it
was recovered from Abattoirs Bore. The species 1s an undoubted Cerithioderma;
Tate (1S90b. p. 185) revognized its affinities with Deshayes’s Mesostoma, which
he considered a synonym of Trichotrapis, Cerithioderma, with whieh Deshayes’s
Mesostoma is synonymous, is well represented in the European Eocene, and
C, dectescens is very like ©. retienlatuin Wrigley from the Brackleshain Beds,
The genus is distributed in the Upper Cretaceous to Oligocene of Europe and
North America, anc appears to have lingered on in Australia through Miovene
and Pliocene tines,

Muterial—Holotype.

SthiMtaruiiiaet Range—Mlocene-Dry Creek Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Muddy Creek, Vicluria-Adelaide, $, Aust.

Tanily CAPULIDAE
Subfamily Caruninan,
Genus Cavunus Montfort, 1810.

Capuluy Montfort, 1810, Conch. Syst. 2, p. 54.

(Pilewpsis Lamarek, 1422, Hist. Nut. Anim. s. Vert, 6 (2), p 16.)

Type species (monotypy) Patella hungarica Linneé.
Subgenus CapuLus s. str.

50

Capulus (Capulus) circinatus Tate (?)
pl. 4, figs. 5, 6.
Capulus circindtus Tate, 1893b, Trans. Ray. Sou. 8. Aust. LT, p. 244, pl. 7, fig. 8; Denmuit

& Kitson, 1903, Rec, Geol. Strv. Vie, 1 (2), p. 113; Ludbrook, 1941, Truns. Roy. Soe,

S. Aust, 65 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—A small, high Capulus with a spirally recurved apex avethane:
ing the posterior border of the aperture. Aperture roundly ovate, sides slightly
compressed, Sculpture of fine radial threads crossed by concentric folds and
threads which are arched anteriorly.

Dimensions—IIcight 3-25, greatest diameter 2:5, lesser diameter 2 mm.

Type Locality—Adelaide Bore; Eocene,

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ, of Adclaide, T1445.

Observations—Three examples referred to this specics, from Abattoirs Bore,
are all worn. The specics depends on the unique holotype from the Eocene of
the Adelaide Bore and appears to be a true Capulus. The apex is not laterally
curved as in Krebsia (with which Tempetasus’ Iredale is synonymous) and the
shell is similar in shape and in the curvature of the apex to young examples of
the type species, C. hungaricus; adult hungaricus is more circular in shape,
and the apex is less strongly curved in the later stages. Capulus danieli Crosse
is also a Capulus s. str, Australian fossil species recorded under this name need
re-examining with a view to establishing their exact identity.

Material—3 specimens, including figured hypotype, Abattoirs Bore.

Stratigraphicul Range—Eocene-(?)Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distribution—Adelaide, South Australia.

Family CALYPTRAEIDAE.,
Genus Caryprrana, Lamarck, 1799.
Calyytraca Lamarck, 1799, Mem, Sac. Tist. Nat. Paris, o, 74
Mitrula Gray, 1821, London Med. Repos., 15, p. 232.)
Mitella Leach, 1847, in Gray Ann. Mag. Nat. Tlist., 20, p. 271.)
Type species (monotypy) Patella chinensis Linné.

Subgenus S1GAPATELLA Lésson, 1830.
Stuaputella Lesson, 1830, Voy. Coquille. Zool,, 2 (1), hp. 38),
(Haliotidea Swainson, 1840, Treat. Mulac., p. 354,)
(Trochella Cray, 1867, Proc. Zool. Soe., p, 735.)
Type species (s.d. Gray, 1547) Calyptraea (Sigapatella) novuezelandiae
Lesson.

Calyptraea (Sigapatella) crassa Tatc
pl. 4, fiys. 7, 8,
Calyjtraca crassa Yate, 1893p, Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust. 17, p. 333, pl. 7, figs. 2, 7; Dennunt

& Ritson, 1903, Rec, Geal. Surv. Vie, 1 (2), p. 138,

Sigapatelle grassa “Yate, Ludhrook, 1941, Trans, Roy. Suc, S, Aust., 65 (1). p. 100; Crespin,

1943, Dept. Supp. & Ship, Min, Res. Surv, Bull’ 9. p. ‘98.

Diagnosis—A rather stout Sigaputella with an elevated subcentral spire,
rapidly increasing. Apex promincnt, small, oblique, circinately culled. Body
whorl flatly convex; sculpture of fine, lamellose growth lincs, Edge of septum
concave.

Dimensions—Height 11, dianicters 27 and 25 mm,

Type Locality—Gippsland Lakes, Victoria: Kalimnan.

Location of Holotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 14324. ;

Observations—All material available from the bores consists of young thin
shells as compared with type specimens, The species occurs in some numbers
in Hindmarsh and Abattoirs Bores-

Maferial—The figured hypotype and 19 specimens, Hindmarsh Bore; 5
specimens, Weymouth’s Bore.

Sl

Straligraphical Range—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands,
Geographical Distribution—Gippsland. Victoria-Adelaide, South Australia,

Genns Crretiia Lamarck, 1799,

Crepidila Lamarck, 1799, Mem. Sou. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. ‘78.
(froseenula Perry, 1811, Conch. pl, 53.)
(Sardalinm Schumacher, 1817, Syst. Vers. test, p. 143, non Oken, 1825, )
tPraxenula Pernssac, 1620, Journ. cde Physicjue, 90, yp, 285.)
(Crypta Gray, 1847, Proce, Zool, Soe, p. 157.)

Type species (monotypy) Patella fornicata TLinne.

Subyenus Zracrypta Finlay, 1927.
Zedcryula Pinay, 1927, Veaus, N.Z, Inet, 57, p, 393.
Type species (o.d.) Crepidula monoxyla Lesson,

Crepidula (Zeaerypta) immersa Angas
pl, 4, figs, 4-11.

Crepldula inimensa Angas, 1865a, Proc. Zool, Sees, p. ST, pl, 2, Hyg, 12.

Crepiclula wnikuiformis Lamarck, ‘late, 1893b, ‘Trans. Noy, Soe. §. Aust. 17, po 330; Donnant
& Kitson, 1903, Ree, Geol. Sorv. Vie, 1 (2), pp, M44, ? pp. 113, 138) Ludbrowk, Lod),
Trang, Roy, Sou, S, Aust, 65 (1), a. 100,

Lewerypte immersa Angas, Godtrey, T951b, 5, Aust, Nat. T2 (3), p. 43; Catton & Godfrey,
1938, Mal. Soe. S, Aust. Lop. LS.

Diugnosis—Shell irregular in shape but generally fladly oval, thin, large in
size, apex subcentral generally immersed, small, not prominent, Septum thin
with straight margin.

Dimensions—Length 27, width 18, height 5 mim,

Type Locality—Port Lincoln, 8. Aust., on dead Pinna; Recent.

Location of Holotyje—Brit. Mus. ( Natural Tlistory),

Ohsercvations—The habit, shared by several species of Crepidula, of assium-
ing a flat or backwardly curved shape principally when inhabiting, the outer lip
of other shells, has led to the assumption that C, ungniformis Lamarck is a
cosmopolitan species. Jt has been thus identified throughout Australian Tertiary,
and it must be admitted that it is difficult if not impossible to separate the flat
farms frony ungulformis without the supporting aailence of the conyex forms,
which gencrally grow on the external surface of dead shells and adjust thete
shape to the species to which they are attached,

The subgenus Janacus Mérch (type species Crepidula plana Say) is retained
by Wen | 1040, p, 905) for the flat shells.

Finlay (1927, p. 393) created Zeacrypta, as a subgenus of Maorierypta, for
“the series of slipper limpets that live mside dead shells”, naming Grepidnta
monoxyla as type species with the added generic diagnosis of a “brephie stage
which forms a slightly raised ellipsoidal cap (with the flatly coiled smooth
embryo at one of the foci) ornamented all over with fine threads radiating fom
the wmbo”. Wor the first criterion, that of habil, the name Janacus is already
available: for the second, the habit of forming a cap, scen in some specimens
only, has been observed by the writer willout any very close study of the genus
in the spreies C. fornieata Linné, GC. aspera Dunker, C. unguiformis Lamarck,
C, norrisianum Williamson, C, plana Say, C. aryx Sowerby. Tt dues not the
appear to be subgenerically diagnostic. Nowever, Zeacrypta is separable from
Junaens by the fact that the septuo has a straight or bul slightly curved mourgtin
while in Janaeus there is usually a definite notch on the left side.

Adelaide specimens inchide both the convex and flat forms, each of which
is Qenved (pl. 4. figs. 9-11), The species attains a large size, one broken specimen
from Hindmarsh Bore having an estimated total length of 55 mo, width 40 tn

Material—Nine specimens ineluding the figured hypotypes, Hindmarsh
Bore, two specimens. Kooyonga Bore; ove specimen, Tennant’s Bore.

Stratigraphical Range—Iry Creck Sands,

Geographical Distribution—Southeru Australia,

52,

Crepidiila (Zeacrypta) dubitabilis ‘Tate
pl. 4, fie. 12,

Crepldula dihitabilis Vale, 1893b, ‘Trans, Ray. Soc. S$. Aust., pl. 9, fig. 5; Dennant & Kitson,
1903, Ree. Geol. Surv. Vie, 1 (2), nm. 113, 138; Ludbrook, 1941, ‘Kans, Roy. Son S$.
Aust, 65 (1), p. 100,

Diagnosis—A small Crepidula, thin elongate-oval in shape, generally convex.

Apex spiral, submarginal,

Dimensions—Length 25, width 16, height 8 mm.

Type Locality—Gippsland Lakes, Victoria Kalimman.

Lacation of HMolotype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, T 1424,

Description of Hypotype—Shell rather small, thin elongate-oval in shape,
sides contracted, irregularly sculptured with concentric growth lines and irre:
gular curved radial ridges which, however, are not present on other specimens.

Apex pronouncedly spiral, subcentral, small separated from the margin, and

curved to the left. Septum small, deeply sct, margin broken in hypotype but

otherwise slightly concavely curved.

Dimensions—Length 18, width 9, height 6 mm.

Locality—Abattoirs Bore.

Location of Hypolype—Tate Mus. Coll., Univ. of Adelaide, F 15173.

Observations—Three specimens are available from Adelaide material and
all show the conspicuously spiral apex which is set in from the margin slightly
to the left of the centre.

Material—The hypotype and one specimen, Abattoirs Bore; one specimen
and three juvenile specimens, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratisraphical Range—Miocene-Dry Creek Sands.

Geographical Distributien—Gippsland, Vic.-Adelaide, South Australia,

Crepidula (Zeacrypta) hainsworthi Johnston
pl, -4, fies. 15, 14,

Crepidula hainsworthi Johnston. 1885, Proc, Roy, Soe, Tus. For L484, p. 233, pl. figs. a-c:
1888, Geol. ‘Tas., pl. 32, fig. 13; Tate, 1893b, Trans. Roy. Sov, S. Aust, 17, p. 330;
Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec. Geol. Surv. Vie, 1 (2), p, 113; Ludbrook, L941, Trans.
Roy, Soc, &. Anst., 65 (1). p. 100.

Diagnosis—A narrow, hizh Crepidula, with basal outline clonzate-oval,
Apex strongly hooked, posterior, projecting beyond the posterior margin,

PDimensions—Length 14, breadth 8, height 5-5 mi.

Type Loecality—Table Cape, Tasmania.

Location of Holotype—? Hobart Museum.

Observations—This is a very distinctive species with its high apex down-
wardly recurved outside the posterior margin. None of the Adelaide examples
show any evidence of there being a Mat form of the species, but accarding to
the author, “The younger examples differ very much in appearance from the
mature forms, being relatively shallower and ‘scarecly beaked”, from which it
may be assumed that the fatter variety docs oceur,

Material—The figured hypotype and 6 specimens, Abattoirs Bore; five speci-
mens ancl one tragment, Weymouth’s Bore,

Stratigraphical Range—r Oligocene and Dry Creck Sans.

Geographical Distribution—Table Cape, Tas; Adelaide, South Australia.

Family STRUTHIOLARIIDAE.
Genus Tytosrira Harris, 1897,
Tylospira Harris, £897, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit, Mus., 1, p, 222,
Type species (0.d.) Buccinum scutulatuin Martyn.
Tylospira coronata marwicki (Finlay)
pl, 1, fis. 6, 7.

Peliearia curoruta “Tate, 1890a, Trans, Roy. Soe. g. Aust,, 13 (2), p. 176.
Lyloxpira coronata Tate, Dennant & Kitson, 1903, Rec, Geol. Sury, Vie. 2 (2), p. M44

as

Pelicaria ynarwicki Finlay, 1834, Trans, N,2, Tust., 2 (1), p. 17.
Pellearia hawehini Cotton, 1934, $. Aust. Nat, 16 (1), p, 7,
Tgluspire covonata manwickl (Wiulay), Ludbrovk, 1941, Trans. Roy. Sac, §, Aust, 65 (1), p. BR

Diagnosis—A Tylospira with a somewhat short spire, gencrally two-ninths
of total height of shell. Spire whorls convex to subsngulate at first, becoming
anvulate by the third whorl. Early whorls sculptured with nine spiral lirae, witli
a row of small peripheral nodules developing on the anyle of the whorl. Aper-
tural cullus thick, spreading over body whorl and up to three-quarters. of pen!-
timate whorl.

Description of Hypotype—Shel) acuminately oyate, with a moderately acute,
relatively small spire. Protoconch missing, adult whorls six, moderately rapidly
increasing, couvex to subangulate at first, but angulate by the third whorl; body
whorl large, seven-ninths total height of shell, slightly depressed between suture
and shoulder. Suture widely but not deeply canaliculate. Sculpture on early
whorls of about nine spiral lirae and a row of small peripheral nodules gradually
developing on the angle of the whorl, Callus enamel spreading over body whorl
and three-quarters of petiultimale whorl, Aperture elongate-oval, angulate both
posteriorly and anteriorly. Outer lip thickened but not variced, broadly V-
shaped in profile, arched to the left medially. Columeila smooth, concave,
strongly arcuate. Growth lines on callus strong and siymwid, following the
profile nf the outer lip but termiuating at the pad of smpoth, thicker callus
spreading back from the columella.

Dimensions—Aeight 45, diameter 31, height of body wher] 35, height of
aperture 24 mm.

Type Lacality—Abattoirs Bore,

Location of Holotype—Finlay Collection, New Zealand.

Location of Hypotypes—Tate Mus. Coll, Univ. of Adelaide. F 15174,

Ohbservations—The writer (also 1941, p. 89) considers this a geographical
subspecies of the restricted Kalimnan Tylospira coronata (Tate), The subspecies
has never been completely described or figured. Finluy (1981, p. 17) ditferen-
tiated it as a separate species on diflerences exhibited by what was evidently an
incompletely developed shell, and Cotton based his species howehini on an eroded
shell, also rathoy immature, on which the sculptured featurcs were almost un-
recognizable, Figured here (pl. 1, fg. 7) is the hypotype deseribed above, of
the same size and approximate dimensions as Tate’s holotype of T. coronata
s. str. Vigured also (pl. 1, fiz. 6) is a younger specimen showing the features
on which the Adelaide shell was separated specilically by Finlay aud Jater by
Cotton. The adult specimen is less conspicuously sulcate than corenata s, str,
and the later spire whorls are less angulate and nodulosc, but the carly spire
whorls are the same in both species avd there is no difference in the body whorl:
the growth lines anc outer lip arc not, as stated by Finlay, “far more sigmoid”.
The inensnrements of the adult shell are so nearly like those of the holotype that
one cannot accurately describe it as “mort squat”,

Material—Nine specimens, Hindmarsh Bore; for comparison, 9 topotypes
of coronuta s. ste, Muddy Greck, Vieturias 4 specimens, Gippsland, Victoria;
BWM, Collection,

Strutigraphical Range (of species )—Kalimnan-Dry Creek Sands.

Geovrephicel Distribution—Gippsland, Vic~Adclaide, South Australia,

REFERENCES
Avasis A, L8G0a. (nu Same New Genera and Species af Mollisea fraps fapan, Am, May.
Nat. Tlist, ser. 3, 6. pp. J05-4 1G,
Avase, A, L860, On Some New Cenera and Some New Species of Mullusea [rom Japun, An
Mag. Nat. Hist, sen 3, 6, py tl4-409,
Avams, A., L8Gl4, On Sane New Geneta and Species of Mollusca from the North of China
and Japan. Ann. Mug. Nat. Hist, ser. 4 8, pp, 234 246-

Ad

Apants, A. 18flb. On Some New Genera and Species of Mollusea from the north at China
und Japan. Ann, Mag. Nat. Aish, ser. 3, 5 pp 300-509.

wants, H,, andl Avams, A., 1853-1858. “The Genera of Recent Mollusea, 3 vols, London,
Johrt van Voorst.

Awcas,. G. V., 1865a, Descriptions of Ten New Species of Shells, chiefly Fram the Austeatiiu
deus. Proc, Zool, Soe, pp, 55-58, pl. 2,
Awncas, G. F,, 1871, Descriptions of thirly-four uew Species of Shells from Australia. Proe.
Zoul, Sov. pp. 13-21, pl. 1. . .
Attapas, A. and Macctonr, GC. 1843, Catalovo Rayionato delle Conchiglic viventti @ fosyili
di Seilin ) 2. Alli Avead. Sei, Nat. Catania, 20, pp. 101-142

Bisson, W. H., 1542. in Cuntar, T., General Features of Cliasan, with Remarks on the Flart
and Moone of that Island, Aun Mag, Nat. Hist, 9, pp. 491-496:

Toury, BK, ox, 1909, Catulogue des sous-genres de Sealidac. Jour, de Couch, ‘57, pp. 255-258.

Bowmen, T. E,, 1822, Elenients of Conchology.

Brocomtne, J. G., 1789. Eneylopedie Methodique. Histoire naturclle des Vers, 0.

Baucuine, J. G., 1792, Encyclopedic Methodique. Histoire naturelle des: Vers.

Crapatan, by, Cresvin, 1, Kunin, R.A. 1928. The Sorrento Bore, Mormington Peninsiabe.
Rew, Geol. Sorv. Vie, F (1), LOB pp, 42 pls.

Cosnav, T. Ay 1h60, Desenption of New Spevies of Grataceous and Eacene Frssilt ot
Mi lpstelbed and Alabumu. Jonr. Acad. Nat. Set. Philadelphia, ser. 2, 4, pp. 275-298,
pls, 46, 47.

Cossmasn, M., TRAS. Catalogue Uustre de Coquilles Possiles de Eocene des Finvirins
de Paris. Fase, 3. Ann, Soe. Roy. Matic, Belgique, 23, pp. 4-424.

Cossmaane, M., L889. Gatulagne Minstre des Coquilles. Fossiles de (Eocene des Tyiirons
de Paris, Ann, Soe. Roy, Maluc, Belgique, 24, pp. 3-381.

Cossmasxay, M., 1896. Appendix No. 2 au Catalogue Mustre des Goquilles Possites de [Torene
des Environs de Pars, Ann, Soc. Roy. Malac, Belgique, $1, pp. 3-94, pla. 1-3.

Cossmann, M., 1921, Tssnis de paléoconchologie, couparée, 12, 348 pp., 6 pls. — Paris.

Qovron, B.C. 1832, Notes ow Austeulian Mothisca, with Deseriptions of New Genera an
New Species. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 4 (4), pp, 637-547, 9 teal figs,

Corton, B.C. 1994, A New Species of VMossil Shell from the Upper Plipcene pf the
Adelaide Plains. $. Aust. Not. 16 (1), p, 7,

Corton, B.C, 1952. ‘The Mollusca of the Adelaidean Stage, Geol, Serv. S Aust, Bulletin
27, appendix 4, pp. 299-249, A

Corun, A. C., aud Goorney, F. K,, 1931, South Ausiralian Shells (Part 1). S, Aust Nat.
12 (4). pp. 5L43, pls. 1, 2.

Corpor, 3, C., and Govrrey, F.K., 1932. South Australian Shelly (Part 6). 8. Aust, Nat,,
14 (1), pp. 1644, pl. 7.

Coron, 5. C., and Covrnuy, BK, 1938. A Systematic List of the Gastropuda. Mal. Soe.
5, Aust., Lb.

Corres, B.C. anc Woons, No H 19393. Reniuks on the New Harpid (Mollusea) Gencra
Finlay and frediale. Teo, S. Aust. Mus. 5 (1), pp. 45-7.

Cnesein, 1, 1943, ‘the Stratigraphy of the “Pertinvy Marine Racks in Gippsland, Vieta la,
Dept. Supp. Shipp. Min, Res. Surv., Bull, No, 9 (Pale ser. No. 4) (mimeographed),

Derkancr, M. J. L.. 1818. Bull. Sed. Soe. Philom. Paris, Jan., p, 5,

Detra Gaspansa, ©, 1890, Cenni Palaueontologied sub Pliocene antion di Boreal. Atti
della Soe. Ligust, 1, pp, 128-165,

Denwant, J.. and Krrson, A. F., 1903, Catalogue of the Desuribed Species of Fussils
fexcepl Bryozoy und Foraminifera) in the Cainozoic Fuuna of Victoria, South Anstralia
und Tasmania. Ree. Geol, Suc. Vie. 1 (2), pp. 89-147.

DESAI, MG, P1835. Lamurck’s Histuire naturelle des Animaux sins Vertibres, ed, 2,
vol 8.

Desuaves, M. CG. P, 1864, Deseription des Animaux sans Vertébres deomiverts dans te
Bassin de Pari, Supplement 2,

Doraup, J. 1900. On Some Recent Gastropoda referred to the Family Turritellidite: ancl
their supposed relationship to the Murchisoniidae, Proc, Mal. Soc., 4 (2), pp. 47-55, pl, 5,

Frxussac:, J : B. L. oA. ve, 1820. Concordance Systemaliqgue pour les mollusques texrestrns
of (hiviutilus de lt Grande-Bretagne; avec un aperon des travaux imodernes des savant

fs anglpis far ies, Melhasiioe Journ, de Phys., 90, pp. 281-902, ,

INLAY, H. J.. 1927, A Further Commentary on New Zealand Molluscan Systemuties. ‘Trans.
NZ. Thst., 57, pp. 390-485, y ean Systemuties. ‘Trans

mers H. J.,_ te On Austrosassia, Austrcharpa, and Austrolithes, "Trans, NZ. inst, 62

= > Pp. f-la,

ViseHer, P., 1885. Manuel de Coriehyliologie. Paris, 1,969 pp, 23 pls.

Fuscrruin, Py S87, Note sur la réforme duo genre Molania, de S.caatls proposée par
Bowdieh, en 1822, Journ. de Conch, 35, pp, 192-20),

Grartoup, Le D., 1838. Conchyliologie Fossile du Bassin de I"Adour, Act. Soc. Linn:
Bordeaux, 10 (52), pp. 180-214,

5G

Quay. J. E., 182L. A Natural Arrangement of Molliser, nccording to their internal steveture
Lond. Med. Repos, 13, pp. 200-239,

Cray, J. &, 1847u. A List of the Genera of Recent Mollusca, their Synonyina und ‘Lypes.
Proce. Zool. Soe London, 15, pp. 129-219,

Guay, J. KE. LS47b. The Classification of the British Mollusca by W, &, Leach, MLD. Ann.

_ Mag. Nat, Hist., 20, pp, 267-273,

Giusy, | i, 1867. Notes ou the Specimens of Calyptragidue in Mr, Cunting’s Collection.
Proc, Zook Sou, pp, 726-748,

Gureiiasun, J. By W770. Memoires sur differentes parties des Sciences et Arts, vol. 3.

Hans, C1. 4°, 1897. Cxtalogue of Tertiory Mollusca in the Department of Geology, British
Moseur ONeitatal History). Part 2 ‘The Australavian Vertiary Molla London,
British Museum (Natural History ).

Hepoey, C., 1899. The Mollusca of Funafuti, Austadiiu: Musewin, Sydney, Memoir dh. Vue
Atoll of Muoafutis Part 7,

Hevuiy, ©, 1943. Studies on Anstralian Mollusea, Part XT. Proc. Linn, Soe, N.S. W,, 35,
pp. 258-330, pls. 16-19,

Hrpiey, €., MOIS. A Cheek List of the Marine Fauna of New South Wales, Part 1, Mallioest
Journ, Rov, Sou NwS.W., SL, Suppkement, 120 pp.

Howenr, W., and Corton. B, C., 1936. Deseription of a New Cerithoid Fossil Shell, ‘Laos,
Hoy, Soe, $, Aust, 60, pp, 31-3, pl. 1.

faegAvor, Te, 192-4. Results from Roy Bell's Mollisean Collections. Proc, Lit, Sor. WS Way
49 (3), Na. LY7, pp. 179-278, pls. 33-6.

leevace, U., 1925. Mollusca fram the Continental Shelf of Eastern Australi, Nee. Aust.
Mus., 14 (4). pp. 243-270, pls. 41-43 and map.

Ienvare, U., 19291, Quoonslind Molhisean Notes, No. 1. Mem. Qkl Mus. 9 (3), pp.
26 L297, pls. 30-31,

Levpape. 1, 1936. Aastraltian Molluscan Notes, No, 2. Ree. Aust. Mns., 19 (5), pp. 267-340,

Jorsston, Tt. M., 1885. Deseription of a new specics of Crepidula frou the Eocene Beds,
Table Gape, Proc, Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1884, p. 233, ;

Jounsros, R. M., 1888, Systematic Account of the Geology of Tasmania, pp. XXTT 40k,
$0 pls.. Hobart. ;

Lamanok. J. B., 1789. Prodreme d'une: Nouvelle Classification des Coquilles. Mem. do li
Sov, eTist. Nat. ce Paris.

Laatancn. J. B., 1801. Systéme des Animauy sans Vertébres,

Laman, J, G, 1822. Tistoire watirclle des Animanus sans Vertobres, 6 (2),

Laws, GT, 1937a. Review of the ‘Tertiary and Recent Neuzelinie Pyramiclellicl Mothisey
No. t. '‘Che Genus Turbonilla. Trans, Roy, Soc. N.Z., 66, pp. 102-422, pls. 32, a3.

Laws, ©. BR. 1937b. No. 2. The Genus Cheuinitzia, i. 67, pp. 47-70, pls. 13, 14.

Laws, C WR, 1937. No. 3. Further Turbonillid Genera, ‘Trans. Roy. Soc, N.2Z,, 67, [p-
Hifi-T64, nls. O4, 35,

Laws, GK. 1937d, Review of the Tertiary and Recent Neozelanic Pyramidellid Genwra,
No. 4. The Syrnolid Genera. ‘I'rans, Roy. Soo. N,Z., 67, pp. 303-315, ply 48, 44.
Laws, CR. (940, A Review of the Certiaty and Recent Neozelanie Pyramicellicl Mollises.

No. 7. Further Odostomid Genera, Traus, Roy, Soc. N-Z., 70 (2), pp. 150-160, pls. 13-14,
Lracu, W., ISL. Zodlogical Miscollany, vol. 2.
Lesson, R. PL, 1839. Vovage autour du Monde—sur la Corvette... La Coquille. Zinlogre
2 (1

Lupproox, N. HW. 1941. Gustropoda fram the Abattoirs Bore, Adchude, South Anstralia,
together with a list of some miscellaneous fossils Yourg the Rare, Trans, Koy, Suc, 5,
Aust,; 65 (1), pp. TY-102, pls. 4, 5.

Luperoux, N. H., 1954. The Molluscan Fauna of the Plincene Stratis undwely tig the Adelaide:
Plains, Part 1. ‘Praus, Rov. Soc. S. Aust. TT, pp. de-64.

Manwier. J., (831. ‘She Tertiary Mollisen of the Gisborne Unstact. N.Z. Gaol Suey, Pal,
Bull. No. 13.

May, W..L., 1921. A Check List of the Mollusca of Tasmania. Covts Vriuler, Hobart.

May, W, L., 1923, THustratect Todex of Tasmanian bhells, Govt. Printer, Hoburt,

Monrrn, A., 1793. Inledwing tit Kimskapen om Maskkguken i allninhet. Konyl, Velorsk,
Acad, Hane, 14. pp. 43-112.

Monretosaro, T. A. nt, 1484. Nomenclatura Genericn c Spwvifica Ji vleune Conchisghie
Mediterranee.

Mosrrerosata, T. A, pi, 1890, Conehiglio delle Profondita del Mare di Palermo. 1 Natucs-
liste Siciliano, pp. 140-151.

Montrrosaro, ‘I. A. pt, 1911. Gonchinlogin nota su taluni Generie Specie della Fumigtla
Gurithiidac. Cionn, Sci, Neat, Econ. Palermo, 28, pp. 65-70, pli 1.

Moxtrovr, D. nv, 1810. Conchyliologie Systematique Il, pp. 676.

Monon, O. A, L., 1852-3. Catalogus Conchyliorum ..... - Yoldi, vals, 1-2.

D'Ornreny, A, 1939, Mollusques, Echinodermes, Foraminiferes ef Polypiers recueilles wee
Hes Canaries par Mm. Webb and Berthelot, Hist, Nat, Tles Canaries, p. 77,

56

Owen, K., L842. On the Auatomy of Lithedaphus longirestrigs Owen Proc, Fool Suv.
Landon, X, p. 14%,

Perky, G. 1NL1. Conchology or the Natural History of Shells.

Prowrert, ae, 1841, Zvologische Bemerkungen, Archiv, for Naturgeschichte, 7 (1),
np. 42-59,

Puasnav, B., qud Rao, Uf. 8.. 195%. Notes ou the Bionomics of Lrochuy niloticus Linu, 2
On Two New Lament Gastropuds from the Andaman Waters.. Ree. Ind, Mus., 36
(1), pp. l-4, plo.

QOcor, J. i G,, and Gaimann, J. P., 1834. In Durville, Voy, de Décuuverts de VAstrolube,
Zoo

Risso, A., 1826. Histvire Naturelle des Prieipgles Productions de FEurope micridionale, 4,

Roéorwe, ?, b., 1798. Museum Bolleniunum. Hamburg, 2. ,

Rovercro, G., 1809, Prine ricerche sinosimiche sui generi-dei gasleropodi. Atti, dellu Sov
Ligus,, Geneva, 10, pp. 101-110,

Sacep, I, 1892. 1. Malluschi dei Verreni Torziartii del Piemonte e della Liguria, Ivet LL.
Mem, Ace. Sei, Torino, ser. 2, 42, yp. 585-682, ( Reprinted and separately paginated, }

Sacco, #,, 1895. L. Mollusehi dei Terteni ‘Verziacii del Piemonte e della Liguria, Bart b7
(issued separately ).

Sciumacner, C.., 1517. Essai d'un Nouveau Systeme des Habitdtiones des Vers Testycus,
Copenhagen, 237 pp., 22 pls.

Sowekuy, G. Bb. 1666. in Reeve Conchologia Ivonica, 15, Leiostraca.

suman, F., 1928, Miscellanea nomenclatorica Zoologica et palucantolagica — Arvch.
Natorgesch., 92, A, 8, pp. 30-75.

Swainson, W., 1840. A ‘Lreatise on Matacology. London.

Tate, R., L880a, On the Discovery of Mare Deposits of Pliocene Age io Australia, Trans.
Roy; Soe, 5, Aust, 13 (2), pp. 172-180.

Tate, KH, 1890b. The Gastroparits of the Older ‘Tertiary of Australia (Parl 3). Trans, Roy,
Soc. S. Aust, 13 (2), pp. 185-235, pls, 6-13.

Tare, 1, 1802, Plates 5-13. ‘rans, Roy. Sao, S. Aust. 13. (plates only),

Tate, A, 1603a. On Some New Speces of Australian Marae Gastropodu. Trans, Roy,
Soc, §. Aust, 17 (1), pp. 189-197, 1 pl. .

Tain, K., 1893b, The Gastropods of the Older ‘Lertiary of Australia, Part 4. Trans, Ray,
Soc. $. Aust.. L7, pp. 316-343, pls, 6-10,

Fark, K, Is9+. Unrecorded Genera of the Older ‘Lertiary Vanna of Australia, ineloding
diagnoses of some New Genera and Species. Journ, Roy. Suc, N.S.W. fur 1895, 27. pp.
161-196, pls 1U-13,

Tate, B., 16984, On Two Deep-level Deposits of Newer Vleistuvene in South Austilix,
Trans. Roy, Soc, S. Aust, 22 (1), pp. 65-71.

Tate, KR, lsyéb. On Some Australian Species oF Fallmidue wad Pyramidellidae, “Urans.
Koy. Soe. $. Aust., 22 (2), pp. 50-89; pl, 4

Taze, R,, 1899, On Some Older ‘Tertiary Fossils of Uncertain Age from the Murray Dagert,
Trans. Roy. Soc, $. Aust, 23 (1), pp. 102-104, pl. 1.

Tare, B., and Dennant, ]., 1893. Correlation of the Marine Yerlizries of Australia, Part 1
Trans. Roy. Soc. 5, Aust, 17 (1), pp. 203-226,

Trice, J,, L929. Hundbuch der Systematisehen Weichticrkunde, yol. 1, fizs, in text. Jena,
Gustav Fischer,

Teak N., 1860, Spigolamenti nella Conchiliglowies Mediterranea Boll, Mal. ital, 2, ran
252-271.

Venue, A. E., 1882. Catalogue of Marine Mollusea added to the Fauna of the New Englaul
Reyvion during the Bast ten years, ‘lrans. Connect, Acad, 5, pp, 447-388.

Wunz. W., 1940, Handbuch der Palaozoologic. Band 6. Gastropoda (3), Berlin.

Woons, J. E. Tustson-, 1876, Description of New Tasinauian Shells. Proc, Roy. Soc Tas.
for 1875, pp, 134-163.

Woops, |. E.Tuxison-, 1879. On Some Tertiary Fossils from Muddy Creek, Western Victoria.
Proc. Lion. Sov, N.S.W., 5. (3), pp. 222-240, pls, 20, 21.

Woons, J, Hi Tewtsons, 1877. On Some New Tasmanian Marine Shells, Proe, Koy. Son.
‘Las, tor 1876, pp, 191-159. ;

Wonns. c. FNS 1S80. On Some Vertiary Moysily Peoe. inn. Soc. N.S.W,, 4, pp.
1-26, pls. 1, 2.

Zevrnr., PA 4881-85, Handbuch der Palaontologie,

EXPLANATION OF PLA'TES
PLATE i
~ Therieum (Chavanicerithium) tort (Yate). Hypolype, juvenile, F 15175, x 1:3,

Big.
herbie, (Chavanicerithium) torri (Tate). Ulypotype, 715176, Abatloirs Bare,

Fig.

ne

x 1-3,
Fig. 3—Lhericium (Chavanicerithium) udeloidensis (Hawehin & Cotton). Hypotype,
Hindmarsh Bore, 450-485 fect, F 75178, x 1-3.

st

Fig. 4—Diastoma previst Tate. Holotype, Dry Creek Bore, T 1541, x 2.

Vig. 5.—Therteiuin (Phericium) fallax (ludbruok), Hypotype, Bore Hundred of Munna
Pata Sec. 42351, 238-256 feet, x L+3.

Fig, 6.—Tylospira caronata murwicki Finlay. Hypotype, immature specimen, Hindmarsh
Bore, 450)- 153 feet, x 2/3.

Fig, T—Tylosnira coronata marwickt Finlay, Hypotype, Hindmarsh Bore, 450-485 feet, x 2/3,

PLATE &
Fig. 1.—T'urritella (Colpiostitea } platyspiroides sp. nov. Holutype, Abattoirs Bore, x 3.
Fig, 2.—Vtwritella (Culpospira) platyspiroides sp. noy. Paratype, Abuttoirs Bore, x 3.
Fiy. 3.—Valsuntia spectahilis sp. nev. Holotype, Hindinarsh Bore, x LI).
Fig. 4—Archiléctonica wannonensis (T. Woods). Hypotype, Weymouth’s Bore, apical view,

“7.

Fie, 5—. .. +. Iateral view, x7.

Fig. 6.—Ataxacerithium bidenticulatum sp. nov. Holotype, Weymouth’s Bore, x4; proteconch,
x 12.

Fig, 7—Ataxocerithium Lidenticulatum sp. nov. Paratype a, x4; protogonch of paratype b,
« 13. :

Fic, 8—Bitinm (Semibittium) subgranarium sp. noy._ Holotypos, Tlindmarsh Bure, x 10-

Fig, 9—Semitertagus capillatus Tate. Ilypotype, Hindmarsh Bore, 3,

Fig. 10.—Mypotrochus semiplicatus sp. nov, Holotype, Weymenth’s Bore, <5.

Fis. (L.—Cerithielle (Coxellaria) trigemmrta Chapman & Crespin, Hypotype, Brown Coal
Shaft, Altona. Victoria, 4 G

Fig. 12—Cerithlellu (Caxellariz) superspiralis sp. noy. Holotype, Abattoirs Bore, x5.

Fig. 13.—Seila (Notoseile) wiplanicincta sp. nov. Halotype, Abattoirs. Bure, x 3-3

Fig. 14.-Seda (Notoseila) triplanicincta sp, nov. Paratype, Hiridmarsh Bore, x 5.

Fig, 15.—Triphara (lsotriphora) sulisburyensis sp. nov. UMolotype, Weymouth’s Bore, x6,
a. Protuvonuch of paratype, ¥ 40,

Fig, 16.—Triphora (Nutosinister) praeeranifere sp, noy, Holotype, Weymouth’s: Bore, x 10.
a, Protoconch x 20,

PLATE 3

Fig. 1—Anwea (Amaea) triplicate (Tate), Mypotype, Hindmarsh Bore, v3.

Fis. 2. Letostraca (Leiestracx) acutissimu Sowerby, Hindniarsh Bore, x4.

Fig, 3.—Niso psila, T. Woods. Hypotype, Wesmoauth’s Bore, x 4.

Wig. 4.—Syrnule tinefa Angas. Hypotype, Weymouth'’s Bore, » 6.

Fig. 5.-Symola (Agutha) jraefasciata sp, noy, Holotype, Weymouth’s Bore, x 6.

Vig. &.—Syrnola (Agatha) jonesiane (Tate). Hypotype, Weymouth’s Bure, x 6.

Vig. 7.—Sytnole (Agethw) infrasulcata (Yate). Hypotype, Weymouth’s Bore, x4.

Fig, &—Syrnola (Puposymnala) tasmanicu '!. Woorls. Ilypotype, Muddy Creck, x 10.

Pig, 9.—Syrnola (Evelynella) adelaidensis sp. nov. Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore, x 7.

Vig. 10.—Lurbonilla (Turbonilla) mariae it. Woods. Hypotype, Hindmarsh Bore, x 10).

Fig, 11—Turbonilla (Chemnitsia) mappingae sp, nov, Holotype, Weymonth’s Bure, 28.

Fig, 12—Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) wurrungue sp. noy. Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore, x 7.

Vig. 13,—Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) adelaidensis sp. nov. Holotype. Weymouth’s Bore, x5.
Protoconch, x 15.

Fig, 14—Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) siduingoe sp. nov. Paratype, x G.

Pig. 15—Turbonille (Chemnitzia) witningae sp. nov. Holotype, Hinthnarsh Bore, x 6.

Fig. 16—Turbonilla (Chemnitsia) currongae sp. nov. Holotype, Hindmarsh Bore, x 2.
Protocench, x 20.

PLATE 4

Fig. 1-Hipponic (Sahia) cutiour (Schumacher). TTolotype, Recent. +155. British
Miasemn photo,

Fig. 2--.,.. x 1-5,_ British Museum photo.

Fie. &.—Hipponix (Sabie) coniens (Schumacher). Hypotype, Hindinarsh Bure, x 4.

Vig, 4. . 2 xt,

Fig 5.—Capulus pisenarstis Tate, Tlypotype, Abattoirs Bore, x4.

Viv, G=-, . - ~~. ¥4.

Tig. 7.- Calypéraca { Siguputella) trassa Tite, Hypotype, Hindmarsh Rare, x 3.

Fig, B— 2. 1 - ¥Oy

Vig. Y—Crepidula (Zeacrypta) tmmersa Angas, Wypotype, convex variety, Mindmarsh

Bore, x1.

Vig. 10—Crepidula (Zeacrypta) immnersa Angas. Hypotype, flat, curyed variety, Hindmarsh
Bore, x 1.

Fig, ll. .

~ a «1.
Fig. 12 —Crepidula dubitabils Tate. Hypotype, Abattoirs Bore, x 1-5.
Fig, 13.-Crenidida (Zewcrypta) hainstcorthi Johnston. Hypotype, Abattoirs Bore, x 1-33,
Fin ld-, . , . x de8.

33

PLATE 1

‘

_

t

t

i

f
a

x

Wale)

Nave

N. H. Lupsprookx

N. H. Lupsprook PLATE 2

es)
—

See

WSothuse Slee

14

SY VLILLITTRLTRL Ott ttre

12 13 15 16

N. Hf. Lupsroox ‘ £2 EAE TS

i
i

=

ed
EpaeeeT
ae

a oes

Puate 4

N. H. LupBroox

STRATIGRAPHIC SUCCESSION EAST OF GREY SPUR,
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY B. G. FORBES

Summary

Between Grey Spur and Port Elliot, South Australia, is a faulted and folded sedimentary sequence
with a possible stratigraphic thickness of 29,000 feet. The succession overlies an Archaean inlier
along an unconformity partly obscured by dynamic metamorphism.

In the main area investigated the succession dips steeply in a direction about 130 degrees east of
north. Four subdivisions are distinguished. The oldest subdivision most resembles the Adelaide
System. It is in part folded and appears to be separated from overlying slate and metamorphosed
subgreywacke by a structural break. Conformably overlying the subgreywacke is a thick sequence,
chiefly meta-arkose. The youngest subdivision is composed of metagreywacke and slate and may be
correlated lithologically with the Kanmantoo Group.

STRATIGRAPHIC SUCCESSION EAST OF GREY SPUR,
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by B, G. Foxnes *
[Read 10 May. 1956]

SUMMARY

Between Crey Spur and Port Elliot, South Australia, is a faulted and folded sedimentary
sequence with a possible stratigraphic thickness of 29,000 feet. The succession overlies an
Archaean inlier along an unconformity partly ubscured by dynamic metamorphism.

Tn the main area investigated the succession dips steeply in a direvtion ahaut 130
degrees east of north. Four subdivisions are distinguished, The oldest subdivision most
resembles the Adelaide System, It is in part folded and xppears to be separated from over-
lying slate and metamorphosed subgreywacke by a Stractuedl break, Conformably overlying
the subgreywacke is a thick sequence, chicfly meta-arkose. The youngest subdivision is
composed of metagreywacke and slate and may be correlated lithologically with the Kan-
mantoo Group.

INTRODUCTION

Rocks of Proterozoic age in South Australia have been extensively inves-
tigated on the western scarp of the Mount Lofty Ranges and in the Flinders
Ranges. Knowledge of the sedimentary succession to the east of the Archaean
inliers is not as adyanced; this paper is presented as a contribution te that
knowledge.

The area investigated occurs mainly on the Milang Shect and partly on
the Encounter Bay and Yankalilla Sheets (1:63,360 military survey). Spring
Mount, the centre of field operations, is about 3S miles almost due south of
Adelaide, The area extends from a little west of Spring Mount to about two
miles north-west of Port Elliot.

The region has been inyestigated previously by a number of workers,
including Howchin, King, Guppy, Sir Douglas Mawson and more recently by
Campana and Wilson. Campana and Wilson’s paper of 1955 may well he
referred to for an account of regional topography, including glacial] phenomena.

Field and laboratory study was made in 1952 during the tenure of a
Junior Research Scholarship at the University of Adelaide. I am indebted
to Sir Douglas Mawson for suggesting the problem and for help during the
year's work.

Acknowledgment is due also to senior students and members of the
Geology Department staff for assistance and advice.

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY

Structural geology of Fleuricu Peninsula may be found very broadly
summarized in Campana’s paper on the Mt. Lofty-Olary Are (Campana, 1955;
in particular Plate 2, section 2-2).

The area described here extends eastward from the eastern margin of
the Myponga Archaean inlier, This inlier is broadly anticlinal and overturned
to ue HE Successively further east of the inlier are the following groups
of rocks:

Grey Spur beds (Proterozoic),
Strangway Will beds,

Inman Hill formation,

Brown Hill beds.

° Department of Geology, University of Adelaich:
59

There is a structural break between the Grey Spur beds and the succeeding
three groups, which arc conformable.

The groups in their structural aspects are discussed in order below: sce
also the map and Figure L.

INMAN HILL

|

INMAN HILL FORMATION

3 i] | @ MILES
l

Fiz. 1.—Sketch section AA. Abbreviations are as follows: A, Archaean, GSB, Grey
Spur beds; SHB, Straneway Hill beds.

ARCHAEAN—PROTFROZOIC BounbaRy

Both the western (near Myponga Ifill) and eastern margins of the
Archaean inlict are zones of differential movement. his is inferred from the
Fact that both the marginal conglomerate and the Archaean gneiss have been
dynamically metamorphosed to produce augen gneisses and schists of similar
appearance (metamorphic convergence).

Outcrops near Myponga Hill are poor in the zone of movement but the
sequence of (1) unmodified Proterozoic slates and quartzites, (2) augen gneiss
(modified conglomerate) and schists, (3) unmodified Archaean pegmatite,
gneiss and cale-silicate hornfels may be traced. The slates dip hencath the
Archaean gneisses approximately parallel to the schistosity conferred by the
movement, The schistosity has the attitude; strike 50 degrees east of north,
dip 50 degrees south.

Grey Spur provides the best exposures of the eastern margin, In the
upper coarse arkose phase, of the conglomerate, quartz and feldspar phenoclasts
are extended most in the bedding-plane parallel to the dip-trace, The intensity
of dynamic metamorphism, as indicated by elongation of cobbles within the
conglomerate, increases as the Archaean contact is neared, The pink granitic
gneiss (A57.57) occurs about forty feet from recognizable strongly sheared
conglomerate in which some cobbles have dimensions 14x20 inches, 115
inches, Between “stretched” couglomerate and Archavan gneiss is a sericitic
gritty schist.

Crey Spun Buvs, STRANGWAY Liu. Bros, Iyaan Arie Foumanon

A central member of the Grey Spur beds has been tightly folded and
from a first glance at the accompanying map it would appear that the whole
succession is a syncline pitching at a shallow angle to the north. If this is
so there must exist between the Orey Spur beds and the Inman Hill formation a
major break, since the lop of the Strangway-Inman Hill succession lies to the
south-east.

‘An alternative und not so spectacular interpretation is that the tightly
folded quartzite marks the anticlinal portion of a large drag-told pitching southi-
west, paralleled by a synclinal axis a short distance west. Reasons for this are:—

(1) There is no symmetry about the axis of folding;
60

(2) About one mile north-north-east of Spring Mount the Grey Spur beds
appear to he younger to the east, as indicated by cross-bedding:

(3) A small (drag?) fold about half a mile north-west of Spring Mount
simulates this mode of folding,

There is a disturbed zone in the Grey Spur beds about one mile south-
west of Spring Mount, but paucity of outcrops renders interpretation dificult.
‘The thin flexed quartzite and the clongate hill of quartzite may be a reflection
of the folding revealed more clearly further south-west in the Inman Hill
formation.

Brown Hirt Beps

Within the metagreywacke-slate succession there is a marked cleavage
trending about 45 degrees east of north and dipping at a steep angle. The
average strike and dip of bedding planes, which are rarely scen in a single
outcrop, are 35 degrees east of north and 70 degrees east, respectively.

Undoubted anticlinal folding occurs west of Brown Hill with pitch (about
30 degrees?) to the north-west.

PETROLOGY AND STRATIGRAPHY

ARCHAEAN COMPLEX

Cmeisses and schists of Archaean age occur west of the marginal con-
glomerate and have been investigated for a short distance from the con-
glomerate. ‘he common rock types are gneisses of a granitic character inter-
Spersed with simple microcline-quartz pegmatites and in one locality, a cale-
silicate hornfels, Where the mineral association is diagnostic, the albite-
epidote-amphibolite facies of metamorphism ix indicated. Superimposed on
this in some racks is a more recent retrograde metamorphism of the bintite-
chlorite sub-facies.

Grey Spur Beps

Although alternating quartzite and schist characterize this succession, com-
glomerate and arkose are included. The western and stratigraphically lower
boundary is marked by the juaction of Archaean gneisses and schists with a
marginal conglomerate. The conglomerate is best known at Grey Spur, from
where it stretehes north-east with few breaks to Edinburgh Swamp. The thick-
ness of individual nits and that of the whole succession increases gradually
toward the north. The formation more than doubles its thickness for the three
miles mapped along the strike, In the centre of the part mapped the beds have
a total outcrop width of about one mile, with a possible stratigraphic thickness
in the neighbourhood of 3,000 feet,

The marginal conglomerate outcrops well only in a few places along its
strike, The best locality for examination is on the north-east side of Grey
Spur. However, it may be followed readily even where there is no outcrop,
hecayse of the distinctive rownded cobbles lying on the surface.

The upper part of the bed is an arkose ogt-wt! ancl is probably rep-
resentative of the conglomerate matrix as a whole, Feldspar constitutes { p-c.
and occurs mainly with quartz-hornfels as phenuclasts. Both microcline and
acid plagioclase are present, ‘The matrix is recrystallized quartz with chlorite,
sericite, aud accessory iron ore, tourmaline, zircon and apatite. The arkose
exhibits cross-bedding, indicating that the top is to the south-east.

Schists with some slates comprise nearly two-thirds of the Grey Spur
hes. They are commonly fine-grained grey rocks. Tho schistosity planes
sparkle with mica, which is mainly biotite. Besides quartz the schists contain
a little feldspar and sericite with accessory tourmaline. Biotite shows a marked
preferred orientation.

al

These beds are poorly outcropping.

Near Grey Spur is a series of alternating bands of meta-arkose, schist and
fine-grained metagreywacke, arkose being predominant, The meta-arkose is
massive or banded and cross-bedded, vf u pale grey to white colour, It is a
compact hard recrystallized fine-grained rock composed of quartz, about thirty
p.c, feldspar and a little accessory sericite, tourmaline, pyrite and apatite. Asso-
ciated metagreywacke is finer grained, richer in biotite and of a dark grey colour.

About halt the quartzites typifying the formation are orthoquartzites (to use
Pettijohn’s 1949 terminology), the remainder being feldspathic quartzites, ‘They
ave all compact, light-coloured recrystallized rocks, the feldspar content ranging
from almost nil to about ten p.c, Grain-size is chiefly fine, but individnal
rounded grains of quartz and feldspar may reach a diameter of 1 mm. Tour-
maline, zircon, and pyrite are occasional accessorics. In the quartzites possess-
ing a “fused” appearance reerystallization has been more intense. The quartzites,
jueluding the fused variety, show accasional crass-bedding, thongh gencrally
not clearly enough to establish the facing of the beds,

One calcareuus horizon was observed, and that in only one place—the
bottom of a narraw deep valley about one mile north-east of Grey Spur. Here
a siliceons marble grades upward into quartzite,

Sraancway Hin. Berns

The southernmost extension of this formation is composed of about 1,200
feet of blue-grey slate overlain by 2,800 feet of metamorphosed subgreywacke,
some subst and rare beds richer in quartz. The upper limit is marked by
altertiating meta-arkose and metagreywacke passing conformably upward into
the Inman ITi formation. This boundary may be mapped and its approximate
position appears on the accompanying plan. ‘The lower limit, saye in the south,
is poorly exposed,

The poorly outcropping, equivalents of these beds, forming part of the range
to the south of the Upper Hindmarsh Valley, are subgreywacke and spotted
schists with interbedded quartzite.

The rock termed metamorphosed subgreywacke is a grey, fine-grained
slightly schistose quartz-biotite rock of subgreywacke composition. The ayerage
grain diameter of 0-09 mm, is on the border of sand and silt. The massive
Gutcreps possess a smooth, dark-grey surface. Variations due to change in
grain-size or proportions of constituents give rise to interbedded quartvite,
schists and spotted schists.

Interbedded quartzite is more prominent to the north, possibly indicating
a slight change in facies.

Inwean Hitt Forscarion

Meta-arkose predominates in this formation, but minar thicknesses of
metagroywacke also occur within it. The outerop width is just over three miles,
‘Yhe formation extends from the River Laman suath west of Inman Hill toa line
bearing about 50 degrees. just vast of Peeralilla Mill. Further cast the chatae~
teristic rock-type is metagreywacke,

{a view of a variation in dip from 25 degrees te vertical the calculated
thickness is only approximate, The thickness vf the formation based on an
averave dip of 50 deyrees is 14,800 fect.

The tocta-arkose is similar macroscopically to the average quurtzite. The
massive variety is a hard, compact light grey to light brown rock. When
streaked with thin biotite-rich bands the composition is still Uhat of un arkose
but may grade into greywacke by an increase in the proportion of micas,

In thin section these rocks are scen to be largely recrystallized, perhaps
with the execption of leldspar and some accessory minerals. Average grain

62

diameter varies from about 0,13 to 0.28 mm, The measured feldspar content,
acid plagioclase and microcline, ranges from 33 to 50 per cent. by volume.
Biotite and sericite show a preferred orientation. Accessories are the common
iron ore, apatite, zircon and tourmaline, The composition of meta-arkose and
other rocks is plotted in Figure 2.

QUARTZ

MICAS FELDSPAR

Fig. 2.—Composition of representative nicta-sedimentary rocks, in terms of voliime-

percentage of three major constituents (measurement by microscope, using integra-

tion stage), Numbers represent specimens as follows: 1,2—quartaite of Grey Spur

beds; 3—meta-arkose of Grey Spur beds; 4—metasubgreywacke of Strangway Hill

beds; 5, 6, 7—aneta-arkose of Inman Hill formation; 8, 9—metagreywacke of Inman

Hill formation; 10-1netagreywacke of Brown Hill beds. (Subdivision of diagram
after Pettijohn, 1949, p. 227.)

Banded arkoses exhibit a varicty of sedimentary structures, The most useful
is cross-bedding, all observations on which indicate that the top of the formation
is to the east. These observations are in my opinion sufficiently widespread
to indicate that there is little, if any, repetition by folding within the formation.
It is possible, however, that there has been repetition by strike faulting. Slumps
are another common structure, Overturned slump folds generally have an
amplitude of six to twelve inches, but in one instance more than five feet was
measured, The slumping has mostly taken place on surfaces sloping down to
the sonth. Truncated slump structures are present and serve to confirm the
conclusions from cross-bedding. Small scale pene-contemporaneous faulting
also occurs within the formation,

Brown Hitt Beps

Conformahly overlying the Inman Hill formation are beds, predominantly
metagreywacke, of about 7,000 feet thickness, overlain in turn hy slates.
The metagreywackes vary from light to dark grey and possess a strongly
developed schistosity, Granularity also varics, but is chiefly finé. Microscopicall
the metagreywacke A57°83 is made up of lens-shaped grains of quartz with
longer axes parallel, Interstitial to quartz and feldspar are micas with a
parallel orientation. Accessary minerals are epidote, zircon, tourmaline, apatite
and iron ore,

63

(

4SVE J4t¥uaMoianas

SNOUYHSLTY ONY Sholoddv Hil

Sd¥A D2-ONMh “Uda oeine) wa Oesva Ls WSIdd dON WL ove c 2 ,
1S51h95 = "SS13NT [3 !

DIN Nac TATA) anu mete - ae |

t VavROeY SL ibe lard pint ab ANN CME

ACnLidiv ALISO:SIHOS <i sae ATi ARTS
Zgni-Lie omMigagg st guvuanotowos [F —_
eens fee inc a5OuNW-VviaH |" S
satan [7
BIXY WN aiwe —f~ Su Switea cA
SURV SEN TIAG ae azwis FA nonwneoa TT NN

SMovel -——
BOVOU fyty iy

WE8WNN LINN |“ IMDVAASHOVLAW ae
aiiwaqed | a anBHVIN [3 | =h995 [4

SAISNd inn Sas8 wid AgHD saa3—E TH NMONE

oy)! Jv
= ALITvION

SNIW4S

ASTIVA SO HSEYIONIH

vt

a a

s ’
ot
Noe MEE a ep open ad \ ;
» Eo ‘ >.) »f st Lee A ~ oy
s Mf eT NON One SD
‘ afi: mL, ae
4 .

HLAQS x & WONSHAN OL

ALNNOD

widvHisny
KSYYACNTE

yNagS ABS 30 LSWVA NOIMSS3IDINS DiHd¥HOlLVHLS
Shi MOrFS

W3190704a9

*\) amos F382. anD
a a

NY Id

Both the interbedded and overlying slates are chiefly dark-coloured,
The upper boundaty of the metagreywacke beds has been indicated only
tentatively on the map.

STRATIGRAPHIC INTERPRETATION
The rock-types described represent three phases of sedimentation:

1) Stable shelf;

2) Sharp uplift with corresponding slow subsidence of the basin of
deposition;

(3) Sharp uplift with corresponding rapid subsidence,

Evidence of condition (1) is supplied by the Grey Spur beds, The cobble
component of the marginal conglomerate is oligomictic in character, while the
arkese component is presumably a “basal” arkose. The formation represents
marine transgression over the stable continental shclf accompanied by slight
fluctuations in level. The source aréa, iv view of the well-sorted nature
of the deposits, possessed prohably a mature or senile topography. This
sequence is the one which most resembles the Adelaide system.

ve aye Hill beds possibly represent conditions transitional between
(1) and (2).

The Oe a Hill formation is considered to be tectonic arkose, reflecting
rapid uplift of a neighbouring granitic area. The frequent cross-bedding
encountered in this formation suggests shallow-water accumulation, hence a
slowly subsiding arca of deposition is postulated,

The post-arkose interbedded greywackes and slates represent original
muddy sandstones and dark muds deposited rapidly below wave-base, They
therefore suggest geosynclinal or unstable shelf conditions (3),

The shape of the arca investigated allows very little enquiry into facies
change, Such timé markers as tillite or fossils are not present in the sequence,
hence an age cannot be assigned,

The Brown Hill beds may be correlated lithologically with the Kanmantoo
Group (Sprigg and Campana, 1953). The position of the Inman Hill formation
is less clear. Tt is perhaps a local variant within the Kanmantoo Group,
Between the Grey Spur beds, lithologically similar to the Adelaide System,
and the Strangway Hill beds, there is a disturbed zone where: outcrops are
poor. This zone may well represent the faulting-out of part of the succession.

INTRUSIVE ROCKS

Three occurrences of altered dolerite are indicated on the map. The
iolerites are all uralitized and considerably altered, but show ophitic texture
under the microscope,

METAMORPHISM

‘lhe post-Archaean rocks are low grade metamorphic, the suh-facies. of
metamorphisrm being the biotite chlorite subfacies of the green-schist facics.

‘he general metamorphism is dynamo-thermal with, in some localities, a
marked stress factor. Within the Strangway ITill beds certain spotted schists
(A57-66) may represent deficient stress.

REFERENCES

Caspamwa, T., 1955. The structure of the eastern South Australian ranges: the Mt. Tolty-
Olary are, J, Geol, Soe, Aust., 2, pp. 47-62. '

Casmana, B., and Wiison, R. B., 1955. Tillites and related glacial topography of South
Australia. Eclogac: geol. Helv., 48, pp. 1-30.

Guppy, D. J., 1944, Thesis for Honours Degree B.Se,, University of Adelaida,

65

Howcnin, W., 1906. The geology of the Mt. Lofty Ranges, Part II. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.
Aust., 80, pp. 227-262. i

Kine, D., 1947. Thesis for Honours Degrees B.Sc., University of Adelaide.

Pretrijoun, F. J., 1949. Sedimentary rocks. Harper & Brothers, New York.

Spricc, R. C., and Campana, B., 1953. The age and facies of the Kanmantoo Group. Aust,
J. Sci., 16, pp. 12-14.

66

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF ACARINA FROM BATS FROM
NEW GUINEA, PHILIPPINES AND AUSTRALIA

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

Three new species of mites belonging to two new genera of the family Laelaptidae and to the genus
Neomyobia of the Myobiidae are described. The genus Notolaelaps with type nova guinea sp. nov.
is erected for a species parasitic on a small fruit-eating bat Syconycteris crassa papuana Matschie
1899, from the Jimmi Valley, Western Highlands of New Guinea.

Plesiolaelaps gen. nov. is proposed for the type miniopterus sp. noy. from bats Miniopterns
schreibersi (Natterer, 1819) and Nyctophilus geoffreyi Leach, 1821; the first from Joanna, S. Aust.,
10th Dec., 1932, and the second host from Sutherlands, S. Aust., 23" August, 1955.

Neomyobia luzonensis sp. nov. is described from many specimens of both sexes as well as nymphs,
from a bat from Manila, Luzon, Philippine Islands, 25th March, 1945.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF ACARINA FROM BATS FROM
NEW GUINEA, PHILIPPINES AND AUSTRALIA

Il. WomensLey*
Text Fig. 1-3.

[Read 14 June 1956]

SUMMARY

Three new specics of mites belonging to two new genera of the family Laelaptidae and
to the genus Neomyabia of the Myobiidae are described. The genus Notolaelaps with type
novd guinea sp. nov. is erected for a species parasitic on a small friit-eating bat Syconycterts
crassa prepuana Mutschie 1§99, from the Jimmi Valley, Western Iighlands of New Guinea.

Plesiolaelaps gon. nov. is proposed for the ne miniopterus sp. nov. from bats Miniop-
tertis schteiberst (Natterer, 1819) and Nyctophilus geoffreyi Leach, 1821; the first frora
Joanna, S. Aust.; 10th Dec., 1932, and the second host from Sutherlands, & Aust., 23rd
August, 1955.

Neomyobia luxonensis sp. nov. is deseribed from many spreimens of bath sexes as well
as nymoplis, from a bat from Manila, Luzon, Philippine Islands, 25th March, 1945.

Subfamily Larnartiwagr Berlese, 1892
Genus NoTOLAELAPS noy,

Allied to Nealaelaps Hirst in having only 3 pairs of genito-ventral setae in
the female, but differs in the more oval shape, in lacking the stout spines on the
maxillary coxae and on coxae I, the internal posterior of the latter being repre-
sented only by a boss, and in the less expanded gentito-ventral shield which is
not so widely separated from the anal shield and on which the 3 pairs of setae
are al] marginal,

Type Notolaelaps nova-guinea sp. nov.

Notolaelaps nova guinea sp. nov.
Fig, 1 A-C

Female Holotype—Shape broadly oval. Length of idiosoma 520.2. Dorsal
shield entire, not completely covering dorsum but separated marginally by a
fairly wide band of cuticle; dorsal setae simple, to 40u long. Ventrally; pre-
endopodal and jugular shiclds wanting: sternal shield small, about as wide as
long, slightly narrower postcriorly, with 3 pairs of setae and two pairs of pores;
metasternal shields only represented by the setae; genito-ventral shield flask-
like with 3 pairs of marginal setae and not yery widely separated from anal shield;
anal shield shortly pear-shaped with the usual 8 setae; between the anal and
genito-ventral shields with only one pair of setae and on each side eleven setae;
a pair of shortly clongate metapodal shields. Legs slender but not very long,
I 825py, IT 260p, 11) 260pn, IV 390g; no strong spines on maxillary coxue, a
pronounced boss and a slender seta on coxae I, an anterior strong spine and a
slender seta on coxae II and II] and one seta on coxae IV; tarsi all with short
caruncle and paired claws. Perilrerne fairly thick with stigmata between coxae
UT and TV, Chelicerae simple without distinct teeth.

Locality and. Host—Described from the holotype and one paratype female
from a srpall fruit-eating bat, Syconyeferis crassa papuana Matschie, 1899, from
the Jimmi Valley, Western Highlands of New Guinea, 1955 (coll. J. S.
Womersley ).

* South Australian Museum,
iy

Remarks,—The types of this species are in the South Australian Museum.
For the identification of the host I am indebted to Mr. Ellis Troughton of the
Australian Museum, Sydney.

lig, 1, A-C~Notolaelaps navaguinea g. et sp. nov, Female, A, dorsum; B, venter; C,
chelicerae.

Genus PLEsiOLAELAPS noy-

In adults dorsal shield entire and complotely covering dorsum. Labial
cornicles slender, Female without pre-endopodal or jugular shields; sternal
shield wider than long with 8 pairs of setae; mctasternal shield only represented
by seta and pore; genito-ventral shield drop-shaped with 5 setae; anal shicld
rounded; chelicerae without teeth, fxed finger hyaline and thumb-like, movable
finger slender and slightly hooked; no specialised armature on coxae or legs.
In male with all vertral shiclds coalesced, moderately expanded behind coxae
IV; chelicerae with fixed finger as in female, movable finger hook-like, with a
long similarly hook-like spermatophore carricr; legs as in female.

Type Plesivlaelaps miniopterus sp. nov.

Plesiolaelaps miniupterus sp. nov.
Tig. 2 A-l
Female Holotype (as mounted in P.V.A,),—Shape oval with slightly fat-
tened sides, Colour light yellowish, Length of idesoma 364,, width 240,.
Dorsal shicld cntite, covering the whole dorsum, witl light transverse markings
and short, 26. to 32y long spinitorm setae. Venter; as figured, no_pre-endopodal
or jugular shields; tritosternum lightly chitinised with paired lacinia; sternal
shield wider than long, with 3 pairs of slender spiniform setac to 39, long and

65

2 pairs of pores; metasternal shields absent, only represented by seta and pore;
genito-ventral shield flask- or drop-shaped, rounded apically, with 5 setae (two
pairs and a single seta at posterior end), widely separated from anal shield
with ca. 3 pairs of setae between these shields; anal shicld as figured with 8

\
Fig, 2, A-I.—Plesiolaelaps miniopterus. g. and sp, nov. A-D Female; A, venter; B, dorsum; C,
chelicerae: D, dorsal seta, E-G Mule: E, venter; F, chelicerae; C, labial cornicles. H-I Pro-
tonymph: H, dorsum; I, venter.

setae of which the post-anal is the longest; no metapodal shields could he seen
in this sex. Mouth parts small, gnathosoma ventrally with 4 pairs of setae;
labial cornicles slender as figured; fixed finger of cheliccrae a hyaline thumb-like
lobe, movable finger rather slender without teeth. Legs I and II stouter than
Itt and IV, I 227 long, II 260, IIT 227p, 1V 286y, without specialised setae

69

or armature, all tarsi with caruncle and paired claws. Peritecme narrow, extend -
ing tu eexae I,

Male Allotype—Shape as in female, but in mounted specimen slightly larger.
Length of idiosoma 423u, width 280, Legs: I 278, long, If 234,, IIE
247 un, IV 292p, leg IL is the stontest but has no special armature, Dorsal shield
as in female, but the setae are rather shorter to 20», Jong. Ventrally, all the
shields are coalesced, the genilo-ventral portion of tho holoyentral shield is
widest just behind coxae IV; a small lightly sclerotised metapodal shield lies
posterior of coxae IV; the setae on the sterno-genital portion of the holoventral
shield are 26, long, while the others on the ventri-anal portion, as are those on
the cuticle, are ca. 20% long, except for a posterior fringe of 7 pairs of long
slender setae to 100« long, Chelicerae as figured, movable finger a strongly
chitinised hook with a longer but similarly hooked spermatophore carrier, fixed
finver a hyaline blunt thinnb-like lobe as in female,

Protonymph.—Shape as in female, but weakly chitinised. Idiosoma S70»
long, 240u wide, Dorsurm with divided shield, anterior part 162, long by 143,
wide, seaching posteriorly to level between coxae II and IV, its posterior margin
widely truncate, posterior part 5p long and 97, wide, separated from anterior
by about 4 times its own length; dorsal setae 264 long, except the pasteriar pair,
which are 89, Sternal shield as figured, 1230 long by 1104 wide, extending to
nearly the middle of coxae IV; leg 1 272u Jong, IT 253p, TL 2354p, [V 2686p, Peri-
treme very short, 894 long, and not reaching beyond enxae TV,

Locality anc Hosts—Described from the holotype ? aud allotype + and
paralype of each sex from a bat Miniopterus schreibersi (Natterer, 1819), from
Joanna, S. Aust., LOth Dee., 1932 (coll, J, Hood j- Other specimens from a bat
Nyctophilus geoffreyi Leach, 1821, from Suthcrlands, 8. Aust, 23rd Aug., 1955
(coll. E. F. Boehm),

Remarks,—All the specimens are in the South Australian Museu.

This genus differs from all the others in the Laelaptinae in that the female
genitn-ventral shield has 5 setae arranged in Z pairs and a single posterior one.
It is perhaps nearest to Radfordiluelaps Zumpt, 1950, which has 3 genito-vertral
setae and a strong knife-like seta on coxae [ (not present in Plesiolaclaps).

Family MYOBITDAE Mégnin, 1877
Genus Neaxrvonia Radford, 1948
Neomyobii Iuzonensis sp, nov.
Fig, 3 AJ

temale Holotype —Elongate species. Jength of idinsoina 5204, width
290). Durst; Jateral and dchmasdian setae moderately expanded and longitu-
dinally striated, acuminate, without barbs; lengths, laterals 1 97a, Lf 162», LLL 195p,
submedian [ 65y, 11 974, LW 65.. Venter: as in Fig. B, with the immer members
of cack row of selae slender and much longer than the outer members; there
are twa other pairs of setae near the caudul margin of which the outer members
are long and slender; caudal pairs of setae 3602 long. Legs: 1 78y long, TT 180p,
IIT 1624, 1V 175p; | with 4 segments, terminal one with 2 minute claws, other-
wise as in genus (Figs, C, 9), W-IV with paired claws, one thinner and slightly
shorter than the other (Fig. A, I).

Male Allotype.—Length of idiosoma 8904, width 200, Dorsum: lateral
and submedian setac as in female, but the third subimedians only slightly
behind the second and nearer to cach other; lengths of laterals T 97, TT 162,,
TIT 162); of submedians, I 84p, U 63p, T11 162. Venter: as in Fig, 6 with all
the sctac short and inconspiciaus, between coxac TV with a pair of stont, thick
spivies, 58» long, arising from large bosses (in another specimen the right hand
spine is duplivatecl), candal setae 36p long. Penis slender, reaching to coxae
TH and apically recurved. Legs: I 78 Jong, IL 162p, ILL 1954, 1V 182y; leg I

7e

as in female; Il as in female with subequal paired claws; III (Fig. H) with only
one longer and stronger claw and with two stout spurs on tibia; IV with paired
unequal claws.

Fig. 3—Neomyobia luzonensis sp. nov. A-E Female: A, dorsal; B, venter; C, leg I dorsal;
D, leg I ventral; E, claws of leg Ti, F-H Male: F, dorsal; G, venter; H, leg Ill. I-J Nymph;
I, dorsum; J, leg I ventral.

Nymph Morphotype.—Length of idiosoma 540p, width 2254. Dorsum as
in Fig. I; lateral and submedial setae only slightly expanded hasally; length of
laterals, I 32u, IL 32u, I 65p; of submedian I 65y, IL 32, IIL 80u; of caudals
130. Legs: I 70p long, IT 84y, IIT 91p, IV 97»; leg I as in Fig. J apparently
without terminal claws; Il with paired tarsal claws, Ill and IV with only a
single tarsal claw.

71

Locality and Host—The types and many paratypes from a bat, No. 2la,
from Manila, Luzon, 28th March, 1945 (coll. C. B. Philip),

Remarks—All specimens in S$. Aust. Museum. Paratypes later to be dis-
tributed to other centres.

In the pair of pronounced stout spines between coxae IV on the venter of
the male this species is related to Neomyobia poppei (Trouessart, 1895), the
type host and locality for which are Pipistrellus nathusii. Keys and Blasius, and
Marseilles, France. In the male it also differs from poppei in that tarsi Il and
IV have paired claws; according to Radford (Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris (2),
24 (4): 879) poppet has but a single claw on tarsi I, II and IV. The tibia
of leg III of the male also differs from poppei in the presence of the two strong
spurs. In the female, luzonensis differs little from Radford’s figure of poppei
except in the lesser expansions of the lateral and submedian dorsal setae.

A NEW SPECIES OF TUCKERELLA (ACARINA, TETRANYCHOIDEA,
TUCKERELLIDAE) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY H. WOMERSLEY

Summary

A new species of Tuckerella Womersley 1940 belonging to the recently erected family
Tuckerellidae (Baker & Pritchard, 1953) is described from Phyllota litter from Keith, S.A. A
revised key to the three known species is given.

A NEW SPECIES OF TUCKERELLA (ACARINA, TETRANYCHOIDEA,
TUCKERELLIDAE) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by H, Womerstey®
[Read 14 June 1956]

SUMMARY

A new species of Tuckerella ay purersley 1940 belonging to the recently erected family
Tuckerellidae (Baker & Pritchard, 1953) is described from Phyllota litter from Keith, S.A. A
revised key to the three known species is given,

Baker & Pritchard (Ann. Ent. Soc, Amer., 1953, 16; 243-258) have recently
removed the genus Tuckerella Womersley 1940 from the Tetranychidae and
erected the new family Tuckerellidae to include the two species pavoniformis
(Ewing, 1922) and ornata (Tucker, 1926),

In 1940 Womersley recorded pavoniformis wrongly under the name of
ornata Tucker, as pointed out by Baker & Pritchard. The genus Tuckerella, how-
ever, was based essentially on Tucker's description and figures, and his species
is the nominal type.

In their paper Baker & Pritchard separate the two species pavantformis and
ornata on the number of pairs of whip-like filamentous caudal setae and also
on the last row of four palmate setae on the dorsum.

No further occurrences of pavoniformis in Australia have been recorded,
but a third and new species described in this paper has recently been found.
In many respects it is intermediate between pavoniformis and ornata as is shown
in the following key.

Key to Known Species of Tuckérella Wom.

1. Tarsi IT] and IV with a dorsal sensory rod similar to those on |
and IT. With 7 pairs of caudal filamentous setae. The four posterior
hysterosomal palmate setae small and equal in size,

T. spechtae sp. nov.
Tarsi IT] and IV without such sensury rod 2

2. With 6 pairs of caudal filamentous setae. Outer members of
posterior row of hysterosomal palmate setac larger than the inner
members.

T. pavonifarmis (Ewing).
With 5 pairs of caudal filamentous setae. All four members of

posterior row of hystcrosomal palmate setae small and equal in size.
T. ornata (Tucker).
N,B.—In both ornata and spechtae the two distal sensory rods on tarsi I are
about equal in length; in pavoniformis the anterior distal sensory rod is very
short compared with the posterior distal rod. In the last species tarsus II bears

a short antero-distal peg, and leg IV has large, strongly serrate setue dorsally.

° South Australian Museum.
73

Tuckerella spechtae sp, nov.
Fig. AD.

Molotype—Female. Size small, Colour in life red. Length of idiosoma
230n, width 150, Body roundish oval, widest in line of propodosomal-meta-
podosomal suture. Dorsum strongly reticulated and with suture Jines, between

Treat Fig. A-D—Twekerella spechlae sp. nov. A, dorsal view; B, palp; ©, tibia ail
farsns of leg 1; D, same of leg LLL IV.

propodosoma and metapodosoma and between the latter and the opisthosoma.
Mouth parts elongate with picreing styliform mandibles, Palpi as figured,
elongate, four-segmented, tibia with well-developed claw; tarsus cylindrical and
barely reaching tip of claw, apparently with 8 sctac and two sonsory rods. Eyes
2 on each side. Dorsum with 42 palmate or fan-shaped setae as in other species
but the four membcrs of the posterior hysterosomal transverse row are all
smaller and subequal; with 7 pairs of long, to 200,, filamentous, shortly ciliated
caudal setae; legs short, I 112, long, I, IIT and TV 84; furnished with smaller
palmate setae; claws strong, furnished with 4 tenent hairs; tarsus I with a pair

74

of cylindrical sensory rods and 4 simple setae, tarsi II, IJ and IV each with one
such sensory rod, Venter as figured for pavoniformis (sic. ornatus) Womersley
1940.

Location.—A single female, the type, in the South Australian Museum, col-
lected amongst Phyllota litter at Keith, South Australia, July, 1953 (Mrs. M.
Specht).

Remarks,—Distinguished from the other known species as in the key.

75

AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA N° 10

BY S. J. EDMONDS

Summary

Specimens of Pseudoporrorchis bulbocaudatus (Southwell and McFie), Pseudoporrorchis
centropusi (Tubangui) and Gordiorhynchus hylae (Johnston and Edmonds) have been re-examined
and are considered to be synonymous. The species becomes Pseudoporrorchis hylae (Johnston). A
new species, Pseudoporrorchis hydromuris, is described from the water at, Hydromys chrysogaster.
Bolbosoma_ capitatum (von Linstow) is recorded from Globiocephalus melaena and an
acanthocephala from Canis familiaris dingo assigned to the genus, Oncicola.

AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA N° It
by S. J. Epmonps*®

[Read 14 June 1956]

I, SUMMARY

Specimens of Pseudoporrorchis bulbocaudatus (Southwell and McFie), Psencdoporrorchis
centrapusi: (Tubangui) anc Gordforhynchus hylae (Johnston anc Edmonds) have been re-
examined and are considered to be synonomous. The species becomes Pscudoporrorchis hiyliue
(Johnston), A new species, Psewdoporrorchis hydromimis, is deserihed from the water rat,
Hydromys chrysogaster. Bolbosoma capilatum (von Linstow) is recorded tran Globioce-
en a Wa and an acanthocephala from Canty fumilioris dingo assigned to the genus,
Oneiooli.

Ii, INTRODUCTION
This paper deals with four acanthocephala, one of which is new,

PARASITE Host
| Centropus phasianinus (Latham )

Pseudoporrerchis hylae (Johnston) ) Podargus strigoides (Latham)

Pseudoporrorchis hydromuris n. sp. Hydromys ehrysogaster (Geoffroy)
Bolbosoma capitatum (vou Linstow ) Globtocephalus melaena (Trail)
Oncicoli sp. Canis familiaris dingo (Blaumenback )

HI, DESCRIPTION OF PARASITES

1, Pseudoporrorchis hylae ( |ohnston)
Synonomy
Echinorhyschus hylae Johuston, 1912,
Pseudoporrorchis bulbocaudatuy (Southwell and MeFie, 1925).
Pseudoporrorchis centiopusi (‘fubaugui, 1933),
Gordiorhynchus hylee (Jolnston and Edmonds, 1948).

Discussion .

Johnston and Edmonds (1948) identified an acanthocephalan parasite from
Podargus strigoides as Gordiorhynchus hylae.. This was an error; it should have
been assigned to the genus, Psewdoporrorchis Joyeux and Baer, 1935. The
withors were misled by the facts (1) that both male and female worms possessed
internal pseudosewinentation. and (2) that a small appendix was present near
the feinale genital aperture — both characters of the genus, Gordiorhynehus
Meyer, 1931. The authors did state that because the receptaculum did not
divide the introvert into two parts the conception of the genus would have to
be cularged to inelude the specimens from Poderygus. At the Gime internal
pseudoscementation had not been described for any of the species of Pseuclo-
portorchis,

During 1952 the present author had the opportunity of examining al the
British Museum of Natural History some of Southwell and MeFie’s specimens
of Pseudoporrorchis bulbocaudatus trom Centrapus phasianinus. At anee it was
obvious thit (1) this species possesses internal psendosexmentation, a fact not
recorded by Southwell and Mclie, and (2) Gordiorhynchus hylwe is synonomous
with FP. bulbocaneatus, Turther, through the kindness of the late Professor HH.

* Zuvlogy Departinent, University of Adelaide.

76

Van Cleave, bve slides of Pseudoporrorchis centropusi (Tubangni, 1933) — all
named by Tubangui— were rhudlg available for re-examination. A stuily af
these specimens showed thal the range of measurements of same organs and
stvuctures of P. centropusi could be extended, e.g. (1) the length of the male
may be as long as 21 mm. and the female 28 mm,, ( 2) the introvert is anmed
with 26 fougitudinal rows of 8-10 hooks per row. and (3) ripe eggs about
S02 * 23) are present in one female, In addition, internal pscudoseymentstion
is present and the female aperture is subterminal. This extra information brings
Tubangni's specimens from Centropus. viridis into the synonomy of P, bulba-
caudutus.

Johnston and Edmonds (1948) identified the parasite from Podarpus
strigoides as the adult of a larval form encysting in the mesentery of a number
of Australian frogs (Aylae spp. and Limnandynastes sp.) and named by John-
ston (1912) as Echinorhynchus hylae. A further examination of the intraverts
of a large number of larvae from froys has confirmed this fact. If the rules
of priority in nomenclature are followed, the parasites from Centropus viridis,
Centrojus phaslaninus and Podargus strieides become Pseudoporrorchis hiylae
(Iahaston ).

Pseudoporrorchis houdmert Joyeux and Baer, 1935, the type-species of the
genus, from Centropus sinensis intermedius is a closely related species. It iy
armed with 23-24 longitudinal rows each of 11-12 hooks.

The ncourrence of internal pscudosegmentation has now been recorded iy
at feast three different genera of the Acanthocephala; (1) Gordiorhynchus M Pyer,
1981, (2) in the present paper in some species of Pseudoporrorchis, and (3) in
some species of Arhythmorhynchus by Van Cleave (1916, p. 171 and fig. 8)

2. Pseudoporrorchis hydromuris w. sp.
flus, |-t,

Seven female and two male specimens were found a the small intesthie
of the Australian water rat, Wydromys clurysogaster, at Innistail, Queenslanel.
by Mr. N, G, Elliot (10/10/53) and forwarded for identification by Dr. J. M.
Mitckerras of the Institute of Medical Science, Queensland.

Deseription—The length of the males is 1417 mm. and of the females
12-19 mm, The trunk is cylindrical but tends to taper slightly towards the
auterior and posterior extremitics. The maximum width, oceurring in the
anterior third of the trunk, is 1-1-1'5 mm, in the male and 1-52-29 min. in the
fentale, The introyert is relatively small and almost spherical in shape. It is
(?-4-0-46 mm, in diameter und is armed with about 26 longitudinal rows each
of 7-8 hooks. per row. The second ot third hook of each row is largest and
pessesses a well developed posteriorly direeted rooting pracess. “The length of
the projecting portion of the largest hook is (40-50) » and of the roating process
about (60-70) 4. To hooks 5, 6. 7 and & the posteriorly directed rooting process
progressively derionsés in size and an anteriorly directed process appears and
progressively increases in size. A similar condition has been deseribed fov
Psetuloporrorchis hylae Wy Johnston and Wdmonds (1948) and for Pseudopar-
rorchis teliger by Yan Cleave (1949). There is a tendeney lor the extrernities
of the rooting processes of P. hydromuris to be swollen slightly. Delicate wing
processes, however, like those so carefully ceseribed by Van Cleave for P. teliger
could not he clistinguished, There is a short neck about 0-2 mm. long which
in all specimens licy within the anterior end af the trunk. The introvert sheath,
} damm. long and 0-35 mm, wide, is danble walled and arises just posterior to
the last whorl of introvert hooks,

Two ellipsoidal testes, 1+ 1-1-8 min; long and 0:6-0-8 rim. wide lie in lauden
within the anterior third of the trunk. There are six long tubular cement flands
pressed closely together, The posterior extremity of the female is rounded but

a7

not swollen and doves not hear an appendix like P. hylae, ‘The fernale aperture
is terminal. Ripe eggs sre ellipsoidal in shape and their outer shell is thick.
They are 68-75 yw long and 32-36 « wide and do not possess polar prulungations-
Longitirlinal sections of both male and female reveal that internal pscudoseg-
mentation, like that of P, hylae, is present in both sexes.

Systematic Position —This species is morphologically very close to and was
at Hrst thought to be ideulical with Pseudoporrorchis hylae from the birds. Cen-
tropas viridis and C. phasianinus, Jt differs, however, in a number of respects.
The introvert of P, hydrornurts is globose or subspherical and slightly smaller
than that of P. hylae, which is clavate, The number of hooks in each longitu.
dinal row is less in P. hydromuris than P. hylae. Further, the posterior extremity
of the females of P, hylae is swollon into a bulb-like structure which bears a
small appeidix. This condition does not occur in any of the specimens of
P. fajdromuris,

This is the second record of a mammal as a definitive host of a species uf
Pseudoporrorchis, 2 genus usnally found in birds. Van Cleave (1949) described
P, teliver from a mongoose, Herpestes javanious and from Fells minutus javonicus,
P, teliger and P. hydromuris, although closely related, differ significantly in the
nazaber of hooks on the introvert.

Type specimen—s.A. Museum, Adelaide.

3. Bolbosoma capitaturn (von Linstow, 1880)

Four feriale and one male specimen of this parasite were obtained from the
intestine of Globiocephalus melaena stranded at Prime’s Beach, St. Vincent Gulf,
S.A., by the late Professor T. H, Jutston on 7/10/44,

Reseription—The females are 6-0-8+5 cm. long and 2-3 mm. wide and the
male is 3-2 cm. long and ahout 1-8 mm, wide, The anterior region of the trunk
tapers ty a fine neck 2-4 mm. long and less than 1 min. wide. Anteriorly, the
neck # surmounted by a prominent swelling or bulb, rather flattened in most
specimens and about 1-5-3-0 mm. wide and 1:2-2-1 mm. in length, Arising
frott the bulb is a small ey!fndvical intravert which is expanded, and then not
quite fully, in one specimon only, It is 0-4 mm. wide at its base and would be
about 0°7-0°8 mm, long. It is armed with 14-16 longitudinal rows of hooks,
Fach row contains probably 8 hooks. The anterior—most hooks are stoutest,
largest and most curved; those posteriorly are more pointed and less curved. The
pth itsclf is covered with stout, densely packed spines, larger than those on
the introvert.

The neck and bulb in most specimens is enrved ventrally to the long axis
of the trunk and the posterior extremity dorsally to some extent. ‘This condi-
tion is shown for & capitulunt in Meyer's monograph (Meyer, 1932, fig. 66)-
The posterior region of the teunk of all specimesss forms an Introvert.

The testes of the male are in the anterior fourth of the trunk just behind the
region of the neck, They are cllipsoidal in shape, about 2-5 mm, long and 018
mm, wide, Ripe cggs are spindle-shaped and measure (140-162) « x 798-31) fs
They possess long polar prolongations of the middle shell,

Systematic Position—These specimens are considered to be B. capitatum
deseribed from Globiocephalus melas by von Linstow (1880), The bulb of the
South Australian specimens is not quite as extended as those described by von
Linstow. ‘The egys in the female are considerably larger than thuse described
for the species by Porta (Meyer, 193], p. 90). Otherwise the correspondence
willi Jainstow’s detalls is close. ‘he specimens differ frum RB. hamiltoni Baylis,
1929 in the armature of the introvert where the number of longitudinal rows
is 26, nearly clouble the number in B, capitatum.

79

4. icola sp.
fig. &

Five acanthocephalan specimens, four of which were decapitated, were
forwarded for identification from the Institute of Medical and Veterinary Science,
Adelaide. The parasites were obtained from Cunis pena dinge from Central
Australia and have been recorded as Oncicola sp. by Banks (1952) in = list of
purasites from the Northern Territory. Some descriptive details are given in the
present paper.

Descriplion—The length of the trunk of the females is 1014 mm. and the
maximum width in the anterior third of the animal is 1-2.mm. The body tapers
gradually towards the posterior extremity which is curved dorsally to some ex-
tent. The trunk of the only male is 5 mm. long and stouter than the [emales.
Thies introvert (belonging to a female) is rounded or globular, 0-33 mm. long and
with a maximum width of 0'5 mm. At the base it is about 0-4 mm. wide. It is
armed with 6 spiral rows each of 6 hooks, The anterior hooks are largest and
strongest and possess anteriorly directed rooting processes. The testes lic side
by side and the cement glands arc pressed closely together into a comipact
mass. Ellipsoidal-shaped eggs, with a slightly irregular-shaped outer membrane,
me een in the body cavity of two specimens; they measure (97-105) u ™

55-680 pe

Systematic Position—Several species of acanthocephala have heen reported
from Canidae in other parts of the world; (1) Oneleola canis (Kaupp) fram
Cayits femiliaris from N. and $. Ameviea (summarized by Filho, 1940) and from
Cartis latrans texensiy (Price, 1928): (2) Oncicola sp, from “native dog,” Philip-
pine Is. by Tubangni (1983); (3) Pachysentis canicola Meyer from Canis sp..
Brazil (Meyer, 1932); (4) Pachysentis procumbens Meyer from Canis vulpecula,
Egypt (Meyer, 1982); (5) Pachysentis ehrenbergi Meyer from Canis vulpecula,
Egypt (Meyer, 1932); (6) Echinopardalis atrata Meyer from Canis vulpercule,
Keypt (Meyer, 1932); and (7) PEchinerkynchus pachyacanthus Sonsina from
Canis aureus, Egypt (Meyer, 1982); and (8) Mucracanthorhynchus catulinus
Kostylew from Canis familiaris, Turkestan (Meyer. 1932). Of all these species
the specimens from the dingo resemble most Oncicola sp., as described by
Wittenberg (1938). Consequently, they have been assigned for the time to the
genus, Oncicola,

IV. REFERENCES

TANKS, fs Wis 1952. Some Animal Parasites of the Northern Territayy, Arist: Vet Jour.
pn. 108,

Baviis, 1. A. 1920. Parasitic Nematoda and Acanthocephala collected in 19285-1927 Dis
covery Reports, L, pp. 541-580,

Pron, M, D, A, 1940, Ocorreneia ce ‘Oncicala canis’ no Brasil. Mem, Lust. Oswalda Cruz.
35 (3), py. S1L-515,

Jormston, T. IT, 1912. Notes on some Fintozoy, Proc. Roy, Soe. Old, 24, pp. G4-HT.

Jounsvon. ‘CT, and Eosonns, $1, 1948. Australian Acanthocephula, No. 7. Trans, Kuv.
Soc, & Aust, 72 (1), A 69-76. ,

Joveux, C., and Barn, J, G., 1035, Etude de quelqnes Aconthneeyp ales d'indachine. Anu
Mus. Ilist. Nat. Marseille, 27 (2), pp. 1-14.

Mevre, A. 1937. Gordiorhynchus, ein ueues Acunthocepholen Genus sit ionerer ovarialer
Hseudo-sezmentieruny, Zool. Juhrh., 60 (1), pp, 457-470

Meves; A. 1932. Acanthocephala, in Brono’s Klassen and Ordnungen des ‘Tiereeielis, Bd.
1V. 2 Ab, 2 Buch, pp. $9-90 and 234-251.

Pym E we ee Notes in Proceedings of Helminths Suc., Washington. Journ, Paras, 14
3), p LOT

Sournwernt, T., and MeFrr, J. W. S., 1925. On w» vollevtion vf Acanthocephala tu the
Liverpool ‘School of ‘fropival Medicine. Ann. Trop. Med. Parastt., 19 (2), pp. L414,

Tusancu, M. A., 1933. Aeanthneephala. Philippine Jout. Science, 50 (2), pp. 115-128.

Tunancur, M, A,, 1935. Additional Notes on Philippine Acanthocephala. Philippine Jour,
Science, 56 (1), pp. 13-19

72

Van Cieave, H. J., 1916. A Revision of the Genus Arhythmorhynchus. Journ. Paras., 2, pp.

167-174.

Van Creave, H. J., 1949. Pseudoporrorchis teliger, a new species af Acanthocephala from
Java. Parasit., 39 (3), pp. 214-217.

WitTenserc, G., 1938, Studies in Acanthocephala. 3, The Genus Oncicola in Livro Jubilar

Prof. Travassos, Brazil. IIL.

bo ot

6 & SY

og hy

Kets

anes
Simm 2

Fig, 5.—Oncicola sp. Introvert.
1, Hooks from introvert, 2. Introvert. 3. Male,

Figs. 1-4.—Pseudoporrorchis hydromuris.
4, Eggs.

80

THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: AN ANNOTATED LIST

BY HELEN M. BROOKES

Summary

This paper brings together previously published records of scale insects that have become
naturalized in South Australia; it does not consider indigenous species. It also includes species
identified by the author, but not previously recorded as occurring in the State. Of these, Odonaspis
ruthae Ehrhorn, Pseudococcus malacearum Ferris, Tridiscus distichlii (Ferris), and Eriococcus
coccineus Cockerell, are reported from Australia for the first time. A list is also given of species
identified from material submitted by quarantine services in this State.

THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH
AUSTRALIA: AN ANNOTATED LIST

By Hevex M. Brooxrs*
[Read 14 June 1956]

SUMMARY

This paper brings together previously published records of scale insects that have he-
come naturalized in South Australia; it does not consider indigenous species. It also includes
species identified by the author, but not previously recurded as occurring in the State. Of
these, Odonaspis ruthae Bhrhorn, Pseudecoccus malacearum Ferris, Tridiscus distichlit
(Ferris), and Eriocoecus cuccineus Cockerell, are reported from Australia for the first time.
A list is also given of species identied from material submitted by quarantine services in
this State.

INTRODUCTION

Towards the end of the 19th century several workers made collections of
Australian Coccoidea and described many new species. The first catalogue of
the Australian scales was published by Maskell (1895), which was followed by
that of Lidgctt (1899). Froggatt (1914-1921) produced a series of papers in
the Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, which contained descriptions of
new species and also referred to some exotic scales known to be established in
Australia. This monograph was reprinted, with some additions, as Science
Bulletins Nos. 14, 18 and 19 of the Department of Agriculture of New South
bic Few specific references exist in the literature to scales occurring in South
Australia.

This paper lists the introduced scales identified by the writer in the course
of several years’ work with the group, Most of these had not been reported
previously from South Australia, and four species appear to be new to Austra-
lian records. In addition, some earlier published references have been included.
Notes on hosts and economic status are given. A list is also appended of scales
upon importer plants and fruit, and which were submitted for identification
by quarantine authorities.

The classification used is that of Ferris (1950a, 1955a), Where available,
the following citations are given for each specics: the original description; its
first recorded occurrence in Australia; the frst recorded occurrence in South
Australia; and the most recently used synonym in the Australian literature, The
common names are those used in Gay’s list (1955).

Specimens were examined after treatment with 10 per cent. aqueous potas-
sium hydroxide, and staining with basic or acid fuchsin; they were mounted in
“Sira”, a neutral synthetic medium, or in Mohr and Wehrile’s medium.

Family DIASPIDIDAE
Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell, 1879)

Aspidiotus aurantii Maskell, 1879, ‘Trans. NZ. Inst.. 11, p. 199, On oranges and lemons
iraported into New Zenland from Sydney.

Aspidiutus aurantii Mask. Anon, Rep, Minister of Agric, 5. Aust., 1919-1913.

Chrysomphalus aurantl Maskell. Davidson, J., 1931. J. Dep. Agric., 8. Aust, 34, p. 744.
Recorded ut Berri in 1929,

® Waite Agricultural Research Institute, University of Adelaide.
81

Rep ScaLe.
Host-planis;

Aonidiella aurantit (Mask.) is the commonest scale on Citrus spp. in this
State, Tt oecurs an the leaves and fruit throughout the year. In commercial
orchards of the irrigated areas of the Lower River Murray Valley it has become
a serious pest. In some of these orchards a few isolated trees of Juglans regia L.
(walnut) and Prunus domestica L, (European plum) at Younghusband, and
Pyrus communis L. (pear) at Mypolonga have become heavily infested with
A. aurantii. In the citrus orchards of the Upper Murray Valley red scale is con-
fined to restricted outbreak arcas by means of regular, drastic control measures
(Botham, 1955).

A, aurantii has been identified from the following additional hosts in South
Australia: Coprosma retusa Petrie (looking-glass plant), Foeniculum vulgare Hill
(fennel), Mex aquifolium LL, (English holly), Leurus nobilis 1, (laurel), Rose
spp. ‘\ cultivated roses) Pyrus malus L. (apple), and Vitis vinifera L. (grape-
vine ),

Aonidiella citrina (Coquillett, 1891)

Aspidiotts auranti. var, citrina Coquillett, 1891. U.S.D.A., Div. Ent., Boll. 23, pp. 19-38.

Aspidiotus citrinag Coquillett, Anon, 1940, Agric. Gan NiS.W., 51 (6), p. 446,
On Gitrus in the coustal regions ef New South Wales where it has beth known for
severnl years as a form of A. aurantit.

YecLow SoAue.
Host-plants;

Aonidiella citrina was first recognized in South Australia in 1946 at Waikerie,
on the River Murray. It was found on leaves and fruit of Citrus grandis Osheck
(grape fruit) and Citrus sinensis Osbeck (Valencia orange). ‘lhe leaves of a
grape-vine that were in contact with the orange were also infested. At Berri,
Loxton and Mypolonga it occurred on the leaves and fruit of orange, After
treatment of these localized outbreaks A, citrina was not seen in South Australia
until June, 1956, when specimens were identified from an occurrence involving a
single orange tree at Waikerie.

Aspidiotus hederac (Vallot, 1829).

Chermes hederaé Vallot, 1829. Mem. Acad. Dijon, pp. 30-33, 1829, [Not seen]

Agnidiotus nerii Bouché. Maskell, W, M., 1882. "Trans, N.Z. Inst... 14, . 217. On Citrus,
vleander and Acacia From all States of Australia.

Aspidintus hederae Vallot. Froggatt, W. W., 1914. Agric. Gaz. N.S,W., 25 (4), p. 314,
This species was reported to infest all kinds of plants, shrubs and forest trees, ‘Although
lernons imported from Ttaly into Sycuey were lwavily infested, Frogyatt had never seen
Av hederae in an orchard.

Oimannen Scare,
Host-plants:

In South Australia this scale is commonly found on Citrus spp., both in
commercial orchards and home gardens; ©, grandis Osbeck (fruit), Berri and
Waikerie; C, siuensis Osbeck (fruit), Berri, Holder and Renmark, Other ob-
served hosts include Olea europaga L. (olive), Glen Osmond: Nerium oleander
L, (oleander), Glen Ostnond; Ribes rubrum L. (red current), Stirling West:
Ceralonia siliqua L. (carob), Waikerie; Morus nigra L. (mulberry), Renmark.

A. hederae is not tegarded as a serious pest. It may cause persistent green
patches around seales on ripening citrus fruits.

Aulacaspis rosae (Bouché, 1884)

Aspidiobas tosae Bouché, 1834, Naturgeachichte der Insekten. Erste Lieferuny, 1-5, pp. 1-218.
Nicolai, Berlin. [Not seen.)

Diaspis ( Mulacaspis) vosae Bouché. Froggatt. W, W., 1914. Azrie. Gaz. N.S.W,, 25 (10),
p. S81.

83

Rost Scatp,
Host-plant:

Rosa spp. On cultivated roses (stems) in the Adelaide district, but appears
to cause little, if any, damage.

Diaspis boisduvali (Signoret, 1869)

Diaspis boisduvali Signoret, 1869. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr, (4), 9, p. 432.
Diaspis boisduvali Signoret, Maskell, W. M., 1895. Trans. N.Z. Inst, 27, p. 44. On Cattleya
sp. and Dendyobium sp. in a hot-house at Adelaide.

Host-plant:
On orchid bulbs at Adelaide, 1951.

Ischnaspis longirostris (Signoret, 1882)

Mytiluspis longirostris Signoret, 1882. Bull. Sov. ent. Fr., pp. 35-36, [Not seen]
Ischnaspis filiformis Douglas. Maskell, W. M., 1895, Trans, N.Z. Inst., 27, p, 52. On palins
in hot-houses at Adelaide.

This appears to be the only reported occurrence of this scale in South Aus-
tralia; it has not been seen by the author.

Lepidosaphes beckii (Newman, 1869)
Coccus beckit Newman, 1869. Entomologist, 4, p. 217, [Not sven.]
Mytilaspis citricola Packard. Grecn, E, E., 1914. Bull, ent. Res., 5, p. 253. On Citrus ucida
Roxb. (lime) at Botanic Gardens, Darwin, Northern Territory.

PURPLE SCALE.
Host-plants-

This species ocenrs mainly on Citrus spp. in New South Wales and Queens-
land, Froggatt (1914b) statcs that Maskell identified purple scale as Mytilaspis
citricola on Croton sp. from Adelaide. It has not been found by the writer.
Croton is grown in Adelaide as a hot-house plant.

Lepidosaphes tokionis (Kuwana, 1902)

Lepidosaphes nensteadi var. tokionis Kuwana, 1902, Proc. Gulif. Acad. Sci, (3), 3 (2), pp.
43-98. [Not seen. ] .

Mytilaspis auriculata Green. Froggatt, W. W., 1914. Agric. Gaz, N.S.W., 25 (7), p, GO6,
On Croten sp. in the Botanic Garden, Adelaide, HKecorded from South Australia only
on the basis of this report; not seen by the writer.

Lepidosaphes ulmi (Linnaeus, 1758)

Coecus ubni Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat. Ed, 10, 1, p. 455. [Perris (1937) states that the
synonomy of this epecies is much confused; brichy, it is Cocous tdimi of Linnavus; Axpi-,

ictus pomorum of Bouché, which became Mytiluspis pomorum (Bouché) ol Signoret

and later authors.)

Mytilaspis pomorum (Bovché), Fuller, C, W., 1899. Trans. ent, Soc. Lond., 1899, pp. 435-
473. On apple, Mt. Barker, Western Australia.

Lepidosaphes ulmi Linn. Davidson, J., 1931. J. Dep. Agric. S. Anst., $4, p. 744. Re-
corded om old apple trees in the Mount Gambier district,

Mussgi. Scan,

Host-plant:

Pyrus malus L, (apple). Froggatt (1914a) implied that musscl scale was
present in South Australia when he stuted that it was “all over the orchards of
Australia, found usually upon the bark or trunk of the tree or the young
branches...” In July, 1054, L. ulmi was identified from Crafers, Mt. Lofty
Ranges; this was a heavy infestation of the fruit of one tree. Mussel scale is
reported to be confined to a few gardens in the cuoler districts, where is is not
a pest, (Anon., 1940, )

Odonaspis ruthae Ehrhorn, 1907

Odenuspis ruthae Ehrhorn, 1907, 2nd. Bienn. Rep. Hort, Calif. p. 26. [Not seen]
Odonaspis ruthae Ehrhorn, Balachowsky, A. S., 1953, Les Cochenilles, 7, p. 21, Hermamm,
Paris.

a5

I Lost-plants;

Cynodon dactylon (L.) (couch grass), Adelaide (1952); Wallaroo. The
seale is distributed over the sheathing leat-bases, stolons and roots, Sorghure
halipense (L..) (Johnson grass), Adelaide.

This is the first record of O. ruthae in Australia.

Quadraspidiotus ostreaeformis (Curtis, 1543)
Asnidiotus ostreveformiy Curtis, 1843, Gard. Chron., 8, p. 805. [Not seen, ]
Aspidiatus ostreaeformix. Evans, J. W., 1942. Yusm. J, Agric, 13 (4), p. 158, On apple
und other hosts: in ‘Vivant,

OYSTER-SHELT. SCALE.

Host-plant:
Pyris rmalus L.

Quadraspidiotus ostreaeformis was identified for the first time in South Aus-
tralia fram Cudlee Creek in May, 1948; field observations indicate. that it is well
established and presumably has been present for many years. It was later seen
to he lightly but widely distributed on the bark of apple trees in commercial
orchards in the Mount Lofty Ranges. In 1954, a heavy infestation was seen at
Balhannalt, this was confined to the older limbs of two trees (Grammy Smith
variety) about twenty years old, and had apparently killed the affected limbs.
Q. ostreacformis occurs occasionally on twig-growth and fruit, but principally on
old trees, sheltering beneath surface bark.

An allied species, Quadruspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock), the San José
scale, is not known to occur in South Australia although references have occa-
sioally been made in the Australian literature to its presumed occurrence here.
Froggatt (1914c) inferred its presence in this State when he recorded Aspidiolus
perniciosus as a serious pest on bark, foliaye und fruit of pome and stone fruits,
He stated that it “has béen spread all over the Australian Stutes with nursery
stocks”, Maskell (1896) recorded a heavy infestation of A. perniciosus on twigs
of Eucalyptus corynocalyx collected at Adelaide. However, Cockerell (1897)
stated, with reference to South Australia that he was “quite convinced that the
supposed variety of perniciosus recarded by Maskell as on Eucalyptus in Aus-
tralia is not that insect; the description reads more like A. forbesi, but it is very
likely something else”. A comprehensive bibliography of San José scale im Aus-
tralia between 1892 and 1898 is given by Tryon (1598).

Family COCCIDAE (LECANHDAL )
Coccus hesperidum Linnaeus, 1758
Cocens hesperidum Linnacus, 1758. Syst. Nut. 10th Wed, p, 455,
Lecunium hesperidum Linnaens. Maskell, W, M., 1895. Trans, NLZ. Tast, 27, p. ba, On
Citrus and Laurus iu Australia.
fecantum hesperidum Linn. Dayidson, J. 1931. J. Agrie. S. Arst.. 34, po Td On one
trees ut Guwler, South Australia, in 1930,

Sort Buown Scat,

Llost-plants:

Corccus hesperidum is widely distributed on Citrus spp. in South Australia.
It has a wide range of hosts, especially cultivated plants, It has been identified
on Sideroxylon australis Benth. et Wook (scrub crab-apple) at the Waite Tnsti-
tule Arboretum. Green (1904) considers that his species Lecanium signiferum
differs from GC. hesperidum principally in coloration and may be merely a well-
marked variety. This form of C. herporiduin was identitied on Eugenia pendula
D.C, (lilly-pilly), Laurus nobilis L, and Sideroxylon australis at the Waite In-
stitute.

&4

Eucalymnatus tessellatus (Signoret, 1873)
Levanium tessellatum Signoret, 1873, Ann, Soe. Ent. Fr. (5) 3, pp. 395-448.
Lecanium tessellatum Signoret. Maskell, W. M.. 1843. Trans. NZ. Inst., 25. p. 319. On
Laurus nobilis at Sydney, New South Wales. Maskell, W. M., 1895, Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
27, pp. 35-75. On palms in hot-houses, Adelaide, South Australia.

Host-plants:

In the Adelaide district E. tessellatus has been identified from Brachychiton
spp., Hex aquilifolium L., Sterculia sp., and on Phoenix humilis Royle at the
Botanic Garden, Adelaide, It is of no economic importance under South Austra-
lian conditions,

Fulccanium persicae (Fabricius, 1776)
Lecantum berberidiy Schrank. Maskell, W. M., 1897. ‘Trans, N.Z, Inst., 29, p, S11. On
Brape-vines ut Melbourne, Victoria.
Lecaniuin persicae F. Auoy., 1940. J. Dep, Agric,, §. Aust, 43 (9), p, 640. On grape-
vines in South Australia,

VINE SCALE.
Host-plants:

Of widespread occurrence on Vitis vinifera L.; Parthenocissus tricuspidata
Planch (Virginia creeper) and Hedera helix L. (ivy) at Adelaide. The adult
female scales of E. persicae are usually found to be heavily parasitized by wasps.

Eulecanium pruinosum (Coquillett, 1891)
Lecaninm pruinosum Coquillett, 1891, Inscet Life, 3, pp, 392-384.
Lecunium pruinosum, Anon. 1935. Agric. Guz. N.S.W., 46 (6), p. 328.
Ealecaniee mruinosum, Anon. 1948. Insect Pest Survey for 1948, N.S,W, Dep. Agric,
pp. 5, 7, 9

FROSTED SCALE,
Host-plants: The soft stone-fruits,

This species was identified in South Australia for the first time in October,
1954. It was found on the wood of plum trees in several orchards in the Mount
Lofty Ranges. At Balhannah at least three trees in one orehard were heavily
infested, there being about 25 adult females per foot of branch. In the Barossa
district, north of Adelaide, the scales were densely clustered along the spurs of
apricot trees during November when eggs were being laid. E. pruinosum was
not reported as a pest from these areas during the following vear.

Saissetia hemisphaerica (Targioni-Tozzetti, 1867)
Lecanium hemisphacricum Targioni-Tozzetti, 1867. Mem. Sov. italiana Sci. Nat. 3 (3), pp.
1-81 [Not seen.]
Lecanium hemisphaericum: Maskell, W. M,, 1895. Trans, N.Z. Inst., 27, p. 59. On Eran-
themum variegotum at Adelaide.
Suissctia coffeae Walker. Anon., 1951, Tnseet Pest Survey for 1951, N.S.W. Dep. Agric.

HeEMisenenicaL SCALF.
Tlost-plants:

Asplenium sp,, Eranthemum variegatum at Adelaide, Cycas revaluta Thunb.
at the Botanic Garden, Adelaide. In this State S. hemisphaerica is principally a
pest of ferns in shade-houses.

Saissetia nigra (Nietner, 1861)
Lecenium nigrum Nietner, 1861. Ceylon Times, p. 9 (1861), [Not seen.]
Lecanium. tigen Nietner yar. depressum. Maskell, W. M., 1894. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 26, p, 73.
Saissetia nigra. Sinionds, H. W., 1951. Ji Dep. Ayric. S. Aust., 54 (8), p. 398.

Nicra SCALE.
Host-plants:

Daphne edora Thunb, and Nerium oleander L. at Adelaide; ex aquifolium
L. in the Adelaide district and Mt, Lofty Hanges; Osteospermuin moniliferum
1. National Park, Belair.

5

Saissetia oleae (Bernard, 1782)
Chermes oleae Bernard, 1782. Mem. d’Hist. Nat. Acad., Marsoille, p. 108 (1782), [Not seen.)
Lecanium oleae Bern, Froggatt, W. W., 1897. Agric. Gaz, N.S.W., 8, p. 532. Recorded as
a comm species in Sydney gardens
Saissetia (Lecanium) oleae Bern. Quinn, G, 1YL6. J. Dep. Agric. S Aust. 19 (11), p 979.
On orange in South Australia.

Brack SCALE.
Host-plants:

Citrus spp. Quinn (lec. cit.) rst recorded S$, oleae in South Australia as 4
pest on the leaves and woody parts of orange trees. It may become numerous
envugh to cunse loss of fruit in commercial orchards. In the Adelaide district
small, localized outbreaks, sometimes severe, may occur from time to time-

Simmonds (1951) described the life-history of S. oleag in South Australia
and discussed the part played by predators and parasites in limiting the numbers
of black scale on Citrus and Olea europea Linn, (chive)

Black scale has been identified in the Adelaide district on Nerium oleander
L., Duranta plumieri Jacq. (sky-flower), Crataegus sp. (hawthorn), Erica sp,
(heath), Sterculia sp.; Hedera helix L., Calodendrum capense Thunb, (Cape
chestnut), Solanum nigrum L. (nightshade), and Wahlenbergia gracilis. ( Forst.
f.) A.D.C. (Australian bluebell).

Family PSEUDOCOCCIDAR
Planococcus citri (Risso, 1813)
Dorthesia citri Risso, 1813. Essai Hist. Nat. des Oranges, ete., Paris, 1815. [Not seen.]
Pweudoeaceus citri (Risso). Carter, W., 1942, J, econ. Ent, 35 (1), pn. 14. On Artanay
comosus (L.) (pineapple), Queensland.
Planococeus citri (Risso). Ferris, G. F. 1950. Atlas of the Scale Insects of North America,
5.. 165. Standford Univ. Press, Calif,

Cirrus MEALY Buc.
Hoast-plants:

Coleus sp., Croton sp., Clerodendrum sp., and Erythrina sp, growing in a
hot-hense at the Botanic Garden, Adelaide: Ceratonin siliqua L. (leaves and
fruit) and on the inflorescence of Veronica sp., both growing in the open,
Adelaide.

Tn this State Planococeus citri is a serious pest of plants grown in hot-houses
and shade-houses, but has been found Jiving in the open only once.

Pseudococcus adonidum (Linnaeus)

Dactylapius adonidum L. Maskell, W. M., 1896. rans. Proc, NZ, Tnst., 28, p. S99. On
Acacia Hinifolia at Sydney, New South Wales. This is the eurliest published record of
this species’ oeourrence in Australia, but it is likely that the specimens were misidentified
Leeanse Maskell himself notecl some raseryations about their iclentity.

Pwaoceceus lunpispinus Targioni. LIlalliday, O. E., 1940, J. Dep. Agri. S. Ausl., 43 (12),
y. 47. On Citrus in the River Murray settlements, “This is the first published secu
of this specics in South Australia.

Lonc-tatLep Meazy Buu,
Tost-plants:

In South Australia Pseudococcus atlonidum occurs on a wide range of hast
plants growing both in the open and in hot-houses,

Ps, adonidum is the mealy bug most vormmonly found on Cilrus spp., pears
and grape-vines in the commercial orchards of the River Murray irrigation areas,
where it is a scrious pest. The damage is caused by species of fungns that
develop in the honey dew secreted by the insects. Tn navel oranges the mealy
bugs aggregate at the navel end of the fruit. Oranges grown for the local market
ar’ somielimes rendered unsalcable due to an unsightly deposit on the rind
caused by development of sooty mould. More serious loss may be caused by

86

development of a grey-green mould at the navel end of apparently clean fruit
during storage and transport. The market value of Valencia oranges, which
grow in bunches, is attected by development of ia sooty mould on the rind
where one fruit is in contact with another. In pears a grey-green mould develops
when a drop of honey dew is secreted at the calyx end of the fruil, causing
breakdown. The stickiness of honcy dew on the surtace of grapes hinders the
uryiny process.

Ps. adonidum has been identified on the following additional hosts in the
Adelaide district; Achillea millefolium L. (milfoil) and Asplenium sp. Cebera
‘Pp. and Erythrina sp. grown in a hot-house at the Botanic Garden; Nerium
vleander L. and Tradescantia virginiana L. (spiderwort) at the Waite Institute;
near the core of a rotting fruit of Cydonia ablonya Mill. (quince); Vitis vinifera
1.. (zante currant),

Pseudococcus malacearum Icrris, 1950

Psendococeus yulecearum Ferris, 1950. Atlas uf the Scale Insects of Narth America, 5, p. 135.
Stanford Univ. Press, Calif.

Host-plants:

Cuenrbite pepo L. (pumpkin) at Waikerie (cull, T, 0, Browning). Pump-
kins which had been harvested and stored in a shed were found to be heavily
infested with al] stages of this mealy bug in October, 1955. This is a “long-
tailed” species, the posterior wax filaments being half as long as the body. The
females produce an ovisac that is loose and fluffy at first, but which becomes
compact and elongated by the time all the eggs have been laid,

Passiflora edulis Sims (passion -tratk) and Pgssiflora imollissima Bailey
{ papi passion-fruit) at Adelaide. A heavy infestation killed the vines of both

ost-plants,

Tragopozon porrifolius L. (salsify) at Adelaide. Adult females were living
on the roots in December, when large numbers of eggs were being laid.

The specimens from Passiflora and Tragonogon from Adelaide, together with
some living on the roots of Medicago satina L. (lucerne) and Melilotus alba
Desr. (Bokhara clover) from Cardross, Victoria (coll. W. J. Webster), were
identifed by Dr. Harold Morrison as Pseudocaccus malacearum Ferris, with
certain reservations, He did not have for comparison the type of Ps. malacearum,
but in his opinion these specimens appeared to be identical with presumed holo-
types in the United States National Collection of Coecidae at Washington, D.C,

These specimens represent the first record of Pseucdococcus malacearum
Ferris in Australia.

Tridiscus distichlii (Ferris)
Ferris, G, F., 1950, Atlas of the Scale Insects of North America, 5, p, 249, Stanfurdl Liaty,

Press, Calif.

Nost-plant:

Triticum vulgare Villars (wheat), Adelaide. In March and April, 1952, all
stages of this mealy bug were found among the sheathing bases of the leaves of
wheat which was bemg grown for experimental purposes in a glass-house at the
Waite Institute. The eggs are laid in quick succession so that one exe adheres to
pene preceding in “string of beads” fashion. An amorphous, Huffy avisac is

reduced, ;
® This is the first record of T. distichlii in Australia,

Family ASTEROLECANIIDAL
Asterolecanium variolosum (Ratzeburg, 1870)

Coccus vuriolosus Ratzeburg, 1870, ‘Thsarandter Forst. Jahrb. 20. pp. 187-194, [Not seén-]
Asterolecantum sariolastam (Thatz,), Tassel, T. M., 1941, US.2,A, Mise. Publ., 424, p, 219,
pe ore sideroxyla at Botanic Carden, Syduey. (Specimens from W. W, Froggutt,

o. 18.

47

GoxvEn Oak SCALE.
Tlost-plants:
Quercus spp. ;
A. variolosum was identified on Quercus sp. from Mt. Lofty in 1940.

Family DACTYLOPIDAE.
Erigcoccus araucariae Maskell, 1879
Frivcoccusy araucuriue Mashell, I879. Trans. N.Z. Tust. 11, 218.
Priococeus araucariae Mask. Vrogyatt, W. W.. 1916. Agri. Gaz. N.S.W., 27 (G), p. 427.
On Araucdria eXvelsd R. Br. (Norfolk Eskvnd pine) wt Sydney, aud A. wraueuriac yar,
minor Maskell on Kunszia capitete at Sydney.

Host-plant:

E. araucariae was identified on Araucaria cunuinghamit Aiton (hoop-pine )
at the Waite [Institute in 1956.

Eriocoecus cocemeus Cockerell, 1894
Brivevceus coccineus Covkewll, 1894. Fat. News, 5 (6), 43. [Not sern.d

Tlost-plant:

Y

This species has been identified from several species of Cactaceae growing
in a home-garden at Adelaide in 1952. The female scales adhere to the spines
of the host.

This is the first record of E. coccineus from Australia,

Dactylopius indicus Green, 1908

Corns indicus Green, 1908. Mem, Dep. Agric, Ind. ii, 2, p. 28. [Not scen.]

Ductylupius (Covcus) indicus. Anon. 1925, Ist Ann, Rup. Od. Prickly Pear Land Commiss.,
1924-25, pp. 19-28 Recorded as Waving viven effective conlrol of Opuntia spp. in
Oiwensland during the previous four years.

Dactylopius ceylonicus Green, mudieus Green. Anon, L936. J. Dep. Agric. S. Aust., 40 (5),
pp. 404-410. Introduction of Dactylopius indicus to South Australia in 1934,

Dartylpius indigus, Tough, W. A., 1938. S, Aust. Nat, 19 (1), pp. 7-9. Recarded the
successtul eradication of Opuntia viilaaris by D. ineliows at Pooraka, South Australis.

Ductylopius ceylonicus. Dodd, A. P.. 1940. The biclogival campaign against prickly-pear.
Comm. Prickly Pear Board, Brisb. The most recent accapnt of all aspects of the Die
logical control af prickly-pear by cochineal insects,

PRICKLY-PFAR COCHINEAL LysKecrT.
Host-plants:

Opuntia spp.

Several species of Opuntia that have been grown as garden ornamentals
or hedge plants have escaped locally from cultivation to form thickets at various
places in South Australia. Opuntia has nowhere become naturalized other than
us small, isolated patches of this kind, Cochineal insects obtained [rom Queens-
land through A. P. Dodd, Olficer-in-Charge of all Investigations of the Cam-
mouwealth Prickly Pear Board, have been used by the Department of Agricul-
ture to control these occurrences.. The species principally used has. been D.
indicts Green. hut a second species (near confusus Cockerell) has also been
identified from material ubtained from the sume souree,

A sample of mealybugs taken from Opuntia vulgaris Miller (=O. monu-
eantha Haworth of Black (1948)) at MeLaren Flat, March, 1956, was ideutibed
as Ductylopius indiens Green. This specics was first used to control O. vulgaris
in 1934, when a colony was obtained from Queensland (Anam, 1936, loc. cit.)
and liberated upon a stand one-quarter mile long, which had originally been
planted as a hedye. Within tour years it had been cainpletely killed (Tough,
1985, lee. cit.). Since that time, D. inelieus has been distributed to other small
localized escapes of O. vulgaris.

55

Dactylopius sp. (near confusus Cockerell, 1893)

Material collected on Opuntia megacantha Salm-Dyck from Yatina, South
Australia, March, 1956 (coll. G. Young). closely resembles D. confusus Cockerell
as defined hy Ferris (1955b). ‘The original introduction was made with material
ubtained from the Cammonwealth Prickly Pear Board, Queensland.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author is greatly indebted to Dr. Harold Morrison of the Tusect Identi-
fication and Parasite Intreduction Section, Agricultural Research Service, United
States Department of Agriculture, for identification of the mealybug Pseudo-
corous malacearum Ferris. Mr. E. IL, Zeck, Entomologist, Department of Agri-
culture, New South Wales, identified the diaspidid scale Quadraspidiotus
ostreaeformis (Curtis). She would also like to ackuowledge her appreciation
of discussions with the following: Mr. A. Musgrave, Entomologist, Australian
Museum, Sydney, on matters of nomenclature; Miss C. M. Eardley, Systematic
Botanist, University of Adelaide, identity of host-plants; Mr. D. T. kalpatrick
and Mr. If. E. Orchard of the South Australian Department of Agriculture, on
field observations on some of the scale insects and on cochineal insects
respectively.

SPECIES SUBMITTED FOR IDENTIFICATION FROM QUARANTINE
INSPECTIONS OF IMPORTED PLANTS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Family DIASPIDIDAE

Anmidiella orientalis (Newstead) on fruit of Asimina trilobe Dunal ( puwpaw) from Darwin.
Northern Territory, 1948.

Aspidiotus hederse (Vallot) on leat of Musa paradisigca L. var. sapientum Kuntze (bumana )
from Queensland, ; ,

Aspidictus hedérae (Vallot) on leat of Asimine trilobe from Qucensland, 1950.

Chrvsomrhdiys ficus Ashmead on fridt of Citrus sp, from Melville Island, Northern “Teri
tory, 1930.

Diaspis bromeliae (Kerner) on fruit of Ananas comosus Merr. (pineapple) from northern
New South Wales, 1954.

Eapidnuup lies beckii (Newman) on frait of Citrus Timonia Osbeck (lemon) from Queensland,
Oe

Lepaienaes beckii (Newman) on fruit of C. reticulata Blanco (mandarin) front Onuens-
: land, 1946,

Lepidesaphes beckii (Newman) on fruit of C. sinensis Osbeck (oranye) from Malta, 1953,
Lepidosaphes glocerti (Packard) on fruit of Citrus spp. from Darwin, 1950.

Phenucaspis sp. on leaves und fruit of Mangifera indica L. (mango) trom Dutrwin, 1949,

amily COCCIDAR
Ceroplustes: rubens Maskell an leaves of Citrus sp. from Victoria, 1948,
Coceus hesperidum Linu. on leaves of Citrus sp. From Alice Springs and Barrow Crock,
Northern Terrilory, 1946.
Coeens hesperidem Linn. on leaves of Ficus cariva Linn. (fiz) from Alice Springs, 1945.

Family PSEUDOCOCCIDAR
Dysmiceccus brevipes Cuckercl] (= Pseuelococeus brevipes (Covkerell)) on fruit af Anunus
coutosus Merr. trom Magnetic Island, Oneensland. 1954,

REPERENCES

Ason., F940. Some common insect pests of fruit trees andl vines in South Australia. Part &
J. Dep. of Agrio. S. Aust, 43° (9), p. G40.

Bracks J. M., 1948. Flor of South Australia, Part 2 (sec. ed.). yp. B44. Covt. Printer.
Adelaide. ;

Lorman, J. R., 1955. Citrus red scale—a warning, J, Dep, Agric, S. Aust., 59 (5), pp.
203-205.

Cocker, T. D, A. L897, The Sun José sonle and its vearest allies. U,S.D,A., Div, Ent,
Yech, Ser, 6.

ga

Fennis, G. F., 1937, Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 1, No, 76. Stanford
Univ. Press, Cal.

Ferris, G. F., 1950. Atlas of the scale insects of North America, 5, p, 17.

Frnnis, G. F., 1955a. Ibid., 7, pp. 8, 69,

Fenris, G. F., 1955b. Ibid., 7, p. 88.

Froccatr, W. W., 1914a, Descriptive catalogue of the scale insects {“Coccidae”) of Aus-
tralia. Agric. Gaz. N.5S.W., 25, p. 682.

Froccatt, W, W,, 1914b. Tbid., 25, p. 608.

Frocaatt, W. W., 1914c. Ibid., 25, p. 316.

Gay, yf 1955. Common names of insccts and allied forms occurring in Australia. C.5.1.R.O.
Bull. 275.

Green, E. E., 1904. The Coccidae of Ceylon, Part 3, p. 197. Dulau, London.

Lincert, J., 1899. A catalogue of Australian Coccidae. Wombat 4 (3), pp, 37-64.

Maskett, W. M., 1895, Synoptical list of Coccidae reported from Australasia and. the
Pacific Islands up to December, 1894. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 27, pp. 1-35.

MaskeLL, W. M., 1896. Turthor coccid notes: with descriptions of new species and discus-
sion of points of interest. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 28, p. 386,

Simmonps, H. W., 1951. Observations on the biology and natural control of black scale of
Citrus (Saissetia oleae Bern.) in South Australia. J. Dep. Agric. S. Aust., 54 (7), pp.
339-342, .

Tryon, IL, 1898. Pernicious or San José scale (Aspidiotus perniciosus Comstock). Qd.
agric. J.. 2 (6), pp. 494-510,

90

GEOLOGY AND SUBSURFACE WATERS OF THE AREA EAST OF
DEEP WELL, ALICE SPRINGS DISTRICT, NORTHERN TERRITORY

BY J. RADE, M.Sc.

Summary

Rocks of Archaeozoic, Proterozoic, Palaeozoic, Mesozoic, Tertiary and Quaternary ages outcrop in
the area east of Deep Well, Northern Territory. Fault-folding (the term being used in Stille's sense)
was favoured by the shallowness of the basement, and by the widespread occurrence of incompetent
strata, which acted as semi-mobile material. Faults trending west-north-west, north and north-west
are prominent. Thrust faults trending east-north-east occur in the central part of the area. The
hydrogeological conditions of the area are discussed, the best rock type for the occurrence of
subsurface water being Ordovician and Cambrian sandstones.

GEOLOGY AND SUBSURFACE WATERS OF THE AREA EAST OF
DEEP WELL, ALICE SPRINGS DISTRICT, NORTHERN TERRITORY

J. Rape, M.Se.
[Read 12 July 1956]

SUMMARY

Rocks of Archaeozoiec, Proterozoic, Palacoxvie, Mesozoic, Tertiary and Quaternary ages
outcrop in the area east of Deep Well, Northern Territory, Fault-folding (the term being
used in Stille’s sonsc) was favoured by the shallowness of the basement. and by the wide-
spread occurrence of competent slrata, which acted as semi-mobile material. Faults trending
west-north-west, north and north-west are prominent. Thrust Faulls trending éast-north-east
occur in the central part of thé atea, ‘The hydrogeological conditions of the area are dis-
cussed, the best rock type for the qcourrence of subsurface water being Ordovivian and
Cambrian sandstones.

INTRODUCTION

This paper deals with the area cast of Deep Well, which is located approxi-
mately 75 miles south-east of Alice Springs, Northern Territory. The area com-
prises about 2,500 square miles, and is bounded on the east by the Hale River,
and on the west by the Alice Springs-Port Augusta railway line.

The country is composed in general of wide valleys separated by resistant
ridges, the latter usually consisting of sandstone. The ridges in the southern
part of the area are separated by wide, sandy plains where many sand dunes
have accumulated, representing the disintegration products of the surrounding
ridges. These plains usually provide only poor grazing country for cattle, The
limestones surrounding the prominent ridges in the central and northern parts
of the area are much more easily removed by erosion, forming low ridges and
plains which provide good grazing land.

GEOLOGY

Formations of the following ages are encountered in the area: Pleistocene to
Recent, Tertiary, Cretaceous, Ordovician, Cambrian, Upper Proterozoic and
Archeozoic.

1. PreeisroceneE ro Reeenr
The deposits on the plains where the creeks have their flood-out areas, and
river gravels, belong to the Quaternary Era. The sand dunes. extensively de-

veloped in the vicinity of the sandstone areas and covering the plains in the
southern and south-eastern parts of the area are Pleistocene and Recent.

2, TERTEARY

Lateritic products are encountered in the area, but where the country is
dissected by streams the laterite has been removed by erosion. Ferruginous
material, representing lateritic products, fills the dominant fractures in the Cam-
brian limestones 8 miles east-north-east of Deep Well, and in the Phillipson
Creck area at St. Teresa Mission Station, Fight miles east of Deep Well these
fractures trend N 70° W, but in the Phillipson Creek area at St. Teresa Mission
Station they strike north-south.

oI

3. Creracrous

The grey shales in the eastern part of the area ure of Cretaceous age. They
dip at less than 5° to the south,

d. OnpoviciaN

Madigan (1982, p. 81) observed the presence of whitish Ordovician sand-
stones forming the northern and southern limbs of the anticline between Deep
Well and. Maryvale, The present author has found that the sandstone extends
further east to Pulya Pulya Creek, where it is dislocated by faults, In a ridge
running east-west about 35 miles east of Deep Well the sandstone dips at 10°
to the south, Apart from wormtracks, uo fossils have been found in it. The
sandstone is classified as Ordovician only on lithological and stratigraphical
grounds, the lithology being very characteristic of Ordovician sediments in
other parts of Central Austratia.

5, CAMBRIAN
4 The Cambrian is represented by the following rock types in descending
order;

Limestones, with intercalations of shales, in places intricately drag-folded as
incompetent beds between competent sandstone layers.

Purple sandstones and conglomeratic sandstones forming the prominent
ridges of the area. During folding these beds acted as competent layers. Most
of them are strongly disturbed by faults aud only scattered remnants of them
ate left in the area, mainly in the central part. The same sandstone occupics a
larger area in the northern part of the area south of the Todd River, where it
is horizontal or only slivhtly folded.

6, Urrer Proterozoic

‘The Upper Proterozoic rocks consist of the following, in descending order:

Limestones and dolomitic limestones. Collenia was tound in these 15 miles
cast-north-east of Deep Well. ,

Heavitree Quartzitc, which overlies the Archeazoic rocks in the eastern part
of the area at Hale River. There it is partly represented by quartzitic sand-
stones with gritty bands, These include purplish bands, and in appearance
resemble the Cambrian sandstones. However, their quartzitic habit and their
stratigraphic. position — almost horizontally overlying the Archenzoie rocks with
strong angular unconformity — suggest that they arc of Proterozuic age. The
angular unconformity between the Upper Proterozoic and the Archeozoic can
be observed very well in the canyou-like river valley 78 miles east-north-cast
of Deep Well. Upper Proterozoic rocks partly form the tilted sides of the
Avehacozoie block oceurring in the castern part of the area.

7. ASCHAEOZOIC

A block of Archacozoic schists protrudes into the castern part of the area
at Hale River; the block trends south-east, and has heen affected by vertical
epeirogenetic movements which are discussed in the next section.

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY

The area described belongs to the Amadeus Geosyncline. Partial regenera-
tion of geosynclinal conditions occurred here during the Upper Proterozoic, when
the Amadeus Ceosyncline was filled with shallow water deposits showing distinct
cycles of sedimentation.

The Taconic phase of the Caledonian orogeny terminated deposition in the
geosyncline, The orogeny was there germanotype, and no igneous intrusion
sceurred. The author has detected fault-folding of the type described by Stille
in the urea, This was caused by the following factors:

ON

I, A shallow, rigid and possibly faulted basement;

2. The ocewrence of tectonically weak ineompetent beds intercalated with
competent beds. The incompetent beds permitted intense folding and
sliding, and the competent beds favoured strong faulting,

The presence of a shallow and rigid bascment underlying the central part
of the area east of Deep Well is indicated by the considerably smaller thicknesses
of the Cambrian purple sandstane with conglomeratic sandstone at its base than
is found in the northern part of the area. It is clear that the water of the
shaliow Cambrian sea was more agitated in the middle part of the area, which
would acewunt for the conglomeratic character aud the smaller thickness of the
Cambrian purple sundstone there. The same is true for the Upper Proterozciv
limestones, which in this acea contain many shale us well as sandstone inter-
calations. ‘This indicates the quickly changing character of the deposits. such
as commonly happens in very shallow seas. Frou the above it caa be concluded
that the Cambrian sea was very shallow in the central part of the area as a result
of the shallnw basement. ‘The very shallow basernent explains the fault-folding
which is secn particularly well in the middle part of the area. During the
fault-Folding the Upper Proterozoic Ieavitree Quartzite, the Cambrian purple
sanustone and the Ordovician sandstone acted as competent heds, with the lime-
stones antl mterbeddced shales which form the upper parts of the Upper Pro-
terozoic and Cambrian deposits in the area acting as incompetent beds.

Jt is known that the salt deposits belonging to the Permian Zechstein played
an important role iu the Saxonian fault-folding in Germany, where the author
has had an opportunity of investigating it closely, There the salt deposits formed
a highly mobile material, Tt is clear that the incompetent limestones interbedded
with shales have played a somewhat analogous part in the fault-folding im the
Amadevs Geosyncline east of Deep Well, forming a semi-mobile material.

it may he mentioned that Hills (1946, p. 77) has already suggested the pussi-
bility of fault-folding in Stille’s senso in Central Australia. The present author
has proved its existence in the Amadeus Geosyncline in the area east of Deop
Well.

The arca mapped can be divided into three districts according to the type of
folds encountered, as follows:

(1) The western and southern portion from the Alice Springs-Pert Augusta rail-
way line to the Todd River, where folding along an east-north-cast axis is
found. A syncline is located north-north-east of Deep Well, and a small
faulted anticline approximately 17 miles north-east of Deep Well, The
main, strongly distuihed anticline which dominated this part of the area
is located south-east of Deep Well. Its core is formed mainly of Upper
Proterozoic and Cambrian rocks, and its northern: and southern limbs of
Ordovician sandstone. The Cambrian purple conglomeratic satidstone acted
in the folding as competent beds, and the Cambrian and Upper Proterozoic
limestones as incompetent beds. This applies especially tu the Cambrian
limestones where they were intricately folded, as is well seen about 20
tiles east of Deep Well,

(2) The eastern part of the area surreunding the Archacoxoie block at Hale
River. The geological history of this area began with the epeirogenetic
uplift of the Archaeozoic block. Because uf its vertical uplift, this black
has played an important role in the folding and faulting processes of the
area, The folds exhibited in the eastern part of the area trend sunth-south-
east, aud therefore at right angles ta the main trend of the folds in the
western and southern parts of the area, The folus surronnding the Archien-
oie bluck at Wale Hiver are paralle] to the margins af the block. and it is
clear that they were caused by the vertical uplift of the block. Similar

g9

folding has already been described by Voisey (1939, p, 170) on the eastern
margin of the Macdonnell Ranges, aid according to Hills (1946, p.76) it ts
characteristic of uplifted blocks in Central Australia. It may be nien-
timed that Condon, Johnstone and Perry (1953, p, 34), discussing the
folding of the strata at Cape Range, Western Australia, consider the epeiro-
genetic uplift of the Australian stable block as being ome possible explana-
tit ot the folding phenomena encountered at Cape Range.

(3) The middle of the northern part of the area, where roughly meridionally
elomyated Hat domes and basins are found south of Todd River, There
structures aré affected by faults originating in the epeirogenetic uplilt of the
Avhaeozoie block at Hale River,

‘The author assumes that compressive forces iu the Amadeus Geosyneline
acted iv at north-south direction and were not active in an cast-west directinn.
[t is clear that the flat elongated domes and basins originated because the north-
south compression in the Amadeus Geosyucline was bLindered by the rigid
conenyve frame of the southern anargin of the Arunta complex, The southern
part of this frame was formed by the Archacozoic block at Hale River. Such
timing is a characteristic effect where folding forces encounter arcuate frames,
The tollowing can be taken as examples of such domal features in Central
Australias

(4) The Ordovician dome of the Gosse’s Range, 100 miles west of Alice
Springs, on the northern iuargin of the Amadeus Gensyneline, I this
case the rigid frame is the southern margin of the Aruuta shield, which
is concave against the Amadeus Geosyncline.

(ly) The basin structure at Wauchope, 78 miles south-east of Tennant Creek,
discovered by Sullivan (1952. p, 15), Wauchope is sitnated in the
Warrumunga Geosyneline: the concave, rigid, southern margin of the
Sturtian Block lying to the north hindered the folding, cuusing the
formation of basin structures.

FAULTING

Very strong faulting is exhibited in the area, which the author refers partly
to the fault-fulding. In the western part of the area, two sets of faults are
dominant, one trencing slightly north of west and the other roughly north-south.
The first set is arranged partly en echelon,

‘The central part of the arca is characterised hy thrust-taults trending east-
narth-east, which are responsible for the repetition of the Cambrian sandstones
and the thrusting of the Upper Proterozoic limestones over them.

‘The eastern part of the area is characterised by long north-west trending
faults which the author believes to be closely connected with the vertical uplift
of the Arehaeozoiu black on the eastern margin of the area, Thuse faults call
for further description, The Archaeugzoic block has suffered repeatcd vertical
uplitts; part of the evidence Jor this is the tilting of the Wpper Proteroznic
quartzites on its margins, The north-west trending faults are parallel to the up-
lifted block, and have the greatest length and horizontal displacement of any
of the faults in the area; they can be traced as far ay 34 miles south-west of
the block. ‘he fanlt which is closest to the western margin of the Archaeoznic
bluckon the map urea and which partly separates it from the younger formations
lo the south-west probably trends approximately aloug Polya Pulya Creek; this
is inferred from the strata found to the west of the creek. The next north-west
trending fault towards the south-west runs along the Todd River, and shows
horizontal displacernent. This fault is of considerable length, and its north-
western continuation is found in the northern part of the area, where Upper
Proterozvic limestones and Cambrian purple sandstones are displaced. The most

ber

distant fault of the set fies 34 miles south-west of the Archaeozoie block anil
displaces the Upper Proterozoic, Cambrian and Ordovician rocks 44 miles east-
north-cast of Decp Weil.

HYDROGEOLOGY
Three main factors govern the hydrogeological conditions in the area east of
Deep Well:

1) Topographic relief;

2) Type of rock
(a) Its influence on the water stored along the bedding;
(b} Storage capacity governed by porosity and fracturmg;

(3) Geological structure.

The topographic relief plays an important part in determining the quality
of the water. In mountainous areas the run-off is quick and the quality is good,
but iv plain country the water tends to be salty. In the mapped area in the
vicinity of Todd River the water is salty; for example, that in the Bulldust bore,
50 miles north-east of Deep Well, carries 13,414 parts per million of total solids,
while that in the Soakege bore, 1 mile south of Bulldust bore, contains about
18,000 parts per million of total solids.

Water with a high total solids content is found in the Cambrian limestones,
where shale intercalations in the limestones form an obstacle to the free circu-
lation of the water and favours “salting”. Bores in these limestones are charac-
terised by their sodium chloride and magnesium sulphate content.

Water in the widespread Upper Proterozoic limestones is suitable for stack:
for example, the water in Twin bore, 43 miles north-east of Deep Well on the
Todd River block, contains 1,934 parts per million of total solids.

The Ordovician and Cambrian sandstones are of great practical value in the
urea because they are characterised by large storage capacities and good quality
water; the formersupplies good drinking water, and the latter good stock water.

The geological structure is important in determming the yield of bores. It
is significant that those bores which are lovated in the gaps due to faulting of
the resistant Cambrian purple sandstone give a good yield; this is because the
crecks How along the shattered fault zones and replenish the water supply in
the sandstones. The Phillipson Creek stock-route bore No, 1, 15 miles east-
north-east of Deep Well, is an example of this type of bore; it is 122 feet deep
and yielded 12,000 gallons per hour, with a total solids content of 2,972, parts
per million. It is drilled in a faulted gap of Cambrian purple conglomeratic
sandstone.

The bore drilled for Allambi Station, 20 miles east-south-east of Deep Well,
provides an example of water with a high content of total solids: if contains
21,336 parts per million and cannot be used for stock since its total solids
content is twice as great as the allowable maximum in the Northern Territory,
viz, 10,000 parts per million, The hore lies ou the iorthernmost boundary of
the: great plains of the Simpson Desert, and is drilled in Cambrian limestones.
The quality of its water is determined by two factars, the topographic relief,
and the formation of the rock,

The following analysis, kindly supplied by the Animal Industry Division,
Alice Springs, Northern Territory, indicates the quality of the water found in
the various formations:

oF

RESULTS LN PARTS PER MILLION, 6250 p.p.m. = approx. f oz. per gullon,

1 2 3 4

Hardness {(Culculated as CaCQs;)
Hardness Total . A = Rs Ra) 140 740
Hardness Temporary oe oy -' 240 140 245
Hardness: Permanent -- at 7: 610 — 40h
Free Alkati (Calculnted as CaCQy) ~» || ; 100
Chloride a ws a on 4 994 2030 710 9432
Sulphate Be 4 te ws “4 499 1080 419
Fluoride rs ft it Si gs 1-30 1-8 2-56 2-84
Calcium Ae 38 Eo ot 2 140 208 iti
Bicarbonalées . . . -. a an 415 203 209
Sodiurn or i 520, | R10 339 5150
Potassium. a t- an ee 219 _ —
Magnesium .. 4 sa orb oe 122 219 166 |
Silica, Iron, and Aluminium Oxides (3 62 32 34 i
Total Dissolved Solids =e {i oo 2972 | 5202 134 21,336
Hypothetical Compounds
{Results in parts per million) =
Calcium Bicarbonate bs ot + 553 388 264
Magnesium Bicarbonate —. ~ ea nt 120
Caleium Sulphate — .. is Be oe 7 383
Magnosium Sulphate “. 2A nA 608 1014 400)
Soditia Sulphate “e an + nd 2
Magnesium Chloride ve 12 4 56 252
Sodium Chloride ar b, 1s ct 1309 8326 RoY) app. 12,000
Pottussium Chloride an ee 3 418
Sodium Fluoride ol > ap Ra 3 2 5
Silica, Jron and Aluminium Oxides “4 §2 32 34
Wotal Salts .. 4, 5. tee | 278 | 5202 | 1934

i

1. Phillipson Stock Route Bore No, 1. located 15 miles east-uorth-east of Deep Well, 122 feet
deep, drilled in Cambrian purple sandstone. Water for analysis received on 9/2/1954.

2, Alova Bore, 55 miles north-cast of Deep Well on Todd River Block. ‘Fhe bore is 92 ft. deep
aud drilled in the Cambrian sandstone. Water for arulysis received on 2/12/1953.

3. Twin Borc, located 43. miles cast-north-east of Deep Well on Todd Rivor Block. The bore is
96 ft. deep and drilied in Upper Proterozoic limestones. Water fot analysis received ou 7/9/1953,

4, Bore, located on Allambi Station, 20 miles cast-south-east of Deep Well. Water for analysis
received on. 26/10/1958.

REFERENCES
Connon, M. A., Jousstone, D., Perry, W, J., 1953. “The Cape Range Sttwelure, Western
Australia,” Bur. Min. Res. Bull. No. 21, Part 1.

Nn Rf. S., 1946. “Some Aspects of the Tectonics of Australia”, J. Roy. Soc, N.S.W,, Vol.

9, p. G7.

Manican, C. T., 1932, “The Geology of the Macdounell Ranges and Neighhourhood, Central
Australia”, Rep, Aust, Ass, Ady. Sci., 21, 75.

Sunityan, C, J., 1952. “Wauchope Wolfram Ficld, Northern Territory", Bur. Min. Kes. Bul.

o, 4,
Vousey, A. IL, 1939. “A Contribution ta the Geology of the Eastern Macdonnell Ranyes
(Central Australia)", J, Roy, Soc, N.S.W,, Vol. 72, p. 160.

96

Fig, 2.—Ordovician sandstones, 36 miles ENE of Deep Well.

~

Fig. 3.-Upper Proterozoic limestones and Cambrian purple pendernes (in the background), 30 miles NE of
Deep Well.

q | STRIKE & DIP OF STRAIA

E>) GLOLOGICAL BOUNDARY
[==] INFERRED FAULT

=,

30
[FS] ANTICLINE

LEGEND

PURPLE SANDSTONE ANO
CONGLOMERATIC SANDSTONE

LIMESTONES SHALES
LIMESTONES OOLOMITES,

STRATA YOUNGER THAN PALAEOQZON OniTTEQ

UPPER
PROTEROZOIC [Ty] meanrnee QUARTZITE

ARCHAEOZOIC aru SCMISTS.

ORDOVICIAN
CAMBRIAN

Soret

cach

ass
Saas

SCALE
4
~. — =)
ss

GEOLOGICAL MAP

aac

=
Zz
7
i)
z
o
a.
Ui
J
Y
=i
=

DEEP WELL}

=
I
Lu
=
oO
uJ)
Lu
fas)
Le
O
|
Ww)
<3
WwW
—{
lu
x
<
Lu
ad
-
Le
2)

MARINE FREELIVING NEMATODES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA
PART 1

by P. M. Mawson*

With text figures 1-26
[Read 12 July 1956]
SUMMARY

A full account is given of Anticoma similis Cobb, hitherto insufficiently described; Proon-
cholaimus megastoma (Eberth) is re-described; new records and additional descriptions are
given of Polygastrophora hexabulba (Filipjev), Halichoanolaimus robustus (Bastian),
H. ovalis Ditlevsen, and Spiliphera dolichura de Man; new species proposed are Metoncho-
laimus brevispiculum and Steineria pulchra.

The marine freeliving nematodes of Australia have hardly been investigated
up to the present. The only records are those by Cobb (1890, 1893, 1898) and
Allgen (1929, 1951), apart from a short recent paper by the present author
(1953). It is proposed to describe the local species from time to time as suffi-
cient specimens of each become available. The majority of those described
below are from inter-tidal levels, a few from material washed up by storms. All
the places mentioned are in St. Vincent’s Gulf, with the exception of Encounter
Bay, which is on the South Coast.

Anticoma similis Cobb
Figs, 1-4
Cobb, 1898, 383, Sydney.
de Man, 1904, 13, Tierra del Fuego.
Allgen, 1930, 248, Staten Island (Tierra del Fuego).
Micoletzky, 1930, 24, Sundra Island.
Allgen, 1951, 330, Port Juckson.

In South Australia, from the Outer Harbour, on wharf piles (sublittoral),
and Brighton beach, on sponges, etc., cast up by the tide after a storm.

@ (5x) L1-5-1-8 mm; a 80-7-34:8; 6 4:3-5-1; y 5-9-7-5; V 42-45-5 p.c.

$ (2X) L1-5-1-65 mm.; a 81-7-47; 8 4-7; y 7-5-7-8.

In spite of the list of records given above, this species is not well known.
The descriptions given by Cobb and by Micoletsky are unfigured and of
females only; that of de Man is of a juvenile of which only the tail is drawn;
Allgen describes briefly females and juveniles from Staten Island, and: records
without drawing or description males and females from Port Jackson in’ Aus-
tralia (Type locality).

It was suggested by Wieser (1953, 16) that the species may be a synonym
of A. acuminata. It is certainly very close to that species and to A. profunda,
differing from the former in the shorter absolute length of the spicule, the longer
tail (measured in anal diameters), and rather shorter cephalic setae, and from
the latter in the position of the preanal organ, in the more forward position of
the excretory pore and amphid, and in the slightly shorter cephalic. setae (mea-
sured in cephalic diameters). These differences are all very slight, and it is
probable that when further data is to hand the two species, and probably some
others, may be synonymised.

* University of Adelaide.
98

oo

~

The lips are quite distinct, but labial papillae were not seen. The cephalic
setae are all of nearly equal length, a little less than the head breadth. The
slit-like amphids are wider in male than in female (a third and a quarter of the
head breadth respectively). The cephalic setae are half a head breadth from
the anterior end, and the amphid one head breadth. The row of five to six
cervical setae extends for 6-10y, and the most anterior is about 2-8-3 head
breadths from the anterior end; the setae are not all of the same length,
the longest being 4p.

Plate 1.
Figs. 1-4.—Anticoma similis. 1 and 2, head, lateral and ventral views. 3, male tail.
4, female tail. Fig. 5.—Polygastrophora hexabulba, head. Figs. 1, 2. and 5 to same scale.
Figs. 3 and 4 to same scale.

The excretory pore lies at the same level as the amphid or slightly behind
it, and opens on a slight elevation of the cuticle. The ventral gland reaches to
the posterior end of the oesophagus. The female tail tapers very gradually, the
posterior half is cylindrical and the whole length 8-4-9 anal breadths. The
male tail tapers rapidly just behind the anus then more gradually, its whole
length 6-6-6 anal breadths; there is a very slight terminal swelling in both sexes.
The spicules are 30-38, long (equal to the anal breadth), with narrowed proximal
ends. The gubernaculum is 15-20% long; the preanal organ is 10, long, and
lies about 1-3 anal breadths in front of the anus.

Polygastrophora hexabulba (Filipjev, 1918)
Fig. 5
From wharf pile at Outer Harbour, jetty pile at Brighton, and among algae,
etc., from reefs at Pt. Willunga and Pt. Noarlunga, and in algae washed up on
beach at Brighton.
2 L 8-8-6 mm.; a 45-58; 8 5-5°7; y 24-28; V 52-56 p.c.
The species agrees in all essentials with earlier descriptions. The main

99

dimensions are as follows: the cephalic setae are nearly half of the cephalic
diameter and the amphids a sixth of the corresponding body breadth. The
labial papillae are setiform. The buccal capsule is 23-26. long, and the teeth
extend to within a third of this from the mouth. The ocular pigment is formed
of six longitudinal components and is most strongly developed at the anterior
end of the oesophagus, near which are the Jenticulate bodies.

The excretory pore is at about the same level, or anterior to, the amphids,
although the “ampulla” lies more than twice the length of the buccal capsule
behind the anterior end. The eggs are 160-200, by 80-90. The tail is 4-2-5-2
times the anal breadth.

Prooncholaimus megastoma (Eberth)
Figs. 6-8

From wharf piles, Outer Harbour, sublittoral.

6 (2X) L 2-7 mm.; a 27; 8 5-7-6°3; y 21.

Q (2x) L8-1-4-2 mm; a 29-35; 6 7-8-7; y 17-21; V 74-77 p.c.

Prooncholaimus megastoma, originally described by Eberth (1863, 26) was
partly re-described, without drawings, by Micoletsky from various places in
the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea. Schuurmans Stekhoven (1948, 6;
1943, 348) proposed a new species, P. mediterraneus, for his own specimens from
Alexandria, and placed Micoletsky’s P. megastoma as a synonym of this, giving
as the distinction from Eberth’s types a greater size in the new species. A copy
of Eberth’s paper is not available to me. Micoletsky quotes the length of
Eberth’s specimen as 5-6 mm.; Schuurmans Stekhoven quotes them as 5-9 mm.

P. aransis Chitwood (1951, 626) is very close to P. megastoma and is sepa-
rated from it by the shortness of the gubernaculum.

The proportions given by Micoletsky, Chitwood and Stekhoven are close
together, and those of the South Australian specimens agree in some points
with one, in some with another. The main points are given in the table below.
Spicule length and anal breadth are expressed as percentages of the tail length,
the width at end of the tail as percentage of anal breadth, and the gubernaculum
as a fraction of the spicule length. In the South Australian specimens the
proximal part of the gubernaculum is thinner than the distal part, so that it
was only after close inspection that its total length was realised.

Tase 1.
P. megastoma P. mediterraneus | P. aransas | P. megastoma
Species Micoletsky
Authority Stekhoven Chitwood Mawson
Locality Alexandria Texas | South Australia
Medit. Naples Suez
Length 3 (9) 2°9(3-3)| 3-6(—) 2-26(—) 3:28(3-8) 2°5(2-8) | 2-7(3-1-4-2)
a & (2) 25(27) 41(34-5) 24-7 27(29-35)
BS (Q) 6-5(6-9) 6-55(7-6) 6:3 5: 7-6:3(7-8-7)
y 3d (2) 20-6(18) 23-5(19) 21(18) 21(17-21)
Vv TI% 752% pace 74-77%
spicule length 88-100% 100% 70% 72-76%
anal br. ¢ (2) 19-22 %(—) 19%(22%) | 16-5(33%)) 19-20(22-25%)
br. tip tail ¢ (2) 23-42 %(—) 43 -5% (27%) — 38% (30%)
gubernaculum 1/4-1/5 1/6 1/6 1/4

100

Metoncholaimus brevispiculum n. sp.
Figs. 9-12

Brighton, on jetty piles among Galleolaria caespitosa and algae.

g (6X) L 2-8-8:3 mm.; a 34-48; 8 5-3-6:8; y 17-19.

@ (7X) L3:4-7-4 mm; a 33-39; 8 5-5-6-4; y 17-5-19; V 66-71 p.c.

The six lips are deeply separated, each with a small labial papilla. The
ten cephalic setae are short, about 1/6-1/7 of the head breadth. The amphid
is between a quarter and a fifth of the corresponding body diameter, and lies

Plate 2.
Figs. 6-8.—Prooncholaimus megastoma. 6, head, lateral view. 7, female tail. 8,
male tail. Figs. 9-12.—Metoncholaimus brevispiculum. 9, head, lateral view. 10,
male tail. 11, female tail. 12, posterior end of female. Figs. 7, 11 and 12 to same
scale; Figs. 8 and 10 to same scale.

level with the midlength of the buccal capsule. The buccal capsule, more heavily
chitinised and somewhat narrower in the posterior half, is 35-40. long and
20-25» wide in the anterior part. The dorsal tooth and one subventral reach

101

just anterior to the middle, and the other subventral to about three-quarters, of
the length of the buccal capsule. The excretory pore lies between 1-5-2 times
the length of the buccal capsule from the anterior end.

The unshelled eggs are 110 X 50, the shelled ones 120-150u x 60-704. The
two external openings of the demanian system are somewhat dorsal, 130-140,
in front of the anus, in which region the body is distinctly constricted; the
uvette (or rosette organ) about twice this distance from the anus, is an ampulla,
as figured by Cobb (1930) for Oncholaimium appendiculatum, and simpler than
that of Metoncholaimus pristiurus; the osmosium is about 400, from the anus.
Cobb (loc. cit,) observed that a demanian system is apparently less prevalent
among Oncholaims living in thoroughly oxygenated water; this species is an
exception to this, as the worms occurred on the part of the piles exposed only
at low spring tides and below this, in clear unpolluted water on a sandy bottom.

The tail of the female is about 4-2-5 times the anal breadth, tapering in
the proximal half, cylindrical in the distal, with a slightly enlarged tip, The
male tail is 4-4-5 times the anal breadth; the body narrows sharply at the anus,
the proximal third of the tail is tapering, and the rest cylindrical with slightly
swollen tip as in the female. There is a slight papilliform thickening of the
cuticle of the anterior lip of the anus, associated with some subcuticular develop-
ment, but without setae. The two rows of small submedian setae, 5 preanal and
8 postanal, are not seen except under high power. The spicules are 40-45, long;
only a little more than the anal breadth. They are straight and tapering, A
small gubernaculum 12y long is seen in some specimens.

This new species is the Enoploid found in the greatest numbers on the Brighton
jetty piles. Only females with eggs in the uterus (not necessarily shelled), but
males of varying development, were measured. The species is assigned to the
genus Metoncholaimus because of the presence of a single ovary associated with
a complex demanian system, and the’ type of tooth arrangement, one subventral
and the dorsal being equal in length and shorter than the other ventral. The
spicules, however, are shorter than in other species, reaching only a quarter of
the tail length. In this character and in the form of the demanian system, the
species resembles those of the genus Oncholaimium, from which, however, it is
sharply differentiated by the absence of a mid-ventral caudal papillae in the
male. It is distinguished from other Metoncholaimus spp. by the shortness of
the spicules, i

Genus Sterverra Micoletsky, 1921

Micoletsky proposed Steineria as a subgenus of Monhystera to include M.
nolychaeta Steiner 1915, M. pilosa Cobb 1914, and M. horrida Steiner 1915. His
diagnosis of the genus is brief, little more distinction being made than that there
are very numerous setae (36-40) at the anterior end. No species is selected
as the type of the subgenus, the three being quoted in the order given above.
Stekhoven and Coninck in 1983 elevated Steineria to the level of a genus, and
added S. setosissima (Cobb), syn. Monhystera setosissima Cobb 1893, and a
new species, S. mirabilis. They stated that Steineria is “characterised” by its
distinct 8-fold symmetry in the distribution of labial and cephalic setae”, and
therefore exclude Monhystera horrida Steiner as it possesses a 6-fold symmetry.
They also stated that Steineria setosissima becomes the type species of the
genus, presumably as it was described earlier than any of the others ascribed
to the genus. The validity of this is, however, doubtful, as the species was not
mentioned by Micoletsky in his account of Steineria. More recently, Gerlach
(1951) re-described §. mirabilis, from fresh material and finds that the labial and
cephalic setae are a symmetry of six while those further back, nuchal setae,
are in one of eight. Gerlach added at the same time a new species, S. poly-
chaetoides, and in 1955 (pp. 294, 296), two more new species, S. paramirabilis
and S, punctata, and in all of these a similar condition is present.

102

In descriptions of all the species, if labial papillae are mentioned, there are
six, setiform or papilliform. In most descriptions the cephalic and nuchal setae
are collectively referred to as cephalic setae, and usually as occurring in a
symmetry of eight. However, in the figures given of S, pilosa and S. polychaeta
there is a ring of setae which are anterior to or on a level with the anterior most
nuchal setae, or which are out of line, in a longitudinal sense, with these, one
set being distinctly lateral instead of sublateral; it seems at least possible that
these are the true cephalic setae and that they are in six groups. These species
would then agree with S. horrida, S$. mirabilis, 8. polychaetoides, S. paramirabilis,
S. punetata, and S. pulchra n. sp.*

S. polychaeia was the first in the list given by Micoletsky of species belong-
ing to his subgenus, and so might strictly be regarded as being the type species.
No figure is given by Cobb of S. setosissima, and the description of the setae
at the anterior end is ambiguous.

B. G, Chitwood (1950, 65, fig. 60, 11, JJ) describes Steineria as having
an internal circle of 6 papillae and an external circle of 10 or 12 setae according
to the species, as well as numerous somatic setae grouped anteriorly in cight
longitudinal rows, 4 submedian and 4 sublateral. Chitwood’s original drawings
are of “Steineria sp.”, locality not given.

Gerlach (1955) describes additional cephalic setae in the male (as in the
new species described below), and his figures show these arranged somewhat
as in Chitwood’s figure of Steineria sp.

A key to the species so far allotted to the genus is given. In it the question
of symmetry is ignored, distinctions being made on other characters. For con-
venience the labial sense organs are referred to as Iso, the nuchal setae as ns,
the body setae as bs, caphalic setae as cs, and cephalic diameter as ed.

l. Setae other than ns, absent on body......... 0.000. c ce cece eee eee 2
Lafeyat re v2i0: aah 0142012) Ee a A CaS RAS ob Wa Beare ink fon eae 8
2. Length es less than half cd; Iso papilliform.................... S. horrida
Length cs nearly equal to cd; Iso setiform.............2. 04005 S. pulchra
8. Length bs more than 4 x body width.....................05. S. mirabilis
Length bs less than 2 X body width. .............. 000 eccceecesueevevaee 4
4, Centre of amphid about 2 * cd from anterior end...................-.. 5
Centre of amphid 1-5 X cd or less from anterior end........,........... 6
5. £ 6-2; spic. 56u long: gub. 2/3 spic. Ly... .. 6. eee eee eee ee S. setosissima
B 3-9-4-8; spic. 23-24y; gub. about % spic. L............... S. paramirabilis
6. Longest ns 2-5-3 X cd; Iso setiform........0.. 0... sees eee eee S. pilosa
Longest ns 1-5-2 x cd; Iso papilliform............ 0... e cece ee eee eee ees 6
7. Cuticle with transverse rows of punctations...........-...... S. punctata
petri ntelcers itelAgectigt: iie(ou eh, Ge a ere Sea ne DBE Ren LP a ty 8
8. Avnpnrds 1/228 ahs eds yt clare cee ee melee 40 are views oes es S. polychaeta
AUIS Ve OC eee ee, teu oer tea (etic BEM Cos ht ned eee tae S. polychaetoides

Steineria pulchra n. sp.
Figs. 13-16

From weeds on a jetty pile, Outer Harbour, and among holdfasts of Hormo-

sira sp. and Ulva.sp., Encounter Bay.
6 (2X) L 1-9 mm; a 19, 24; 65-1, 4-2; y 6-6, 8-2. ,
@ (2X) L1-5, 2-17 mm; a 28, 31; B 3-8, 4+3; y 6-2, 7-4; V 66 p.c., 67 p.c.

J (8X) L 0-85-1-85 mm.; a 28-3; 6 6-8-6-8; y 4-15-4-6 (?).

* When this paper was read the author had not seen the description of S. parapolychaeta
Gerlach 1953, nor a discussion of the genus Steineria by Wieser 1953, 74, in which two new
species S, cobbi and S. pectinata are added; Wieser considers the genus should be redefined
and exludes S. horrida and S. mirabilis. Wieser also, erroneously, quotes S. setosissima as the
type. .

103

The cuticle is ringed, without setae except near head, at tip of tail and
on male tail. The head bears six lips each with a 4, long setiform papilla, and
six pairs of cephalic setae, the longer of each pair 20, the shorter about 2/3 this
length. Behind this are nuchal setae arranged in eight longitudinal rows, in
sublateral and submedian positions. In each of these rows the three (sub-
median) or four (sublateral) setae are long and stout, and increase in length
from before backwards, the anterior ones being about 50-60,, the posterior
75-80. Behind these in each row are two more shorter setae separated from
them by a short distance in the sub-median rows and a rather longer space in
the sublateral. In the two male specimens there is also a short, slender seta in
each row in front of the stout setae. Submedian and sublateral setae are of
similar lengths in corresponding positions.

16

4
i)
hh

Plate 3.

Figs. 13-16,—Steineria pulchra. 13 and 14, lateral views of heads of female and male
respectively. 15, female tail. 16, male tail. Figs. 13 and 14 to same scale.

The buccal capsule is wide and unarmed, with a narrow undulating cuticu-
larised ring around its base. The circular amphid is 9-10u% in diameter in the
male, 7u in the female, these being a quarter and a fifth of the corresponding
head width respectively. It lies just behind the longest nuchal setae, except
in one male in which it is a little more anterior.

The nerve rings surrounds the oesophagus at a third of its length from the
anterior end. The excretory pore was not seen.

The tail tapers in the anterior 2/8, the distal third is cylindrical with a
swollen tip bearing two pairs of strong setae. The tail is 4:6-5-2 X the anal
breadth in the male, 5-8-6 x in the female. The male tail bears on the sub-
ventral surface numerous long, slender hairs. In front of the anus are three

104

median papilliform preanal organs, between them several slender setae. The
stoutly built spicules are 60, long, with expanded proximal ends; the guber-
nacular pieces are rather more than half this length, and are of similar shape.
This form of the gubernacula differs from that described for most other Steineria
spp., as there is no backward prolongation.

The species is closest to S. horrida, from which it differs in several small
features. As S. horrida is known from females only, a complete comparison is
not possible. The South Australian specimens are now considered as represent-
ing a new species. The collection of more material of both species may widen
the diagnosis of each and bridge the gap between them.

Spiliphera dolichura de Man, 1893
Figs. 17-21

From Port Willunga among coralline algae (lower littoral) and Brighton
among algae washed up after storm.

g (4X) L1-41-7 mm; a 26-6-35; 8 7-8-2; y 2-7-3-6 (?).

9 (5X) L0-85-1-9 mm.; a 28-3-83-3; 8 6-5-8-5; 7 8-4-4-6 (?); V 89-4-53 p.c,

These specimens are small, stout worms with a long filiform tail. The
cuticle bears coarse punctations; slender setae are borne in submedian positions
throughout the body length, and are more numerous, and longer, in the oesopha-
geal region and on the male tail. Labial papillae were not observed. The six
setae in the first cephalic ring are about 3» long, the four submedian setae just
behind these are 80» long. Just behind the amphids are four pairs of slightly shorter
setae (25) in submedian positions, the most anterior of the body setae. The
amphids are transversely oval, in 1% turns.

a
a

Plate 4.

Figs. 17-21.—Spilifera dolichura. 17, oesophageal region. 18, head, dorsal view.
19, female tail. 20, male tail. 21, spicule. Figs. 17 and 20 to same scale; Figs.
18 and 21 to same scale.

The anterior cup-shaped part of the buccal capsule is 124 in diameter, 7p
deep, and is followed by a strongly chitinised more or less funnel-shaped part
embedded in the anterior end of the oesophagus, and with one large dorsal and
two shorter lateral, teeth at its base. The anterior slightly wider part of the
cesoglnaste in which the structure is more homogenous, has a strong cuticular
ining.

105

The anal breadth of the male is 40-45, the spicule length 80-385.. Close
examination of these males, in which the spicules are very clear does not bear
out de Man’s interpretation of the shape of the spicular apparatus. What he
called the gubernaculum, a lateral flange ending distally in an enlarged half
funnel, appears to be a part of the spicule itself. It was not possible, however,
to get a ventral view of the apparatus.

The females contained but a single egg, the largest of these was 60 X 26p.

The measurements and morphology of these South Australian specimens are
comparable with those described by de Man; the greatest difference is in the
greater length of the first paired post-amphidial setae; this is the main difference
also between them and those recorded by Wieser from the coast of Chile (Wieser
1954, 117). The species is widespread, having been recorded from the North
Sea (de Man 1898, 94); the Mediterranean (de Rouville 1903, ?; Allgen 1942,
48); Pacific coast of Chile (Wieser 1954, 117); Tierra del Fuego ’(Allgen 1930,
29), Campbell Is. (Allgen 1932, 126), Kerguelen Is. (private record, unpub-
lished), South Australia (above).

Halichoanolaimus robustus (Bastian)
Figs. 22-23

From wharf piles, Outer Harbour, among weeds, etc. Sublittoral.
@ (6X) L 2-2-3:3 mm.; a 25-30; 8 5-7-7; y 17-380 (?); V (5X) 44-52 p.e;
(1X) 63 p.c.

V7

22

50m

25 23

100 PL

Plate 5.

Figs. 22-23.—Halichoanolaimus robustus. 22, anterior end, lateral view. 23, female
tail. Figs. 24-26.—H. ovalis. 24, head, lateral view. 25, female tail. 26, male tail.
Figs. 24, 25 and 26 to same scale.

106

Six female worms are referred to this cosmopolitan species; the measure-
ments and appearance correspond with those assigned to the species by other
authors. There is also a close resemblance to H. hinemoae Ditlevsen 1980 from
New Zealand, and it is possible that this species is a synonym of H. robustus.

The exact position of the anus is in doubt in many of the specimens. The
oesophagus and anterior part of the intestine are heavily pigmented. The habit
of the worms is to lie in one or two coils, so they are readily picked out, living
or in pickle, by their appearance. This pigment was mentioned by Bastian.

Halichoanolaimus ovalis Ditlevsen, 1921
Figs. 24-26

From limestone reef near Edithburg, in sand pockets among Zostera sp.

8 (7X) L.8-85-4-2 mm.; a 21-2-28; B 6-8-7; y 20-28.

2 (2X) L 8-64-35 mm,; a 24-24:1; 6 6-7-6-8; y 18-25-6; V 51-52.

Ditlevsen 1921, 8 (Auckland Island):

(2x) L 1-8 mm.; a 18; B 7-5; y ?.

Allgen 1928, 271 (Campbell Island):

(2x) L.1-3 mm; a 17-3; 8 5-2; y 7-2.

Tt will be seen from the measurements given above that the South Australian
specimens assigned to Halichoanolaimus ovalis are larger than those from the
Auckland and Campbell Islands. They also differ in having fewer spirals in the
amphid, and the absence of any great degree of pigmentation in the alimentary
canal. The male differs from that described by Allgen in the shape of the tail
and y value. In spite of these points, the similarity in shape and proportions
between these and those described by Ditlevsen is so great that they are referred
to the same species.

REFERENCES

Auucen, C., 1928. Freilebenden marin Nematoden von der Campbell und Staten Inseln.
Nyt, Mag. f. Naturvidensk., 66, pp, 249-309,
Atucen, C., 1930. Freilebende marine Nematoden von der Staten Inseln (Feuerlend Archi-
pelago), Pt. 1, Zool. Anzeiger, 89, pp. 246-258. Pt. 2, Zool. Anzeiger, 90, pp. 27-38.
Atucen, C., 1951. Papers from Dr. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16. 76. Pacific
freeliving nematodes. Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kbh., 113, pp. 263-411,

Coss, N. A., 1898. Australian freeliving nematodes, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 18 (3), pp.
383-407.

Coss, N. A., 1930. The demanian vessels in nemas of the genus Oncholaimus, with notes on
four new oncholaims, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 20, pp. 159-161.

Currwoop, B. G., 1951. North American marine nematodes, Texas Journal Sci., 8, pp.
627-672.

pE Man, J. G., 1893. Cinquiéme note sur les nématodes libres de la mer du Nord et de la
Manche, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 6, pp. 81-125.

pr Man, J. G., 1904. Némotodes libres. In Résultats du voyage du S.Y, Belgica en 1897-1899
sous le commandement de A, de Gerlache de Gomery, Zoologie, 55 pp., Anvers.

Dirtevsen, H,, 1921. Papers from Dr. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. 3. Marine
freeliving nematodes from the Auckland and Campbell Islands, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk,
naturh, Foren., 73, pp. 2-32.

Dirievsen, H., 1930. Marine freeliving nematodes of New Zealand. Papers from Dr.
Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. 52. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren.,
74, pp. 201-240.

Fruiryev, I. N., 1918. Freilebende Nematoden aus der Umgebung von Sebastopol, Trav.
Labor, zool. et de la Stat. Biol. Sebastopol prés de l'academie des sciences de Russie (2),
4, 614 pp. (Russian; German translation by H. A, Kreis in Arch, Naturges., 91, pp.
94-180, 1925.)

Micotersky, H., 1921, Die freilebende Erd-Nematoden, Arch. f. Naturges., A, 8, 650 pp.
Micotetsky, H., 1924. Weitere Beitrage. Zur Kenntnis freilebender Nematoden aus Suez,
Sitzungsber, Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Math.-naturwiss., 182 (7 and 8), pp. 225-261.
Mrcotetsky, H., 1930, Papers from Dr. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. 53, Freile-
bende Nematoden von der Sunda Enseln (Kreis, H. A.). Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren.,

87, pp. 234-339,

107

ScHUURMANS STEKHOVEN, J. H., 1943. Einige neue freilebende marine Nematoden der
fischereigrunde vor Alexandrien. Note Ist, Biol. mar. Rovigno, 25, pp. 1-15.

ScHUURMANS STEKHOVEN, J. H., 1943. Freilebende marine Nematoden der Mittelmeeres. IV.
Freilebende marine nematoden der Fischereigrunde bei Alexandrien, Zool. Jahrb. Jena.
(Syst.), 76, pp. 323-380.

ScaHuuRMANS STEKHOVEN, J. H., and Connincx, L., 1933. Diagnoses of new Belgian marine
nemas, Bull. Musée Roy. d’Hist. nat. de Belgique, 9 (4), 13 pp.

StEInErR, G., 1916. Freilebende Nematoden aus der Barentsee, Zool. Jahrb., 44, pp. 195-226.

Wiser, W., 1954. Freeliving marine nematodes. II. Chromadoroidea. Chile Reports 17.
Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, N. F. Avd. 2, 50, No. 16, pp. 1-148.

Wieser, W., 1955. Freeliving marine nematodes. III. Axonolaimoidea and Monhysteroidea.
Chile Reports 26. Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, N. F. Avd. 2, 52, No. 13.

108

A DATED TARTANGAN IMPLEMENT SITE FROM CAPE MARTIN,
SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY NORMAN B. TINDALE

Summary

This paper records the finding, at Caps Martin, South Australia, of an aboriginal campsite of the
Tartangan Culture which has been dated, by a Carbon 14 test at the Dominion Physical Laboratory,
Lower Hutt, New Zealand, as having been occupied in 8700 + 120 B.P.

Evidence is produced suggesting that the terra rossa soils in which this, and some other Tartangan
relics on the Woakwine Range at Section 8 Hundred of Symon were found, were already in
existence prior to this date and therefore before the period of the Mid-Recent High (10 ft. Terrace).
The theory that they were only formed at the later date and thus were evidence for a "Great Arid
Period" at that time (Crocker and Wood, 1947) is discounted. Instead, the evidence may tend to
support another view, first put forward by Tindale (1947) which suggests that these soils were
developed more particularly during periods of high rainfall, as residuals, following the solution of
the surface layers of the lime sands originally forming the surface layers of the dunes on which they
are still perched.

The paper gives a table indicating the cultural succession, as so far established in the Murray Valley
and vicinity, in South Australia.

A DATED TARTANGAN IMPLEMENT SITE FROM CAPE MARTIN,
SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by Nornsan B, Tispare*
| Read 12 July 1956]

SUMMARY

this paper records the finding, at Cape Martin, South Australia, of an ahoriginal eanp-
site of the 'Vartlangan Calture which lias heen dated, by a Carbon 14 test at the Dominion
Thysical Laboratory, Lower Hutt, New Zealand, as haying been occupied in 8700+ 120 BP,

Evidence is produced suggesting that the terra rossa soils in which this, and some other
Tartangan relics on the Woakwine Range at Section $8 Hundred of Symon were found, were
already. in existence prior fo this date aud therefore hetore the period of the Mid-Recent
High (10 ft. Terrace). ‘The theory that they were only formed at the later date and thus
were evideuce for a “Great Arid Period” at that time (Crocker and Wood, 1947) is cis-
vounted. Instead, the evidence may tend to stupport another view, first put forward by
‘Vindde (1947) which suggests that these soils were developacl more particularly daring
petiods of high rainfall, as residuals, folluwing the solution of the surfuce avers of the line
sinds originally forming the surface layers ot the dunes on which they are still perched.

‘The paper gives a table indicating the cultural succession, as so far established in the
Murray Valley and vicinity, ii Swath Australia.

INTRODUCTION

During a holiday visit to the south-east of South Australia and to Western
Victoria, in December 1946, and Jannary 1947, archaeological sites of the
aborigines were examined between Cape Hridgewater and Kingston, Cape
Martin, one of the sites, provided data which, after study again in November
1955 and upon comparison with information from other sites, has resulted in
the following paper. The first mention of the site and of the carbon 14 date asso-
ciated with it, is by Tindale (1956) in the Report of the South Australian Museum,
1955-1956,

Qn the first visit the author was avcompanicd by Mrs. D, M. Tindale. On
the second occasion Mr. H. Burrows cf the South Australian Museum furnished
much appreciated help in searching for implements, and I am indebted further
to him for assistance in the preparation of some of the diagrams illustrating this
paper.
oe During the earlier visit a site at Cape Northumberland was examined. This
also is referred to in the paper. Cape Northumberland was visited a second. time
in company with a larger group of anthropologists, including E, C. Black, T. D.
Campbell, D. Casey, J. B. Cleland, P, Hossfeld, R. Keble, $. R. Mitchell, and
G. Walsh, who attended warking conferences at Millicent in February 1947
and February 1948. On the 1947 occasion, a site at Section 8, Hundred of
Symon, was examined; this site also proved of significance in the development
of the history of the Cape Martin sife. [t also is particularly meuitioned in this
yaper.
oe Tndirectly and directly I atm indebted to my many colleagues for the stimulus
which comes from discussion and comparisons of data. However, the observa-
tions recorded herein are ones made by myself and any crrors or misinterpreta-
tions of the evidence are my responsibility,

* Curator of Anthropology, Smith Australian Museum, Adelaide,
109

THE CAPE MARTIN SITE

Cape Martin isa narrow-necked peninsula standing out to sea in a southerly
direction at the western end of Rivoli Bay, and forming an outlying eastern
portion of the Hundred of Rivoli Bay. The headland is just to the south of
Beachport (140° 01’ East Longitude x 37° 31’ South omy This is a
fishing village and summer holiday resort. Text figure 1 gives a sketch map of
the area,

Rivoli Bay

ARCHAEOLOGICAL
SITE AT
CAPE MARTIN
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

sand| =
Lighthouse
| Ses

Q calcareous
dunes forming —
reels

Fig. 1.—Sketch map of the vicinity of Cape Martin, South-East of South Australia.

Cape Martin headland and a number of outlying islets and reefs are parts
of a platform of consolidated wind-blown lime sand of very Early Recent or
possibly Late Pleistocene Age, It is what is left of a line of earlier coastal dunes
which once stretched along the share line. These residuals resisted the sea when
it broached the dunes to form Rivoli Bay. According to some views there may
be a core of still older dune rock within these dunes which at one time may’
then have been part of a group of small islands and reefs olf the Pleistocene
coast line duriug a late interglacial phase. Underlying all to the south is Tertiary
limestone. Perched on these foundations is a mass of much newer and in large
part unconsolidated white lime sand cf Jate Recent Age (Post 10 ft. Terrace)
which in places reaches a height of sixty feet. ‘Uhis sand covers the soft lime
rock of the earlicr dune series. When doing so it sealed down also an old red
soil horizon which is found at various heights from about twenty feet above
sea level down to several feet below present sea level. The red soil follows the
‘ontours of the older dunes and is thicker in the swales than it is on their
heights. On the highest parts of the peninsula there is evidence that this soil
cover, a terra rossa, had iu part been stripped before being covercd by the Newer
Lime Sands. Text figure 2 is a section of Cape Martin Peninsula at the site

TW

abaut to be described. [ft is in part diagrammatic and is in two portions, the
western section being drawn in a N,W.-S.E. direetion and the balance in an
E.-W. direction. The cliff which bounds the peninsula on three sides is being
attacked yery vigorously by the stormy waters of the Southern Ocean, Huge
sections of it are being undermined by the sea and destroyed. Text figure 2
was drawn as the section appeared in 1947. By 1955 some 25 teet of the cliff
edge on the ocean side had foundered and is now present only as large blocks,
of some six to fifteen feet in diameter, which have slumped into the sea. In a
few more years time the whole site may well be destroyed, The root of Cape
Martin Peninsula has been breached in recent storms and at high tide a few
seas now cross right over into the Bay, so that in a matter of years the peninsula
will become an island,

rsa-ft

Fig. 2.—Section across Cape Martin Peninsula; orean side to the lefl, showing wurlier und
later ocoupational horizons.

When the site was first noticed a discoidal flint implement was found in
the B horizon of the ferra rossa firmly imbedded in kunkar lime. Other exariples
were found im the A horizon of this soil,

Stratigraphically from twenty to thirty feet above the camp site in the
terra. rossa soil, was found a later aboriginal occupational horizon with fresh-
looking flint implements, indicating a separate and scemingly much later peril
of human occupation at Cape Martin.

At this point it is as well ta indicate that in the original field notes the
several heds to be discussed herein were labelled as A; B and C, the oldest being
called A. In this paper standard terminology of the Soils Division is adopted in
describing the situations of the finds.

On physiographic grounds it was deduced that the earlier land surface
indicated by the terra yossa must have been in existence since at least Early
Recent times and that the site must have been occupied prior to 10 ft. Terrace
time (Mid-Holocene Thermal Maximum) at a period when the foreshore at
the nearest point was of a sandy nature, since the predominating shcll of the
food shell assemblage in the camp was a species of Chione, with some Mytilus
shells indicating ulso the presence of sheltered and somewhat muddy, brackish
water, The shell fauna of the more recent site above was made up predomi-
nantly of rock shells, of which Turbo undulatus was by far the most common,
as it is today among the rocks of the present cliffs. This fauna was considered

din

ju be Past — 10 Ft. Terrace in age, since it was in a shell sand still actively being
deposited at the present clay.

More detuiled work was possible on the second visit and it was then possible
to demonstrate that a few Turbo shells were present also among the charcoal
ad ash material of the hearth in the terra rossa from which the sample of
carbon was taken for C Ld analysis. Thus the people did have access to rocky
shores, althongh the general picture of a change in local availability of types
of shell food was confined.

A possible source for the quict auc muddy water faunal remains was incli-
cated by a thin bed of black mud with a brachish-water suite of shells which
a little to the north of the section, appears just at present low tide mark. This
extends through the base of the peninsula fron the eecun bereh coast to. the
hay aul uncderties the slightly consolidated basal Juyers of the Newer Dune Sands.

SITE AT SECTION 8, TTUNDRED OF SYMON

The Woakwine Range is a line of consoliduted limestone considered to be
of Late Pleistocene Age (Tindale, 1947; Hossfeld, 1950; and Sprigg 1952) and
to represent the dunes of the shoreline of the 25 ft. Terrace. On its crest and in
swales between ridges on the wide undulating top of the crest of the dune belt,
which Incally is up to.a mile or more in width, are red sandy soils of terra rossa
type. In places present day erosion has exposed liimey pillars of a B horizon in
this soil. This stripping is seeringly being brought about by clearing of the
cover of vevefation, by overstacking with sheep in times of drought, and by
depredations of introduced rabbits. The sandy reddish soil appears largely to
ls the residues from the leaching away of the upper lavers of shell lime sand
during the copious winter rains, Tl contains also the quartz sand residues, which
in part at least seem te be the silica derived from the mechanical abrasion of
the flint boulders of the Tertiary Murine Beds on the seashore immediately in
trent of the Woakwine Range;

The “hlow-outs” exposing the lower layers of the soil and aboriginal camping
sites extend into Sections LOA and 10B in the same Hundred. Campbell, Cleland
and Hossfeld (1946) have given a map which shows the general area of those
sites un the crest of the Woakwine Ratwe, At some places in the district micrn-
lith implemerits of types we have clsewhere established to be associated with
the Mucukian culture have been found on the surface and whieh, by data
established elsewhere, are indicated to belons to a period several thousand
years later in time. The main site at Seetion §, which is of particular interest
lo us Jor the present purpose, lacks the microlith suite of implements, Tnsteail,
the only implements present are flint ones, stained a bright orange red, anil of
lie same types as are present in the lower stratum at Cape Martin. Lrasion
has revealed these iinplement flakes in sorne profusiow on the stripped surtave
while olher specimens are still iu situ in the sandy red earth.

CAPE NOWTHUMBERLAND SITE

A site at Cape Northumberland had been visited by D. M. Tindale ane
inysell a few days before the discovery of the Cape Martin site. Existence
of this site had been reported to tae some yeurs previously by Mr. H, L, Sheard.
Knowledge of its stratigraphy was of considerable help in the preliminaries of
understanding the Cape Martin site. At Cape Northumberland the older lund
surface seemingly had been entirely stripped of an upper soil horizon at some
phase of its history, Implements were found lying on the eroded surface of
the very indurated kunkar horizon, They sppeared to be ones which had been
exposed before being buricd again under the Newer Time Sands now perched
on the top of the cliff, Figure 3 gives a sketch section, from west to east, at a
Jarge occupation mound of the aborigines inmediately north of the Point on

1?2

TARTANGAN

MURUNDIAN
! eroded hunkue
sequdnit of biface

fresh flints in

shell mound discoidal Alig

poor [TLV pot

[ee Lee GLEN

10 fz i LLL fs consolidate xe ae SCENT Teun aS \W
_high Water line 5, LL Rite lime sand 4)» AK \WWex
ne aa
in tI :

Fig, 3.—Sketeh section af Cape Northumberland showing earlier and later implement
horizons at Section D, Hundred of MacDonmell,

PTLD /

Seetion D, Hundred of MacDonnell, ‘This mound, of about one-half an aere in
extent, is situated immediately above the only practicable present day path of
access from the northern beach to the cliff top. This shell mound had formed
as a result of aborigines living there not so long ago. The presence of the
capping of shells bad delayed the stripping away of this upper sand in Post
European times. Thus it still forms a definite mound of the type known in
Victaria as ‘myrniong, perhaps. more correctly called ['marniong], On parts of
this mound some of the sand set in motion in Post European times is perched.
Flint implements of the mound surface are freshly worked and even those of the
blue-black flint from the wnderlying Tertiary beds, which are very liable to
bleaching, have retained all or most of their original colour. The shells of the
catipsite we predominantly those of the rocky footings of the present cliff, with
Turbo undulatus as the most common species, The implements of the mound
typologivally ace the same as those of the upper site at Cape Martin, and are
identified as of the culture phase we call Murundian, The kunkar horizon
yielded, loose on its surface, older kinds of implements such as are in the
terra rossa soil at Cape Martin, and comparable with Tartangan oncs,

IMPLEMENTS OF THE RED SOIL AT CAPE MARTIN

At Cape Martin the first implement discovered in the red soil layer was a
disvoidal Hake struck off on the long axis, 6+8 ern. in length, 4-5 em. in width
and 1:7 em. in veneral thickness. The material trom which it had been manu-
factured probably was blue-black flint, such as is derived from marine sediments
of Tertiary Age, The Garibier Limestone, which contains this flint as angular
musses, underlies portions of the area to the south as boulders on a planed-olF
marine platform. Upon it the Pleistocene and Receut dune limestones ard
shallow estuarine muds have been deposited.

‘This implement, now specimen 4.89664 in the collections of the South Aus-
tralian Museum, was inclided in the highly calcareous B horizon of the soil,
with a small portion projecting from the lime layer. Only after considerable
Uevelopment in situ was it determined to be an implement, It had been
bleached white, and so much of the original silica had been removed by chemical
ulteration, that it could be said to be merely a “ghost” in chalky lime of a flint

112

implement. Figure 4 shows three views of it. A portion of the cutting edge
was injured in removing it from the kunkar. The implement was buried when
fresh as is evident from the sharp cutting edge persisting on that part which
remains intact. The prepared striking platform is at an angle of about 110 deg.
to the flake face of the implement, The removal by the maker of primary,
secondary and tertiary flakes had produced an evenly rounded profile on the

Fig. 4.—Three views of flint implement in B horizon of red soil at Cape Martin, numbered
as A,39664 in South Australian Muscum (scale registers centimetres),

implement, of a style characteristic of implements of the Tartangan culture in
many other places in South Australia, This feature is also found on many im-
plements of the recently extinct Tasmanians (Tindale, 19387; Campbell and
Noone, 1944, p. 384) as well as on some gum hafted general purpose knives
made by present day aborigines of the Pilbara district and inland from La
Grange in North-Western Australia (Tindale, 1957),

Vig, 5.—Three views of portion of an implement found in the A horizon of red suil at
Cape Martin.

114

The butt half of an implement (Fig, 5) closely similar to the first example
was found in situa in the A horizon of the same soil, a few yards off in a part
where recent erosion had not yet stripped away this horizon, Although only a
few centimetres higher in the soil profile, the process of chemical change had
not so completely reduced the specimen to chalk and this proved to be the
case generally with others found in the A horizon. Where implements occurred,
the red soil usually appeared slightly more limey than elsewhere, there were
particles of charcoal in the soil, and the implements occurred among food
shells. The dominant member of this shell suite was Chione, with some Brachy-
odonius, as also Paludina shells of large size (suggesting that they might have
been used as food). At first there appeared to be an entire absence of rock-
frequenting types of shells, but one or two fragments of Turbo undulatus were
subsequently found when washing blocks of hearth to float out carbon fragments.

On the second visit many further flint chippings, as well as several useful
examples of implements, were found in situ. Figure 6 shows four views of a
rather crudely trimmed block, which except for its slightly larger size, closely
matches one of the original Tartangan specimens figured by Wale and Tindale
(1930, fig. 21). In some ways it resembles also the cutting stone of a kodj axe
(Tindale, 1950). Forming part of the hearth from which the tested carbon
sample was removed, were several stones of the type called oven stones: These
are roughly tabular and spherical pieces of sandy rock which have been burned
and blackened in fire. Similar stones were used by present day aborigines as
foundation stones of hot hearths on which to lay food for steaming,

Vig. 6,—Fonr views of a discoidal imp ement, made on a block, found in the A horizux
y

of red soil, beside the dated hearth, at Cape’ Martin.

1s

IMPLEMENTS FROM THE RED SAND OF SECTION 8,
HUNDRED OF SYMON

Figure 7 (middle) shows a typical example, broken before it came to be
deposited in red soil now lying between the summits of pillars of lime of the
B horizon of this soil. The indications are that the implement came to rest
in the red soil when this was the surface of the ground and during a phase when
rain wash from the surrounding lime sand rises was increasing the depth of soil
in the swale at this campsite, It could be inferred that the implement was
in position before the kunkar pillars had grown so high as they are at present
and that the implement, like others found uearby, secmed to belong to the
same culture phase as the Cape Martin implements, These types of implements
are highly characteristic of the older sands, occurring in and appearing cornmonly

Cig, 7.—Lop: Three views of a Tartangan long blade from a surface site 2 miles inland from
Blackfellow Cave, collected by H. L. Sheard (A.28240 in South Australian Museum), Middle:
Three views of suapperdt Hint blade found within the A horizon of the red soil at Seation 6,
Tundred of Symon. (A.39649.) Botton: Four views of a short blade. a surface find hy
T. D. Ganpbell, in the Hundred af Kengorong. (A.36896 in South Australian Museu, )

on croded campsites at least as fur to the east as Cape Bridgewater in Victoria
and to the north-west in the Murray Valley. At Hoods Drift (Section 541,
Himdred of Kongoreng) this implement suite occurs in great abundance in the
corresponding red sand layers, with a microlith industry in an overlying sand
of later date (Tindale, 1937).

Figure 7 (top) and Fig. 7 (bottom) show typical surface finds of Tartangan
knives, one from a place two miles inland from Blackfellow Cave and the other
fron Kongorong for cornparisou with the example from Symon. Campbell and

116

Noone (1944) and Campbell, Cleland and Iossfeid (1946) have given details
of these and numbers of other sites on which such implements oceur. They
have not drawn particular attention to the stratigraphy or cultural successions
evident at the sites, being in general more interested ‘in the microliths of the
Mudukian horizon which oceurs overlying the Tartangan sites at many places,
Some details of the stratigraphy of these sites are being given in a separate
paper (Tindale, 1957),

IMPLEMENTS OF THE LATER SITE AT CAPE MARTIN

The implements of the wpper site at the Cape were rare, there being many
more waste flakes than finished implements, perhaps indicating that the main
camp was elsewhere and that the site was used chiefly as a temporary halting
place near the sea while engaged in cooking the very abundant Turbo food shells.

Among the living aborigines this shell-gathering and cooking task fell to
women folk, Among the Tanganekald and Potaruwutj, women generally were
not in the habit of using knives, instead they used as a domestic knife the edge
of their thumbnail, which they kept well sharpened. Even in Post-European
times some women could not be induced to use European knives becuse of
the influence of this prejudice,

N,B.T

Fig. §.—Implements in the Upper or Murundian layer at Cape Martin. Top: Three
views of high-hacked scraper (A.39867 part). Bottom: Three views of adze stone
(A.39667 part),

Two main lypes of implements were present. The more common were
adze stones, made on flakes struck of from a prepared core leaving a striking
platform almost at right angles to the flake surface, Figure & (bottom) shows a
typical exaniple. It can be matched with hafted specimens obtained from the
living people of the area in the carly days of settlement, and with ones in the

117

uppermost ten feet of deposit in the Devon Downs Hockshelter (Hale and Tin-
dale, 1930).

The second type is the so-called high-backed scraper, of which a typical
example is given iu Figure 8 (top). These are made indifferently on thick flakes
and on blocks of flint. The high-backed scraper seems fo occur in all of the
culture horizons back at least to the Pirrian,

‘The “ints from this upper horizon are only slightly patinated, generally
to the extent that the dark flint has become paler and assumed a faint bluish-
white bloom; some pieces look quite fresh.

IMPLEMENTS OF THE MARNIONG MOUND AT
CAPE NORTHUMBERLAND

The implements from the mound at Section D, Hundred of MacDonnell,
include the same two types as are present in the Upper campsite on Cape Martin.
Some of the adze stones show a notched cutting edge and others a somewhat
more pointed profile, but by viewing the cutting edge of the stonc from the
plane in which the adze meets the work it can be seen that both types would
have made a rather flat, chiscl-like cut on the wood, and the differences sare
those which arise casually in the course of repeated resharpeninys when in use.
Figure 9 contrasts the two adze-stone forms which seem to have originated in
this manner. Hammerstones and edgeground axes of igneous rock, traded from

Fig. ¥.—Implements in the Upper yt Murondian fayer of the marniong mound ut

Section D, Hundred uf MacDonnell, Cape Nothunberland, ‘Top: Four views of

noteh-edived ade stone. Bottom: uur views of another adze stone (aumbered as
A.30837 in South Austrulian Museum).

the stone mine at Mt, William in Central Victoria and from the site near Chats-
worth on the Hopkins Kiver, have been reported from the mound and its
vicinity which is so frequently visited that such objects. tend tu be picked up
and carried away as soon as they ure revealed at the surface by wind crosion-

From the juxtaposition of the mound to the only track down to the North
Beach, the fact that marine erosion, though rapid, has not had time to remove
the path, and the knowledge that this was one of the sites in use by the
aborigines in the earliest days of white settlement, it seems likely that Murundian
Culture implements continued to be made and used on the site until within
less than one hundred years ago. Pieces of European claypipe stem and early
coins have been found.

118

The implements from the surface of the kunkaz, presumptively ot the
older Tartangan culture, include typical blades like these at Cape Martin, and
a broken portion of a tabular piece of Hint which is worked rather poorly an
the two opposite faces,

THE DATING OF THE CAPE MARTIN SITE

We are indebted to Mr. G. F. Fergusson of the Dominion Physical Jabora-
tory at Lower Hutt, New Zealand, for making a Carbon 14 determination of the
age of the hearth im the A horizon of the red earth soil at Cape Martin. When
the Carbon specimen was sent for study the following description was given;
“A4S8257. Wood carbon from Cape Martin near Beachport, South Australia,
collected by N. B, Tindale, 16 November 1955. At this site implements of
Tartangan facies are present in 2 red earthy horizon, with a predominantly
éstustine shell fauna. Jt was overlain by a great thickness of white sand dine,
anavhich there is @ Murundian culture horizon with a suite of reef shells similar
to ones occurring on the shores of the present Cape. This carbon sample was
broken out and separated by washing from the ash and charcoal Jayer at the
same horizon [A] as the suite of classifiable implements. It might give a date
as carly as or even earlier than 6000 B.P.”

Mr. G. F. Fergusson's reply was; “Age with respect to modern wood
standard = 8,700 + 120 years”.

Two other Carbon 14 dates are available which seem to confirm the early
date for the Cape Martin site. At Lake Menindee Unio shells from T[orizon
B in Area I, collected, at the author's request, by Mr, L, F. Marcus. and also
tested by Mr. Fergusson, have yielded the date of 6,570+ 100 B.P, The imple-
ments’ in this bed were assessed by Tindale (1955) as Tartangan and established
to he in association with a suite of extinet species of mammals (Tedford, 1935),
Full details of this C 14 date are yiven in Tindale (1957) where a © 14 date
of 6.020 + 150 B.P, based on Unio shells tested at Columbia University is re-
corded for a late phase (Layer C) of the Tartangan beds at the type site on
Tartanga Island, in the River Murray, South Australia (Hale and Tindale, 1930),

DISCUSSION

From the data at Cape Martin given in this paper and that learned from
work reported previously it is possible to draw up the accompanying table,
Figure 10, showing the succession of cultures in the Murray Valley and sur-
rounding areas,

As a result of the obtaining of C 14 dates it has been possible to replace a
time scale based purely on geological data with one given in years, without
matecially disturbing the pattern and general ideas on time range which had been
developed by the study of the cultures themselves and their relationships to such
geolagical phenomena as the eustatic terrace of the Mid-Recent (10 ft. Ter-
race) and other shoreline structures associated with late phases of the Pleistocene
glaciation,

By contrasting the Tartangan of Lake Menindee (6500 B.P.) with the
similar culture at Tartanga (6020 B.P,) we seem to get an indication that the
ctitical centuries when the great Pleistocene assemblage of Australian mammals
was declining towards extinction fell after 6500 BP. The only unusual species
present at Tartanga after about 6000 BP, were a Macropus with a fourth mular
differing iu that its width exceeded by 18 p.c. the value characteristic of modern
M. etganteus, and a species of Sarcophilus which persisted until Mid-Mudukian
times before becoming extinct

It is of interest to note that inammal bone does not preserve well in the
dune sands of the South-East of South Australia so that even in Mudukian sites,

119

deduced to be only about 2000 years old, bones are virtually absent. No mammal]
bones of any kind haye been found in the red beds at Cape Martin, and so far
they have not been reported from any other sites in the area which might
be termed Tartangan. It can be expected that when a suitable shelter or cave
is discovered containing Tartangan remains which have been protected from

CULTURE SEQUENCE AND DATES
IN THE MURRAY VALLEY

— Western Europeans

~~ MURUNDIAN cutrure

—— MUDUHIAN cutturz

——— PIRRIAW cutture

~~ Pirrian Culture (mid-point) in Deyon Downs Cave (4250 © 180 8.P.)
se

* —— MID-RECENT HIGH (19 ft. terrace )———

Tartungan at type vite (6020 150 BP.) —————4
+ ASMANIAN
KARTAN Tortangan at Lake Menindee (65702100 BP.)
CULTURE

ISOLATED

CULTURE

ISOLATED
ON

TARTANGAN cutturE

ON
TASMANIA
KANGAROO
Tartangan site at Cape Martin

ISLAND (8700 £120 B.P. )

f

END OF PLEISTOCENE GLACIATION tse of sea level ———

10000

KARTAN cutture

Karran of Fulham, Hallert Cove, Kangaroo Island and Tasmaria.

11000

and aarlier

Fig. 10.—Diapram indicutiny cullure sugueuces aud dates in the Murtay Valley and
vicinity, South Anstralia.

weathering a rich fauna of extinct Pleistocene mammals should be found in
association since it is unlikely that all the fossil species would have disappeared
from the coastal areas by 8700 B.P., since some are shown to have survived at
Lake Menindee until after about 6500 B.P.

120

The evidence afforded by the terra rossa soils, seemingly perched on old
lime sand dunes. points ta the formation of these suils by the carrying down, into
the depths of the dunes. of the surface lime, leaving the siliceons and iron
residues at the surface. the whole indicating the existence of periods of high
rainfall when extensive leaching would occur. Under present day conditions
with « winter rainfall af around 30 inches, it is a matter of observation that suffi-
cient lime is dissolved] and re-deposited near tlie surface to cause calcareous
ecmentation of the dune sands and formation of slightly indurated layers wp ta
one iivh in thickness in the course of a single season, Such erusts occur in the
mobile sands almost down to storm tide mark, In other mobile sands, several
hundred yurds and more inland, for example on Cape Buffon Peninsula, where
new sand is coustwntly being added, harder and softer horizons appear as
“yarve”-like alternations of indurated and seft sand, They may either be the
record of poriodi¢ rainstorms or of the annal succession of dry and wet seasans.

In general, red soils qre found as a cavering: on each of the inland dune
ranges of the South-East of South Anstralia. Those on the older lime sand
ranges are deeper than Uhose at, far example, Cape Martin, where the soil must
be relatively voung. It woulkl seem that the rel soils are of several ages and
all are in sith and that it is the greater lapse of time since the formation of the
earlier chime ranges that has permitted leaching away of the lime to greater
depths. hence yielding greater thicknesses of terra rossa soil,

Under summer conditions in the South-Rast of South Australia, upward
mvistire movements have been observed in the limestone pillars, forming av
anra af dampness in the soil about their summits, which suggests active vertical
growth of the tips of the limestone pillars within the red soil cover.

The view Unt the red soils may be an expression of wet climate, expressed
in the above paragraphs, seems to be at variance with some current ideas, which
appear to demand arid periods at important stages of the formaliun of the
rel soils,

To Mr. B. E. Butler who has stucied the red snifs. of South-Exstern Aus-
tralia (Butler, 1956), [ am indebtedl for examining samples of the sails from
Section 5, Tlundred of Symon. wud from Cape Martin. His counments in a letter,
under date of 6 June 1956, are as follows:

“Our present thinking supports fairly clearly three phases of aridity: the
most recent being least severe and comprehensive. There may be earlier arid
phases, too. These arid phases were separated by wel pluses during which the
soils were leached and broadly one may say that the carlier of these phases was
alsa more intense and of w longer duration than the later phases. The strati-
graphic relationships and the depths of leaching can be used to distinguish the
materials of one phase from thase of another, Of the samples you have sent,
the first, an A horizon from Cape Martin, is probably to be related to the latest
aridity because it contains discrete particles of ime. We find evidence of this

hase of aridity extending from the south-west towards Swan IUill (Vietaria),
yut not extending very far further eastward, Its chicf manifestations were
instability of dune crests and Innette building. Your second sample is nol clearly
indicated as to whwther surface or sub-surface sumple: it is non-culearcous.
mure clayey than sample no, 1 and might be older. Both samples could he wind
distributed materials and are similar to the malerials we encountered at Swan
Hill where a study of these phases is being done by Mr. H. M. Churchward,
We have still to finalise Uhe criteria for distinguishing these arid phases especially
in the cases where the record is (neomplete. We have reached no finality as
to He dates of these arid phases: all we propose is their relative intensities and
the duration of the intervals. The figure of 6-8.000 years for the most recent
aridity would not be in discord with our existing evidence.”

121

Wil (1955) has postulated afresh an Australian “Arid Period’ connected with
the mid-Holocene Warm Phase, or Thermal Maximum, called the 10 ft Terrace
period in this paper, and in Europe called the Climatic Optinium, The mid-
point of this time he places at about 5000 B.P. The presence of locss dune
formations is used as evidence of the dry conditions,

The present author (‘Lindale, 1947, 1952, 1953, and 1955) had drawn. atten-
tion previously to zoological data which seemed to deny the existence of a Mid-
Holweene acid period in Southern Australia, such as was first pronouticed by
Crocker and Wood (1947). Their theory had leaned heavily ou soil evidence,

Gill did not accept the zoological data as affording sufficient evidence to
warrant abandonment of the ‘Great Arid’ theory, although Condon (1954) and
Gross (1955) had shown by additional zoological data that it was relevant.

The C 14 dates now available for the Tartangan culture horizons discussed
above, and in particular the minimum date of 8700 B.P, for the terra rossa soil
at Cape Martin destroys the Joess basis on which the theories of a Mid-Holocenc
aril period were conceived. It may be pointed out that the C horizon of the
red soil in the swales at Gape Martin can be many fect thick and the hearth in
the A horizon indicates that it must have already been in process of deyclop-
went Jong before the date when the 10st superficial layers of it afforded space
tor the camp of Tartangan men.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author is indebted to Mr. G. F. Fergusson of the Dominion Physical
Laboratory, Tower Hutt, New Zealand, for the age determination for Cape
Martiz as also for those from J.ake Menindee incidentally referred to herein. Mr,
H, Wurrows prepared from my field sketches the several diagrams and the map
illustrating this paper.

The names of colleagues, with whouw discussions uf the subject have been
most profitable, are given in an earlier section of the paper.

[t should not be forgotten that the group of workers interested in archacolng
at: Adelaide all profited greatly from the stay among them of Mr, H, V. f
Noone, whose recent death is a Joss to all. He was a fellow of the Royal Society
of South Australia and a contributer te its Transactions.

REFERENCES

Buren. B. E1936, Parno—an aeolian clays shuste. Journ. Science, Sydney, 18, pp. 145-151.
Cameneui, T. D,, and Nooxe, BH. V. V., 1944. Some aboriginal campsites in the Woalewine
Range region of the South-Tast of Sonth Austiulix, Ree. 4. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 7, pp.
371-395, .

Casswuenn, T. BD, Curtann, J. B.. and Hossreoo, P, b., 1946. Aborigines of the Lower
Seuth-Bast of Sonth Australia, Rec. S. Aust. Mns., Adelaide, 8, pp. 445-502,

Cosmo, LL. Oe ad Evolution of Australlan birds, South Aust. Ornithoulogist, Adelaide,
ZL, pp, 17-27.

Crockrn, BR. Li, aul Woon, J. G., 1947, Stune historical influences on the development uf
the South Austruliaa yegetation comrounities anid their bearing on concepts and classi
lication in Geolosy. Trans. Roy, Soe. $, Aust., Adelaide, ‘71, pp. 91-136.

Gua, E.D., 1855. Australian "Arid Period’. Aust, Juan, Science, Sydney, 17, pp. 204-206,

Gnoss, G. #,, 1958. Ree $. Aust, Mus, Adelaide, 11, pp. 419-422. ,

Have, HW, M., and Tasvare, No B., 1930. Notes un surme Jinan remains dn the Lower
Murray Valley, South Ausluulia, Ree. S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 4, pp. 115-215,

Hossreip, P. $., i950, Tate Cuinezvie history of the South-East of South Australia. Trans.
Ruy, Soe, S. Aust, Adelaide, pp. 292-279,

seeten, 1. G., 195. Geology of the Sunth-Hist Province, South Australian, §. Aust, Mines
Dept, Geol, Surv. Bull, 29,

Tepronm RK. 19355. Report on the extinct gharmalian remains at Lake Menindee, New
South Wales. Ree. S. Aust, Mus., Adelaide, 11, pp. 299-305.

Trxnann, N. Bs, 1937. Relutionship of the extinct Kangarda Island culture with cultores af
Australia, Tasmania and Mataya. Rec. $. Aust. Mus, Adelaide, 6, pp. 39-60,

TinpaLye, N, B, 1947. Subdivision of Pleistocene tine in Soulh Australia. Tee. 8. Aust
Mus, Adelaide, 8, pp, 619-642.

123

Trnpace, N. B., 1950, Palaeolithic kodj axe of the aborigines and its distribution in Australia.
Rec. S$. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 9, pp. 257-274.

Tinpae, N. B., 1951. Palaeolithic kodj axe of the aborigines—further notes. Rec. S. Aust.
Mus., Adelaide, 9, pp. 371-374.

Tinpate, N. B., 1952. Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust., Adelaide, 75, p. 75.

TINDALE,'N.°B., 1952. Rec..S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 9, p. 143.

Tipae, N. B., 1953. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 11, p. 63.

Tinpaue, N. B., 1955. Archaeological site at Lake Menindee, New South Wales. Rec. S.
Aust. Mus., Adelaide, 11, pp. 269-298.

Tinnatr, N. B., 1956. Anthropology, in South Australia. Report of the Museum Board, 1955-
1956, p. 7.

Tinpace, N. B., 1957. Culture Succession in South-Eastern Australia. Rec. S. Aust. Mus.,
Adelaide, 18 (in press), .

123

CESTODES FROM CORMORANTS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA
BY HELEN GOLDTHORP CLARK

Summary

This paper deals with six species of cestodes from South Australian cormorants. It was found on
examination of the type material that Goss (1940) had confused two species in her description of
Paradilepis minima. These two species are redescribed and identified as Paradilepis scolecina
(Rudolphi 1819) and Paradilepis minima (Goss 1940, in part). Paradilepis sp. is recorded but not
named, as the material was inadequate. Dilepis maxima Goss 1940, Hymenolepis cormoranti
Ortlepp 1/938 (Woodland 1929) are redescribed from fresh material.

CESTODES FROM CORMORANTS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA
by Heven Gorotuorp Crank
[Read 12 July, 1956]
SUMMARY

This paper deals with six species of cestodes from South Australian cormorants. Tt was found
on examination of the type material that Goss (1940) had contused two species in her deserip-
tion of Paradilepis minima, These two species ure redescribed and identified as Paradilepis
scolecina (Rudolphi 1819) and Paradilepis minima (Goss 1940, in part). Parudilepix sp.
is recorded but not named, as the material was inadequate, . Dilepis maxima Goss 1940,
Hymenolepis. cormoranti Ortlepp 1938 (Woodland 1929) are redesvribed from fresh material.

From the one bird found in Adelaide, a little pied cormorant, Microcarbo
melanoleneus (syn. Phalacrocorax ater) we obtained a specimen of Dilepis
maxima Goss 1940, two fragments recorded as belonging to a species ol Para-
dilepis, and numerous specimens of Hymenolepis phalacrocorax, The latter also
occurred in four little pied cormorants collected at Tailem Bend, together with
numerous specimens of Paradilepis minima {Goss 1940). The latter were also
found in two little black cormorants, Phalacrecorax sulcirostris, In anotlier little
pied cormorant from Tailem Bend we found thirteen specimens of Hymenolepis
cormoranti Ortlepp 1938. Many specimens of Paradilepis scolecina (Rudolphi
1819) were obtained from one black cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo var. novae-
hollandiae).

This work was started under the direction of the late Professor T. Harvey
Johnston, with the intention of producing a joint publication, which was unfor-
tunately prevented by his death in 1951. I should like to express my gratitude for
his great help with the paper, while making it clear that the opinions expressed
are the sole responsibility of the author. Thanks are due to Messrs, G. G,, Fred
and Bryce Jaensch of Tailem Bend, and the Jate Mr. L. Ellis of Murray Bridge
for obtaining the birds from Tailem Bend for us. [ also wish to thank Miss
Goss, formerly of University of Western Anstralia, for very kindly allowing me
to re-examine her slides of Paradilepis minimu. The work was done with the
assistance of the Commonwealth Research Crant to the University of Adelaide.

Paradilepis scolecins (Rudolphi 1819)
Figs, L-9

Syn. Paradilepis duhoisi Hsiit 1935; Paradilepis brevis Burt 1940,
Dilepis minima Goss 1940 (in part).

Numerous specimens were obtained from Phalacrocorax carbo var. nota:
hollandiae shot at Tailem Bend, S.A, Those with eg¢s measure 3-5-4-5 mm.
long with a maximum breadth of 0-32-0-44 mm. and have about 80 seginents,
all broader than long.

The scolex is 0-42-0-48 mm. (average ()-47 mmm.) in diameter, The broad
muscular rostellum, 0-17-02 mm. iu maximuny diameter when everted, has 20
hooks arranged in a double crown, the two series alternating and with hooks
differing in shape and size (Tigs. 2 and 3). The anterior hooks measure 0-111-
0-114 mm,, average 0-112 mm,, in total length, the posterior 0-075-0-081 mm,
(average 0-079 mm.) m total length; all have a long dorsal and a short ventral
root, These hooks are readily lost and hence were not present in much of our
material. ‘The large rastellar sac exteads back almost to the level of the posterior

124

*o6mm

Plate 1,

1, mature cestode; 2 and 3, rustellar hooks: 4, ventral view
of segments with mature testes;

Figs, 1-9.—Paradilepis scolecina.

5, transverse section of same; 6, ventral view of segments
with mature ovaries; 7, transverse section of same; 8 and 9, young forms, Figs, 2 and 3 to
same scale; Figs. 4, 5, 6 and 7; Figs. 8 and 9. om, circular muscle: es, cirrus Sac; CSp, cirrus
sac from preceding segments; m, onter ring of longitudinal muscle: ex, excretory vessel; Lm,
inner ring of longitudinal muscle; 0, ovary; rs, receptaculiun seminis: 8, shell gl

and; sy, sphincter
of vagina; t, testis; vd, vas deferens; yg, yolk gland.

margin of the suckers. The latter are bemispherical or slightly clipsoidl and
measure O-1-0-14 mm. in diameter or 0-4) 12 by 0-14-0-15 mm, The sealex
merges into a neck varying in Jength and width according to the state of vom-
traction, °

Scgmonts just bellind the neck are 0-32-0-44 mm. broad by 0-02 mm, Song,
They narrow slightly (to 0-25-0-29 im.) and gradually lengthen as they mature,
becoming 0°03 mm, long at sexual maturity, 0-04 mm. long in segments with a
developing uterus, increasing to 0-12 mm, in those with a gravid uterus. Sume
strobilae show a sudden inerease in width when, the uterus is fully developed,

Calearcous corpuscles are elliptical, The onter Jongitndinal musele ring
consists uf a few scattered fibres in the cortical yegion.. The inner ring contains
much larger fibres, The genital ducts pass outwards dorsally to both excretory
canals, .

In our specimens the testes tend to become displaced so that the organs
may overlie in such a way as to make it difficult to distinguish them in whole
mounts. ‘he cirrus sac is so large that it occupies a considerable part of the
scement at male or female maturity. The four testes develop before the ovary
and have disappeared by the time the latter is fully developed. One testis lies
porally and ventrally to the cirrus sac, the other three being on the aporal side.
When mature they measure 0:026-0-037 mm, The vas deferens is very long,
its numerous coils lying dorsally to the three aporal testes. The duct is also
thrown into loops in the inner part of the cirrus sac but seminal vesicles were
not recognizable. ‘Uhe cirrus is armed with small spines and must be rela-
tively very lang, abont 0-06-0-07 mm. when fully everted. ‘The cirrus sac say
measure 012-015 by 0-03 mm., but is somewhat smaller in gravid segments.
The geuital atrium may be decp and narrow (0:026-0-033 mm. in length).

The aulage of the female system can be recognized in segments with mature
testes, lying ventrally between the poral und aporal groups. When mature the
compact ovary measure 0-06-0-07 by 0-035-0:045 and lies ventrally below
the inner end of the cirrus sac. The small yolk gland, about 0-026 mm, in
diameter, is somewhat dorsal to the ovary. The small thin-walled receptaculum
seminis lics an the aporal side of the vitellarium. ‘The wide vagina travels
inwards just behind and parallel with the cirrus sac to enter the seminal
receptacle, Near the female pore it has well-developed imuscle fibres,

The uterus. develops ventrally and extends gradually till it oecupies most of
the segment, Egys are about 29-35) in diameter; the onchuspheres about 16-20
in diameter and their hooklets 8:3, long.

limmature forms, Several were recovered from the intestine of the same
cormorant, One (Tig. 8) had not advanced much from the cysticercoid stage
and measured 0-67 by 0:43 mm., with rostellar hooks 0-11 and 0:078 mm. ta
total length. The only one of the remainder still possessing hanks (Fig. 9) had
already beutn to form a strobila and measured 0-95 by 0-33 mm, with hooks
OT) and 0-08 mm, long. Both contained numerous calcareous corpuscles.

Since this species seems to have been confused in Australian literature with
P. minima, the systematic position of the two is discussed later.

Paradilepis miniva (Goss 1940)
Pigs. 10-16

Syn, Dilepis minima Goss 1940 (in part).

Numerous specimens of this small cestode were obtained from the stomach
and intestine of three Mierocarbo melanoleucus, syn. Phatacrocorex alert and trom
two Phulacrecorax sulcirustus, all taken at Tailem Bend.

Ege-bearing worms measure 1-5-2:3 mm, in length and 026-038 mm- in
maximum width. Youngest segments arc 0-26-0-3 mm. broad and about 0-02

126

mm. long. As they mature they reach their maximum width and their length is
about 0:037 mm., but they continue to lengthen as they become gravid when
the dimensions may be 0-26-0-28 mm. in breadth and 0:15-0:17 mm. in length.
Sometimes these latter tend to separate partly from their fellows so that the
posterior part of the strobila may resemble a string of beads.

-o5mmy

-o fmm

Plate 2.

Figs, 10-16.—Paradilepis minima, 10, mature cestode; 11 and 12, rostellur hooks; 13, ventral

yiew of mature segments; 14, transverse section of same; 15 and 16, young forms. Figs. 11

and 12 to same scale; Figs. 13 and 14; Figs. 15 and 16. c, cirrus; es, cirus suc; m, outer ring

of longitudinal muscle; Im, inner ring of Jongitucinal musele; 0, ovary; rs, receptaculum seminis;
t, testis; u, uterus; v, vagina; vd, vas deferens; yg, yolk gland.

127

The scolex is not well marked off from the neck region, When the rostellum
is tully cverted the seolex is 0'44-0-49 mm. long by 0:33-0-34 mm. broad, the
rostellum being 0:167-0-2 mm. long by 0-15-0-16 mm. wide. The rostellar
sac is large and extends back almost to the posterior margin of the suckers; when
the rostellum is retracted, the sac measured 0-22-0-33 mm. long by 0-15-0019
mm. bread. The well-developed musculature associated with the sac and
rostelliim closely resembles that present in P. scolecing. There is a double
erown of 28 alternating hooks, the anterior 14 being {-18-0-19 (average 0-184
tnin..) in total length, the posterior smaller hooks being {-125-0-13 mm. (average
127). These hooks seem to become dislodged readily since few wars lave
retained the full number. The suckers are 0: 11-0'155 mim. by 0-18-0-155 mia.

The musculature of the segments is arranged as in P. scolecina. The exere-
tary canals were not recognized.

The four testés develop a little before the ovary and attam thelr maxiniuin
sizo in segments containing developing ovary and yolk gland. One testis is
poral anil lies ventrally to the large cirrus sae, yne is median and dorsal to the
oyary and the other two are aporal, When mature they measure 0-044)-05
by 0-02-0-03 mm. The vas deferens is very long and thrown intu coils dursally
in the anterior region of the segment, in front of the genital glauds. On enter-
ing the cirrus sae it beeomes somewhat coiled as. anu inner vesicula seminalis.
The thin-walled sac lies in the anterior part of the segment, parallel with the
frobt lorder, and may extend to the middle of the seament, Its size is 0-11-0-13
by 0-03-0-04 min, in mature segments. The genital atrium is narrow and deep.
The circus is very long, about 0:25 mm. m length, Its proximal region bears
humerous rose-thorn spines, about 52 across the base and 5» from the base to
the Op, these spines becownng smaller and less numerous towards the free end
af the organ where only fine hairs are present. Segments containing mature
uvuries also possess degenerafing testes,

The mature ovary has two lobes connected by a relatively long isthmus.
The yolk gland and the receptaculum lie ventrally between the lobes and in the
posturiur region of the segment. The yolk gland is about 0:037-0-04 by 0-026
mun: and the receptaculum 0-03-0-04 by 0-02-0-03 mm. The latter is more
dorsally placed than the yolk gland, The vagina lies just ventral to the cirrus
sac and travels inwards from the atrium in a winding course more or less
parallel with it te reach the receptaculum, The uterus develops as a bilobed sac
whith enlarges to occupy most of the gravid segment. Eggs measure 31-35, in
Sameer; the onvhosphere 20-30, in diameter and the hooklets §-5, in total
length.

Immature forms (Figs. 15-16) were also recavered from the stomach aud
the intustine of one of the cormorants. The hooks measured 0:12-0:15 mm-
in total Jength, the suekers O-30-0-15 mrt. in diameter; and the scoley 0-31-0-34
mm, broad. Some were almost eysticercaids, while in others segmentation had
just commenced. “Vhese young forms were from 0-4-0-4 mm. in length. Since
Microcerho melanoleucus feeds on freshwater fish and yabbies (Parachaeraps
destructor), the cysticercoids of P. scolecina and P minima recorded by us prab-
ably developed in either the fish or the crustacean.

Relationship of P. sealreina and P. minima

Miss Goss very generonsly permitted us to re-exanyine some of her slices
ot Paradilepis minima. We find that two small species have been confused under
that name and that her material from Microcerbo melanoleucus contains the
same two species that we have described above. One has at least 26 hooks
measuritiy about O-17 and 0-12 mim. in total length, and cirrus with large rose-
thorn spines suggestive of P. minima; the other has about 20 hooks measuring
about 0:09 and 0-07 mm. in total Jength, aud a cirrus armed with short hair-like

128

spines as In P. scolecina. In the original account of D, mininia the larger hooks
are reported as 0-11 mm. long and the smaller as 0-10. mm., but in the scvlex
figured by Miss Goss and re-examined by me, they measure about 0:1fi and
fl-1] respectively, while a figured hook is 0°12 mm.

Since most of the original account refers to the species with the larger hooks
we have taken that as representing P. minima, and to it we assign Miss Goss’
figures 23, 26-32; igure 25 might refer to either species. Though D, minima was
repoyted to possess only three testes, a fourth was detected by us adjacent te
and just in front of that figured as occurring on the aporal side uf the segment.
‘The account of the cirrus with backwardly directed spines 54 long, the two-
lobe! ovary and the position of the testes (one of which is median, unlike the
condition in P. scolecina where three are aporal and one poral, none central}
indicates P. minima. The possession of four testes in the segment and of two
rows of rostellar hooks places the two species in Paradilepis Hsii 1935. Joyeux
and Baer (1950, p. 91) regard the genus Paradilepis as comprising only six
species, which they list, together with their synonyms. They consider Para-

ilenis scolecina (Rudolphi 1819), P. duboisi Hsii 1935, and P. brevis Burt 1940
to be synonyms, and consequently we have identified our cestade as Paradilepis
scolveina- Using the key they suggest P. minime (not included in their paper)
is differentiated by its small size (strobila less than 10 mm.) from P_ macracant
Joyeux and Baer 1936, P- sironi Rausch 1949, P. kempi (Southwell 1921} and
P. delachauxi (Fuhrman 1909). P. urcews (Wedl 1855) and P. seolecina
(Rudolphi 1819) both measure Jess than 10 mm., but both have 20 hooks, while
P. minima has 28, and its hooks are larger.

Paradilepis sp.
Figs. 17-20

Two fragments af a cestode were obtained from a cormorant (Microcarbo
melanoleucus) collected from the Adelaide Botanical Gardens in 1923, The
leneth of the larger is 1 em,, and Its maximum breadth 0-2 mm,; in its most
matute segments the testes and cirrus sac are defined although still immature.
The second specimen is only just beginning to segment.

The svolex measures 0:34-0-47 mm. in diameter and 0-5 mm. in length.
ln both specimens the rostellum ts retracted; it carrics 27 hooks arranged in two
raws, the larger hooks measure 0-17S-0-18( mm. total length, and the smaller
0-124-0-188 mm, total length, Their shapes arc shown in figures 18 and 19,
OF the 27 hoaks, there are 13 large and 14 small ones; probably the complete
number is 28, he rostellar sac measures about 0-16 mm, in diameter and
0-26-0131 min. in length; it extends back behind the posterior level of the
suckers. The suckers are round (0: 167 mm. in diameter) or elliptical (0-14 x
Q-11-0-138 mm.) in shine.

There are four. occasionally five, testes situated on cither side of and
behind. the developing femule glands. Those in the ripest segments messare
0-03 mm. in diameter, but itis doubtful if they have reached their greatest size.
The cirrus sac is not yet fully differentiated; it lies across the anterior part af the
segment, reaching a little beyond the middle of the segment. In the most mature
seyinents it measures 0-1 mm. long by 0-03 mm. broad.

The female glands are indicated by an ayeregation of cells between the
testes, but Uhey are not differentiated. No excretory canals could be recognized.

This species belongs to the family Dilepididae Puhrmann 1907, because of
its four testes and double row of hooks. As there aré no gravid segments we
cannot be sure of its correct position, but record it as Peradilenis sp. Using the
key suggested by Joyeux and Baer (1950, p. 9L) it then belonys to the group
of species exceeding 10 mm. in length, but can be distinguished from them by
the number and size of its hooks,

129

Plate 3,

Figs. 17-20.—Paradilepis sp. 17, scolex; 18 and 19, rostellar hooks; 20, immature segment.
Figs, 21-25.—Dilepis maxima. 21, scolex; 22, dorsal view of segment with developing uterus;
23 and 24, dorsal view of segments with branching uterus; 25, dorsal yicw of segment with
ovigerous capsules.
Fiys. 17, 23, 24 and 25 to same scale; 21 und 22 to same scale; 18 and 19 to same scale.
eS, cirrus suc; ec, egg capsules; o, ovary; ts, receptaculum. scminis; t, testis; u, uterus; vex,
yentral excretory canal; yg, yolk gland; 9, anlage of female organs.

130

Dilepis maxima Goss 1940
Figs. 21-25

A specimen of Dilepis maxima Goss (1940) was recovered from a small black
and white cormorant, Microcarbo melanoleucus, collected in Adelaide, Suuth
Australia, m 1923. Its total length is uncertain (at least 5 cm.), but its maximum
breadth is 1-2 mm. The seolex has a diameter of 0:36 mm, The rostellum
cares a double crown of 26-28 hooks, the larger of which measure 0-153 mm.
total length, and the smaller 0-108.mm.: in shape they are similar to those firured
by Miss Goss (1940). The four suckers measnre 0-13 x 0-11 mm.

Tn our specimen the anterior end is contracted and there is no distinct neck
before segmentation begins. The genital ducts pass clorsally to the excretory
canals. The unilateral genital pore lies in the anterior third of the margin af the
proglottid.

The four testes measure cach (-07-0-08 mm. in diameter: twa are sityated
on the aporal side of the female glands, one in front of the other; ihe other tvo
are poral, one ta the side of the female glands, and the other hehind them.
They persist in segments with well-developed uterus. The vas deferens coils
before entering the cirrus sac, The pair of spines at the base of the cirms,
referred to by Miss Goss, could not be seen, but the cirrus itself is spiny. The
cirrus sac is Jarge, extending from the genital atrium across the anterior part
of the segment; it measures 0-30-0:37 mm. long * 0+03 imm. broad.

The mature ovary is median, and measures 0-07 mm. maximum diameter;
the vitelline gland, situated directly hehind it, measures 0-07 mm. in diameter.
The vagina opens into the deep, narrow genital artrium just ventral and posterior
to the opening of the cirrus sac; it rms parallel with the cirrus sac to the recep-
taculum seminis, which is situated dorsally in front of the ovary. At its largest,
it measures about 0-08 X 0-05 mm, The uterus develops as two lobes which
beeome branched, and finally break down into numerous egg capsules, extend-
ing laterally beyond the excretory canals, and containing cach 1-20 eggs,

Our specimen is ubviously Dilepis maxima Goss 1940, differing significantly
from the original description only in the number of hooks (tvpe specimen has
20) and in the size of the yolk gland (that of the type specimen measures 0-035
mm. in diameter). The type specimen may easily have lost several of its hooks,
so that our number may be taken as more correet, The yolk gland in our
specimen was measiired from segments with developing uterus, which may
account lor its greater size, However, if the uterus really breaks down into
ovigerous capsules, as it appears to do, this species does not belong to the genus
Dilepis, which has a sac-like or Johed uterus, but to one of the genera of the
subfamily Dipylidiinae. (The family Dilepididae: Fuhrmann 1907 is divided into
three subfamilies on the nature of the uterus; of these, the subfamily Dilepidiitrar
Fuhrman 1907 includes those genera in which the uterus is sac-like, lobed ar
ramifying, and the subfamily Dipylidiinae (Stiles 1896) those in which the uterus
breaks down into uterine capsules, (Fuhrmann 1932).) As we were not able
fo make certain that the appearance of the egg capsules is not due to a greatly
ramifying avd divided uterus, we have for the time left this species in its original
gerus,

Tlymenolepis cormoranti Ortlepp 1938
Figs 26 andl 27

Thirteen very small cestodes were obtained from a cormorant ( Microcarbo
melanoleycus) collected near Tailem Bend, South Australia, in March 1948,
Unfortunately, none of the worms are mature, so that only a limited description
of them cau be given, The specimens measure up to 13 mm. long, with a manxi-
mum width of 0-3 mm. The scalex(Fig, 26) has a maximum diameter of

lt

(-11-0:14 mm, It has a long rostellam ending in a bulb which carries the
hooks; when fully everted the rostellumn may be 0-44 mm. long. There is a
single row of LO hooks of similar shape and size, measuring 0-022 mm. total
jJength. ‘heir shape is shown in Figure 27. The four elliptical suckers measure
0 04-0-05 % 0°055-0-065 mm. The scolex narrows slightly to the neck. In the
iinst mature segnients present, which are 0-057 mm. long, some of the organs
are foreshadowed by aggregations of vells, but nothing of their number or
arrangement can be determined.

These specimens resemble in general form, and in number and size of their
hooks, three species which have been described from cormorants elsewhere.
These are Hymenolepis cormoranti Ortlepp 1938, from Microcarbo africana
africanaides, whost: 10 looks measure 0-024-0-025 mm,; Hymenolepis childi
Burt 1940 from Phalacrocorax niger of Ceylon, whose LO hooks measure
0-021-0°022 min. and Hymenolepis gyogonka Johri 1941 from Phalacrocorax
javaiteus from Burma, whose 10 hooks measure ()-018-0-026 mm. All three
cestudes are thin and delicate, and the arrangement atid nteasurements of their
internal organs clo not differ significantly; none has such a long rostellum as our
specimens, which may be because in none it is fully extended, Their hooks
as Ryured, and those of our specimens, are ali similarly shaped. Joyeux and
Waer 1950 in a note to their paper consider that the three are synonyins, The
South Australian specimens contain no mature segments, but in view of the
close resemblance of the scolices ky those of this group. they are provisionally
ilentifiedl as H. cormoranti.

Hymenolepis phalacrocorax (Woodland 1929)
Figs 28.31

Numerous specimens of this species were found in three little pied cormo-
rants (Microcarbe melanaleucus) collected at Tailem Bend hetween 1938 ind
1843 and one from the Adelaide Botanical Gardens collected in 1923. Unfor-
tunately none has a scolex. The largest worms measure about 100 tim-., with a
maximum breadth of 1:14 mn, found in gravid scaments. ‘The unilateral
senital ores arc situated in the anterior third of the proglottid. All the segments
are Weoader than long,

Tle musevlar system is similar to that described by Woodland, the inner
cig of longitudinal muscle fibres consisting vf eight large bundles, four dorsal
and four ventral. Tmmediately external to these is the outer ring of longitudinal
jwuscle fibres, which is strongly developed. Both these rings lie within the ring
of virewlar muscJés, and are therefore medullary in position, There are the usual
{we pairs of longitudinal exeretary vessels; the veutral ones are large (external
diameter ap to 44.) and the dorsal narrower with thicker walls (external
diameter about Llu), No trausyveese excretory canals were observed. ‘The genital
ducts pass dorsally to the exeretory vessels,

There are three testes, one poral and two aporal. As the segments are very
short, they are usually transversely clongate, measuring 0:08-0-15 * O-07-0-09
mm. ‘Their position with reference to the excretory vessels appears to vary.
Usually the mature poral testis fills the dorso-ventral space behind the virres
sac, most of it lying laterally to the excretory vessels. [oth of the two aporal
testes are crossed ventrally by the oxcretory vessels, the outer of the Gyvo being
practically Jaterul to it, and the inner, practically median. All three testes lie
between the langitudinal nerve cords, In segments with mature ovaries, the testes
are completely lateral to the exerelory canals, as figured and described by Wood-
land, There is an external seminal vesicle which may become extremely large; in
segments with develuping uterus, in which it is filled with sperms, it may measure
0:09-0:11 tm. wile, and fill the central portion of the segment. It begins

132

Plate 4.
Figs, 26-27,—Hymenolepis cormoranti, 26, scolex witli rostellim everted; 27, rostellar hook.
Figs. 28-31—Hymenolepis phalacrocorar. 28, dorsal view of segment with mature testes:
29, transverse section of same: 30, dorsal view of segment with mature ovury, 31, dorsal
view of segments with developing uterus. Figs. 26, 28, 29 and 30 to same scale, cm, circular
muscle; dex, dorsal excretory canal; m, outer ring of longitudinal muscle: esv, external seminal
vesicle; isv, internal seminal vesicle: lm, inner ring of longitudinal muscle: vex, ventral excretory
canal; yg, volk yland.

133

abruptly beluw the cirrus sac and runs across the segment ta the aporal exere-
tory vessel, where it turns and comes back to enter-the cirrus sac 5 vas deterens-
Within the cirrus sac the vas deferens widens into an internal seminal vesicle
which ills the cirrus sac when full of sperms. The cirrus itself is short (0-03-
0-04 mm. long) and does not appear spiny, The genital atrium is shallow. The
citrus sac extends nearly up to or slightly beyond the poral excretory vessels,
It reasures 0-15-0-24 * 0-02-0-05. mm. in mature segments.

The bilobed ovary is large, measuring up to 0-20 mm. across when fully
devcloped, extending between the excretory vessels that is, filling about one-third
of the segment. Each lobe is subdivided into several srualler lobes, The
slightly lobed yolk gland (0-048-0-055 x 0-02 mm.) is situated behind the
ovary in its concavity. The receptaculum seminis is inconspicuous, appearing
usually as a dilation of the vagina in the region of the ovary and dorsal to it.
The Vagina runs obliquely from the genital atrium to the region of the ovary.
it opens into the genital atrium immediately ventral to the cirrus sac in the sare
Wansverse plane. The uterus develops as two transverse lobes on either side
of the ovary, extending well beyond the excretory canals and behind the cirrus
sac to the edges of the segment. In gravid segments the uterus appears as one
Jurge sac which fills the segment in which all the organs haye degencrated
except the cirrus sac and the large external serninal vesicle, Occasionally there
ure inarginal uterine swellings similar to those described by Woodland. ‘The
eggs measure 23-25, in diameter and the onchospheres 12-15, with small hooks
measuring about Te long.

As can be seen, the description of this species differs in certain respects frerr
that of Woodland. We were not able to observe the detail of the cirrus sac
desevibed by him, The testes of our specimens are completely lateral to the
exerutory vessels (as described by Woodland) only in segments that are past
their maturity, Baer 1933 in his description of specimens of this species also
seems not to have found the testes lateral in position in young or immature
setments, Again, the uterus of our specimens occasionally had lateral swellings,
but they are nota constant feature, as they are in Woodland’s specimens. Ilow-
ever, these differenees may in part be due to the state of contraction of the
worms, and do not scem to justify the creation of a new species, so we prefer
to record our specimens as I/ymenvlepis phulacrvcorax (Woodland 1929),

REFERENCES

Baer, J. G., 1933, Contribution a Jetude de la taune helminthologtyue: afticaine, Rev.
Suisse Zool, 10 (1), pp. 3-84,

Burr, D. R., 1940, New species of costodes from Cliaradriiformes, Atdeitormes aud Pelicani-
fonnes in Ceylon. Spolia Zeaylaniva, 22 (1), pp. 1-63,

Puruaany, ©,, 1932, Tes Tenias des Oiseaux, Mem, Uniy. Neuchitel, xviii, 18 pp.

Goss, ©. M., 1940. Platyhelminth wnd Acunthocephalan Parasites of Local Shags, Jour, Roy,
Soc. W. Aust, 62 Cts pp. 1-14.

Hell, H. T., 1935. Contributions a l'étude: des costedes de Chine, Rev. Suisse Zool., 42, pp.
533-34,

Jower, LN. 184L. On'two specics of the family Hymenolepididue Iuhrnjuiu 1907 (Cestoda)
rau a Burmese cormorant Phalucrocurax jananteus (Worsteld 1821), Philipp, Juur. Sei,
74 (2), pp. 93-84,

Jorveux, Ce, and Barn, J. Gi, 1950, “Whe Statas of the Cestude Genus Megyittiella Jaqpe-
Neyra 1943, Pruc, Helm. Soc. Wash, 17 (2), pp. 1 -fa. ‘
Orcieve, R. J, 1938. Sonth African Hebotiths, Part IV. Cestodes frau Calinlyifermies,
Onderstepoort Je, LL (1), pp. 63-104. '
WoubLanp, W, N. i, 1929. On Some New Avian Costodes from todia. Parasitol, Cambridge,

31, pp. 168-179.

ad

REDISCOVERY OF CTENERYTHRAEUS BERLESE 1918 (ACARINA,
TROMBIDIIDAE), WITH REDESCRIPTION, AND ITS SYNONOMY WITH
SPATHULATHROMBIUM WOMERSLEY 1945

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Summary

The examination of a small collection of mites from New Caledonia has shown a species of
Trombidiid mite answering to Erythraeus (Ctenerythraeus) trombidioides Berlese 1918 (from New
Caledonia), which was placed by its author (and subsequent writers) in the family Erythraeidae.
Although Berlese's type is at present inaccessible, the correspondence of the adult mite to Berlese's
account (allowing for some obscurities in the latter's Latin description), both in descriptive and
metric data, is. excellent, and there appears no reason to doubt the identity. The mite also
corresponds to Spathulathrombium Womersley 1945, which becomes a synonym of Crenerythraeus
Berlese 1918.

Ctenerythraeus trombidioides is redescribed from the new material, both adult and nymph. The
species comes nearest to Gtenerythraeus myloriensis (Womersley 1945) from South Australia.
Distinguishing characters between these two species are given. Apart from these two species the
genus contains C. southcotti (Worn. 1934) (the genotype of Spathulathrombium), C. queenslandiae
(Worn. 1942), C. maximus (Worn. 1945), and C. fulgidus (Worn, 1945). All except the genotype are
from the Australian mainland.

REDISCOVERY OF CTENERYTHRAEUS BERLESE 1918 (ACARUNA,
TROMBIDIDAE), WITH REDESCRIPTION. AND ITS SYNONOMY WITH
SPATHULATHROMBIUM WOMERSLEY 1945

by R. V. Sourncerr
[Read 9 August 1956]
SUMMARY

The examination of a smull collection of miles frum New. Caledonia has shawn 2 spevies
of Trombidiid mite answering ta Erythraeus (Ctenerythraens) trombidioides Berlese 1918
(fran New Caledonia), whith was placed by its author (and subseruent writers) Lu the
family Erythraeidac. Althongh Berlese’s type is at present inaccessible, the corresponilence
of the adult mite to Berlese’s account (allowing for some obscurities in the latter's Latin
description ), both in descriptive and metric data, is excellent, and there appears no reason to
doubt the identity, The mite also corresponds to Spathidathrombium Womersley 1945, which
becomes 4 synonym of Ctenerythraeus Berlese 1918,

Ctenerythracus trombidluides is redescribed from the new material, both adult and
asmipts: The species comes nearest ta Gtenerythraeus myloriensis (Womersley 1945) fram
South Austria. Distinguishing characters between these two species are given. Apart
from these two species the genus vontuins C. southeotti (Worm. 1934) (the genotyne af
Spathulathrombium), C. queenslandiae (Wom. 1942), C. maximus (Wom. 1945), and ©,
fulgidus (Won, 1945). All eseept the genotype are from the Australian mainland,

INTRODUCTION

In 1918 Berlese described Erythraeus (Ctenerythraeus) trombidivides as a
new subgenus and species of Erythracid mite, of Trombidiid facies, from New
Caledonia, where it had been collected by the expedition of “Sarrasin et Roux”.
Although listed by Baker and Wharton (1952) among the Erythracidac, up to
the present no subsequent worker has made any contribution to our knowledge
of that mite.

Herfese had stated that iu Ctenerythraeus there was a comb-Jike row of
spines along the dorsal border of the palpal tiba, as in the Trombidiidae (“S'rom-
bidiorum more”). Although such a comb is a common feature in many Tron
bidiid mites (particularly among the subfamily Microtrombidiinae Thor 1985),
for an Erythracid the mite must have been very unusual indeed. In certain
genera of Erythracid mites, e.g. the European Erythraeus Latreille 1806 and
the Australian Parerythraeus Southcott 1946, there is a row of a small number
of conical spines along the inferior border of the palpal tibia (and also the
genu), but nothing similar had been observed along the dorsal border of the
palp in any known Erythraeid mite.

For some time the present writer has been attempting to clarify the systcma-
tics of the Erythraeidae, and in an attempt to clarify the status of Ctenerylhracus
he wrote to Mn L, J. Dumbleton, entomologist to the South Pacifie Commis-
ston, asking for acarinc material from New Caledonia. In the first baich of
alcohol-preserved specimens trom New Caledonia, from Mt. Mari, at 4000 ft,
there were two reddish mites of Erythracid or Trombidiid facies. These
corresponded to the genus Spathulathrombium Womersley 1945. One specimen
was an adult, the other a nymph, but clearly the two specimens were of the sarne
species. The spiky (longer) setae over the dorsum was, however, a feature
seen in certain of the Erythraeidae as well as in some of the Trombidiidae.

On comnparing these two mites with Berlese's Latin description of Ctenery-
thracus trombidioides it was found that the latter corresponded in all major

LS

details with the adult specimen, with a goad correspondence to the metric data
supplied by Berlese. Unfortunately, it is uot possible for the writer to compare
the specimens with Berlese's type, as no facilities are available at the institution
which houses the Berlese collection in Florence.

As few modern stadenuts of the Acarina read Latin with any facility, and
as in places Berlese’s account is somewhat obscure, the following translation of
Berlese's account is offered, with explanatory comment (the writer is indebted
to Mr. |. L. Gough for aid with the eiilaten

“Subgenus Cfenerythracus Berl. n, subgen. From (ex) the genus Eruthracus,
‘The penultimate seginent of the palpi with a great comb, armed, as in the
Trombidiidac. The anterior legs with the tarsi dilated, but below rather pro-
jecting, (prominent), as cecurs in the Trombicliidae; the other tarsi clongate-
cylindrical, of the same thickness as the tibiae (metatarsi, B.Y.S.). Crista
mutopicw very short, Got produced further back than the line of the second
coxac. Type E. (C.) trombidivides Berl,

“Erythraeus UUienerythraeye trambidivides Berl. 1918 n, sp.—Cinnibar,
elongately heart-shaped, the whole trunk densely clothed with red papillae,
compressedly clavate, all of these being thickly aciculate (i.e, covered with
little needles, R.V.S.), to 50p long, between which, equally and densely scattered,
are: eylindrical setae, three or four times as long as the foregoing, ie, 150-200.
long, curved back in the shape of a baw, and finely needle-like. Crista metopiea
300, long. Eyes paired on both sides (the anterior the larger), placed a little
above (ie. before. R.V,S.) the level of the posterior area of the crista, and quite
cluse ta the erista. Palpi long and slender, the penultimate segment cylindrical,
120. long, 30. wide, pruvided with a most beautiful comb occupying the whole
ut the dorsum of the segment, nevertheless bent inwardly. The comb is com-
posed of spines, about 25 in number, decreasing in thickness in order from
the apical one, to which the palpal claw is -adpressed, and (the apical one)
scarcely fecbler (than the claw), ‘There are also un the inner side, basally, in
this segment, 10 setae, longer and thinner, arranged in a transverse series which
is close and paralle) to the posterior margin of the seyment, The most posterior
segment, that is (sive) the tentaculum (?femur, R.V.S.) is elongately almond-
shaped, very much thinned out toward the apex and produced to the line af
the base of the (?) foot (unguis) of the preceding segment; the whole provided
with evenly scattered hairs, longer, thin, The skin of the palpi and legs (pedey)
is wovided with areolae, and not with papillae, as occurs in the trunk, batt ull
scements of the levs wre provided thickly with only the cylindrical setae, similar
to those on the trunk, but smaller, and with other slender hairs of simple form,
but very short. “The anterior tarsi ure about twice as thick as the tibiae (meta-
tarsi, R,V.S,) and are nearly straight dorsally, even slightly concave, litte
heightened; ventrally strongly arched and prominent. Tarsal length 500),
width 10. ‘Tibia Cont taearaye) 500, long, 120n wie. ¢ Antimal) 2500. Longs,
1650. wie, Tey T 2200p. lon.

“Habitat in New Caledonia (‘Prony’). One example, collected by ‘Cll. Sar-
rasin vt Ruux’,”

‘The above account may be compared with the following description from
two fresh specimens from New Calelonia. considered by the present writer te
belong to the same species.

Redeseription of Ctencrythracus tromhidivides ( Berlese 1918)
Figs. 1-4
Adult (Wigs. L A-C, 2) (from ACB G08): Colaue (in aleohol) reddish.
Bory ovoid, 1965p long ta Hp of mouth cone, £2504 wide. ‘Lhe dorsum is pre-
vided with a crista which bears a single sensillary areg, at its posterior enid-
136

The sensillary arca is typical of the Trombidiidae (see Fig, 2), pyriform, strongly
chitinized, with each of the two sensillary setae sct ina projecting boss. Sensil-
lary setae about 220, long, filifurm, nude. Sensillary pits 43. apart (distance
between centres), The anterior end of the crista tapers to a blunt point, ending
somewhat obscurely, but without any sign of a sensillary area. Total length
of crista 8395p. Sensillary pits (centres of) 204 ahead of posterior end of crista.
Each sensillary boss is surrounded by a lanceolate group of reticulations, the
axis of this reticular pattern lying obliquely forwards and medially.

Fig. 1.—Ctenerythraens trombidivides (Berlese, 1918), Adult. A, entire, mounted specimen,
by transmitted light, with setac omitted (ventral strictures stippled); B, inner face of viwht
palp; C, outer face of right palp. (Figs. 1 B, C to scale on right.)

Eyes two on cach side, on a distinet ocular shield. Anterior eye the larger,
circular, 60% across. Posterior eye circular, 36 across, placed rather medial to
the anterior eye.

Dorsum thickly clothed with setae of two distinct types, which are so
dense as to obscure underlying structures, e.g. the eyes and the crista, The
longer dorsal setae (macrosetae) are long, stiff, bent, needle-like or slightly
lanceolate with adpressed minute rasp-like serrations, which latter arc searcely
visible even along the edges of the setae; these setae arising from large setae
bases, and are from 77-190, long, increasing gradually in length towards the
posterior part of the dorsum. The shorter setae (microsctae) are leaf-like,
arched dorsally, and with their dorsal aspects covered with rows of strong
protections, these being ciliations in the proximal half of the seta, and becoming

hunter in the distal half, and often terminally the seta has two conical denticles;

137

veotrally there is a median keel, along each side of which is a row of long,
strong-pointed ciliutions; leaf-like setae 34-42, long. The seta bases of these
smaller setae are weaker than in the long, sword-like setae, The sctation of
the bocly is so dense that it is, in the intact mounted specimen. difficult to see setae
suilable for measuring the lengths; this being more so sith the leaf-like setae
than with the sword-like macrusetau,

The ventyal surface is not available for measurement and description in the
musunted specimen; this upplies alsu to the genitalia,

The legs are for the most part clothed with setae similar ta the sword-like
setae of the trunk, but these setue puller more slender, and ou the dorsal surfaces
of the legs, more curved, In fact, on the dorsal surfaces of the legs these setac
are thivker, blimted at the lip, and nit quite sqwoth in their contour, giving the
impression of having faint adpressed serrations. ‘his appearance is alsa scen
un the ether setae. The thicker uf these selue Lave a faint suggestion of a keel,
and down each side of this keel is a series of fine-pointed viliations, Among
these setue ure sinuller, more slender, simple, aurvecl spiniterm setae, which are
present also on the other segments, particularly on the genu and metstarsus
(tibia), On the ond of each tarsus isa pit into which the tarsal claws ean be
falded back (the dorsnterminal fossa). Tarsal claws 11, IE and IV strong; on
IT weaker. Tarsus [ appears rather inflated, particularly inferiurly, and is covered
with short, tapering, ciliated setae, interspersed among which are numerous fne-
pointed, simple spiniform sctac, as well as a few longer setae, the latter spiniform
with faint adpressed rasp-like roughenings, andl about twice as long as the other
setae. ‘The sctac on tarsus Ul! are almost all ciliated, somewhat coarser than on
I, Leys robust. Tarsus 1 420. long by 175, high; tarsus IT 338. long by
104 high, tarus IT 870% long by 112 high, 1V 473. long by 125, high.
Metatersus 1360p Jong, ID 280, ITT 320n, TV 4350p.

The cheliceral fangs are typically Trombidiid. curved, convex downwards,
pointed for grasping and piercing, articulated (hinged) normally. The fan
about 56, long, with a faint row of dorsal denticles, similar to that of the nymp
(q.v—those in the adult are a little obscured in the preparution ).

The palpi are rather slender, and provided with setae as figured. The palpal
trochanter nude. Palpal femur dorsally and laterally with long, strong, blunted
sctae with adnate ciliations, to 135» long, At the distal end of the dorsum of
the palpal femur there is a long outstanding spiniform seta, 217 long (whieh
is yery faintly flented, indicating its origin as a modified normal type seta),
clearly of a tactile function, The superior edge of the palpal fermur (and genu)
tends to be rolled inwards, at least in the mounted preparation. The medial
and inferior surfaces of the palpal femur with long-pointed, lightly ciliated setac,
to 113, long, Palpal genu dorsally provided with a group of still spinifarm
setae along its more distal part, about 20 in number, to 76, long, arising along
the dursal border. Elsewhere the palpal genu is provided with pointed some-
what more flaccid ciliated setae, to 50n long. At the distal end of its corsurn,
rather laterally, ig a long outstanding tactile spinc. as in the palpal femur, 173;
long. ‘the palpal tibia is also provided proximally on its medial surface with
att irregular row of rather stiff spiniform sctac, 11 in number, roughly parullel
to the posteromedial border of the tibla; elsewhere the medial surface of the
palpal tibia is bare of sctuc, Along the dorsal border of the palpal tibia is a
peutinate raw af 27 still, blunted spines, bent Inwards (medially), and over-
lapping each other in mecial view, su much so they are dificult to count (see
Fig. 1 13). In the middle part the free edge of the spines lifts up to reveal
the bases of the spines. The terminal (most anterior) spine is the largest, and
is 50 luny; it is uleungside the palpal tibial claw, Palpal tibia with a Jarge
normal claw, The palpal tibia carries no thick external spine (a feature of some
Trombidiidae ).

TJ8

Palpal tarsus tapering, with many setac, some tapering and spiniform, some
ciliated along one side (see Fig. 1B). On the dorsal border of the palpal tarsus
is a linear group of setae, long, ciliated along one side, forming almost a pectinate
array; these are clearly tactile in function, to aid the grasping of the palpus.

oe
PX bi
20h

NS ae | 4

4)
DN

Fig. 2.—Ctenerythraeus trombidivides (Berlese, 1918). Adult, Crista and eyes, and part of
dorsum and palpi, to show setation,

Sout Hct

Description of Nymph
Fig. 3
Colour (in alcohol) reddish. Body ovoid, the mounted specimen {ACB

609) being 1175, long to the tip of the rostrum (mouth cone), and 675p wide
af its widest part. The animal presents a rather bristly appearance from the

Re)

Sev Tetarr

Fig. 3,—Ctenerythraeus trombidioides (Berlese, 1018), Nymph. Part of propo-
osoma and adjacent structures,

140

profusion of the outstanding longer dorsal setae, which. however, are rather
Jess numerous than in the adult.

Crista as in the adult, with a single sensillary area, forming an expanded
posterior bulb 46% across. Centres of sensillac bases 224 apart. Setisillae fili-
form, nude, 1784 long. Anterior end of crista pointed, ending a little idis-
tinetly behind a dome-like projection (which evidently corresponds to the tectum
of ey, the Leewvenhoekiinae, but carries no setae), overhanging the chellverae
bases (see Fig, 2), ‘Total length of crista 1988p. Sensillae bases 15, in front
of posterior end of posterior sensillary area. The reticular patterning around the
sensillae bases, which is so prominent a feature in the adult, is only very’ slight
in the nytnph.

Eyes as in the adult, 2 + 2, each lateral pair on a distinct obliquely placed
venlar shield, sessile. Anterior eye 21 across, posterior l4y across.

Dorsum of body thickly clothed with two types of setae, us in the adull,
but with the setae less chitinized, and somewhat sparser, Longer setae 53-146,
long; the shorter leaf-like setae 30-89. Jong, pretty uniform, with blunt points
over their distal half, ciliated in the proximal halt and along the lateral eves,
the seta somewhat flattened, though with a curved dorsum. Both types of seta
arise trom large scta bases, as in the adult.

The ventral surface of the body is provided similarly with twa types of
setae. the one spiniform-liceolate and the other shorter and leat-like, as in the
dursum, but in each case the setae are rather weaker. Genital aperture 91,
long, with the usual two pairs of nymphal genital suckers.

Legs similar to the adult, but a little more slender, [ 1020: long, IT 760,,
TIT 8054, FV 1095p (all lengths including coxae but exclusive of taysal claws),
The setation of the legs is similar to that of the adult, there being bristle-like or
lightly ciliated! setae. the latter pointed or blunted. No leaf-like setae on the
legs. Claws on legs as in the adult, Tarsus T rather swollen inferiorly, 230
long by 944 high. Other tarsi cylindrical, If 189, lous by 464 high, WH
197~ x 45p, TV 237, * d3n, Metatarsus (tibia) T 151 long, TY 115; ET 135p,
1V 2085p.

Cheliceral fangs norma! for the Trombidiidaé, and are similar tu those of the
adult, The movable chela (fang) 45, long, with a dorsal row of 10 aninute
denticles, increasing in size posteriorly, the auterior very small, the posterior
pointing back in saw-teeth,

Palpi as figured, similar to the adult, but Jess heavily. chitinized (see Pig. 3).
The setation of the palp is similar to the adult, but the setae tend to be more
peinterl (sce Fig. 3). Palpal tibia carries 13 stout spines along its dorsomedial
border; the anterior spines almost straight: the spines are directed anterio-
medially, aad are almost parallel, except that the more posterior spines tend to
be a little retroflexed and spreading. Tlie dorsal edge of the palpal tibia is rolled
over to carry these spines. The anteriormost spine the stoutest, 26u long, and
is alongsitle the tibial claw (Pig. 8 shows the comb more clearly than does
Fiy. 1B for the adult), Palpal tibial claw stont, 38, long.

Palpal tarsus as figured (Fig, 3), slender with numerous setae, ciliated
generally ur unilaterally; one solenoidal (striate) seta present, arising about
halfway along the tarsus as firnred; terminally the tarsus has a group of curved
spiniform setae, the terminal the longest, and 66. long, iw

Locality, The two specimens examined are: adult (ACB 608) and nymph
(ACB 609), fram Mt, Mori, New Caledonia, at 4000 feet, among leaf mould,
March 1955, collected by 1. J, Dumbleton; in authors collection.

The Systematic Position of Ctenerythraeus

As inilleated above, a comparison of tie two fresh specimens reccived from
Mr. Dumbleton reveals no significant point of difference fram Berlese’s aceaunt,

lal

Apart from some of the minor description of the palpt, where Berlese’s account
is obscure (commerited on above) the correspondence is obviously good. The
writer therefore secs no reason to doubt that Ctenerythraens Berlese 1915 is
the same as Spathulathrombium Womersley 1945. Womersley’s (1945) defini-
tion of Spathulathrombium reads as follows:

“As in Echinothrombium® with the larger dorsal setae long and spine-like,
bnt the smaller setae spathulate with ciliations or setules. The posterior arm
of the crista very evanescent, almost invisible, so that the sensillary area appears
to be posterior, Jn all known species the palpal tibia without any external
spine, distal portion of tibia slender, almost twice as long as basal part.

“Genotype M, (icrotrombidium) southeoiti Worn. 1934",

The specimens described in the present paper answer to Womersley’s defini-
lion of Spathulathrombium.

Apart from the genotype (C. trombidioides (Berl. 1918) ) the genus Clenery-
thracus nuw contains C. sonthcolti (Wom, 1934) (the genotype of Spathula-
thrombium Wom. 1945), C. maximus (Wom. 1945), C. queenslundiae (Wom,
1942), C. fulgidus (Wom, 1945), and C. myloriensis (Wom. 1945), All these
species of Womersley are Australian, C. southeotti was captured by the writer
near Karkar, National Park, Belair, South Australia, Ist Febroury 1984 (and
not as shown by Womersley (1934) (1945)), Jn 1945 Womersley described “5,
gueenslandiae n. sp.” trom Gympie, Queensland, April 27th 1940, collected by
D. J. W. Smith, overlooking the fact that he had described this species as
Echinothrombium queenslandiae in 1942. C. fulgidus (Wom. 1945) came from
Robe, South Australia, 13th October 1943 (coll. H, Womersley), and ©,
myloriensis (Wom, 1945) from Mylor, South Australia, 14th September 1935 (coll,
H, Womerslvy), Of these species C, trombidioides (Berl, 1918) comes nearest to
C! nuyloriensis. The differences between the adults of these two species can be
seen from the tabular data below.

'

Macro- Micro- {Meta
Trody setac sclae Tarsus iarsus Sensillae
length length | 1 | bases
CG. mytocionsis (Wom. | L, 2-53mm | tr 120, Sigs | L 2B5p 185 By
1945) (after Wornerss | W t- 35mm W 93u
Jey 145)
C. trombidioides (Berl, | JT. 197mm} 77+190p 1-92, | Le 120p 35Bp 43u
1918) (ACB 6038) ~W 1- 2mm W I75p !
C. lrombidioides {Berk | 1, 2-Bmm | 150-200. wade | T. 5002 HOO.
1918),. type spectmen | Wo UG5im W ye
(aller Berlese 1418) } |
|

As cat be seen from the foregoing table, the casiest character by which the
two species may be scparated is on the length of the macrosetae: in C,
myloriensis they are to 120p long (according to Womersley 1945); in ©, from-
hidioides they are longer, to 200),

* The penis Echinethrombinm Womersley L937 (with type Ottonia spinosa Conestrini
L885 from Europe (not 1877, as Womerslcy stated in 1937 and 1945)) is the udult of the
enus Elimileria Oudemans 1911, the latter yenus therclore haying priority, This opinion
By the writer is based on his rearing on a number of oecasions of the larva of the Austrotian
species Microtrombidium willungae Hirst 1951 = Echinothrombinm iwillungue (Womersley
1945) (adult fonns) = Ettmilleria cf, obscura Womersley 1936 (larval). This species should
therefore he renamed Emiilleria willungue (Hirst 1931). These experiments will he de-
sevihed in a later paper.

142

REFERENCES

Baxer, E, W., and Warton, G. W., 1952. An Introduction to Acarology, the Macmillan
Company, New York, pp. 1-465 and xiii.

BeruesrE, A., 1918. Centuria quarta di Acari nuovi, Redia 18 (1), pp. 115-192.

CANESTRINI, CA 1885. Prospetto dell’Acarofauna Italiana (Part 1), Atti Ist. Veneto, 6 (3),
pp. 319-354.

Hmsrt, S., 1931. On Some New Australian Acari (‘Trombidiidae, Anystidae, and Gamasidae),
Proc. Zool, Soc., 1931, Part 2, pp. 561-564.

Preneanty fe Ch 1911. Acarologische Anteekingen XXXV, Ent. Ber. Nederl. Ver., 3 (57),
pp. 118-126.

Sovrucotr, R. V., 1946. Studies on Australian Erythracidac, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales,
71 (1-2), pp. 6-48.

Tuor, S., 1935a. Ubersicht und Einteilung der Familie Trombidiidae W. E. Leach 1814 in
Unterfamilien, Zool. Anz., 109 (5-6), pp. 107-112.

Tor, S., 1935b, Anderung des Namens einer Unterfamilie der Trombidiidae W. E. Leach
1814, Zool. Anz., 110 (1-2), p. 47.

Womerstey, H., 1934. A Revision of the Trombid and Erythraeid Mites of Australia with
Descriptions of New Genera and Species, Rec. §. Aust, Mus., 5 (2), pp. 179-254,

Womenrstey, H,, 1936. Additions to the Trombidiid and Erythraeid Acarine Fauna of Aus-
tralia and New Zealand, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., 40 (269), pp. 107-121.

Womerstey, H., 1937. A Revision of the Australian Trombidiidae (Acarina), Rec. S. Aust.
Mus., 6 (1), pp. 75-100,

Wommnrstey, H., 1942. Additions to the Acarina of Australia (Trombidiidae and Calypto-
stomidae), Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 7 (2), pp. 169-181. avr

Womers.ey, H., 1945. A Revision of the Microtrombidiinae (Acarina, Trombidiidae) of
Australia and New Guinea, Rec. S, Aust. Mus., 8 (2), pp. 293-355.

143

A NEW FRANKENIA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY R. MELVILLE

Summary

A NEW FRANKENIA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by KR. Menviine®
[Mead 9 August 1956]

Among a small collection of 'vankenias received in 1953 from Mr, E. H,
Ising, two plants were found that represented an undescribed species. These
came from Evelyn Downs, about 90 miles south-west of Oodnadatta, South
Australia. As the original specitnens were somewhat fragmentary, a request
for further material was made, and it is a pleasure to acknowledge the ready
co-operation of Mr. Ising in obtaining the fine suite of specimens from the same
area on which the accompanying description is based.

Frankenia plicata Melville, sp, noy,; . densue Summerhayes affinis sed [oliis
anvustioribus, glabris, marginibus contingentibus revolutis, calycibus eleganter
plicatis et seminibus glabris differt.

Caules erecti vel prostrati, multiramosi, ad 25 em. longi, internodiis 0-5-
3-7-6 min. longis, pilis brevibus erectis dense induti. Folia Jinearia obtusa vel
subacuta, 1-5-4-0-6-0 mm. longa, supra glandulipunctata, glabra vel interdum
hispidulu, tmarginibus contingentibus revolutis; petiolus 0:6-1:5 mm. longus.
Flares solitarii, bracteolis foliis similibus. Calyx oblanceolatus vel fusiformis,
5°57 -0-8'0 oan. longus, 5-plicatus, liris applanatis glabris et sulcis pubescen-
tibus; Iobi acuti, marginibus scariosis breviter ciliatis, apicibus solidis, Pctala 5,
pallidy varnea vel fere alba, 7-9-11 mm. longa, cuneata, apicibus sinuato-centuatis;
unguis squama anguste clliptica acuta instructus. Stamina 6, 3 cxteriora fila-
mentis applanatis linearibus circa 6 mm. longis, 8 interiora flamentis lineari-
laucenlatis plicatis cirea 7:5 mm. longis. Ovarium 2-0-2:5 mm. longum, tri-
inerum; stylus circa 8 mm. longus, camis stigmatiferis 3, circa 1 mun. lonyis;
stigmata subeapitata vel clavata; ovula 3-4 rare-6, funiculis superne refractis,
basi ad valvyas * adnutis. Capsula 3-3-4-0 mm. longa; semina 1-4, circa 1:7
mm. longa (imbibita), glabra, ellipsoidea, leviter applanata.

South Australia: Evelyn Downs, 90) ml. $.W. of Oodnadatta, I. H. Ising no,
5610, 23,9.1953, Holotype in Herh. Kew. ‘The following numbers are from the
same collector and locality; E.41, Oct, 1950; 3582, 10.10.1952; 3601, 3602, 3603,
3605, 3611, 8612, 12.9.1953; 3604, 3606, 3609, 22.9.1953; 3607, 8608, 21.10.1953;
8768, 23.10.1954; 3768, 25.10.1955.

Stems to 25 em. long erect or prostrated, densely branched, densely short
pubescent with straight hiits, iuternodes 0°5-3-0-7-0 mm, Jong. Leaves linear
obtuse ta subacute, 1-5-4-0-6:0 mm. long, grey green glabrous aud yland dotted
above or sumetimes lispidulous, tighlly eurolled and hiding the midrib below,

etiolate, hasal sheath ciliate. I"lowers solitary near the tips of the branches,
bractenles like the leaves, Calyx oblinvevlute, to fusiform, 5+5-7-8 mm. long,
plicate into 5 glabrous + flat-topped ridges with sides of the grooves puberulent,
lobes acute with a scurivus short cillate snargin aud solid tip, Petals 5, 7-9-11
mit, long pale pink to nearly white, cuncate with a sinnate-dentate apex and
the claw with a narrow elliptic acute scale ubout half as long as the petals.
Stamens 6, 3 outer with linear flattened filaments abont f mm. long, 3 inner
with lincar lanceolate, fattened plicute laments ubsut TY mm, long, anthers
red, Ovary about 2-0-2-5 mm. long, trimcrous, style about 8 mm. Jong with
3 stigmatic arms about 1 mm. long, stigmas sub-capitate to clavate, ovules 3-4

© Royal Botanic Cardens, Kew, Eneland,
144

or rarely up to 6 pendulous on long funicles, parietal from shortly above the
base. Capsule 3-5-4-0 mm. long, seeds usually 1-4, about 1-7 mm. long
(imbibed), smooth, ellipsoid, slightly flattened with an obscure rounded ridge
along one margin (raphe) ending in a small rounded protuberance at the
micropylar end. ,

The plants are usually erect but are sometimes laid prostrate by the rush
of water and soil in the small hillside channels in which they grow. They are
restricted to such situations that take the first run-off ofter rains.

2mm.
& SF 7 rs} IR

Fig. 1.—Frankenia plicata Melville. 1, entire flower; 2, tip of calyx lobe; 3, petal;

4, pair of stamens, outer the shorter; 5, ovary; 6, ovary dissected, one ovule re-

moved; 7, seed, two views; 8, group of leaves. 1, 3-5, 8, scale A; 2, 6-7, scale B.
All from the holotype.

145

THE GENUS ACOMATACARUS (ACARINA : TROMBICULIDAE)
I. DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEW SPECIES FROM TRINITY BAY,
NORTH QUEENSLAND

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Summary

Three new species of the genus Acomatacarus Ewing 1942 are described from the Trinity Bay area
of north Queensland -A. cooki n. sp., A. mathewi n. sp., and A. langani n. sp. These are compared
with the previously known Australian species.

Some comment is made on tracheation within the genus. In A. cookin. sp. and A. langani n. sp. the
tracheal system does not differ from certain previously described species. In A. mathewi n. sp. there
is a more defined supracoxal loop above coxa I, and also there appears to be a collection of tracheae
in the posterior gnathosomal region, in the midline.

THE GENUS ACOMATACARUS (ACARINA ; TROMBICULIDAE)

1. DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEW SPECIES FROM TRINITY BAY,
NORTH QUEENSLAND

by R. V. Sourncorr
[Read 13 September 1956]

SUMMARY .

Three new species of the Bonus Acomatacarus Ewing 1942 are described from the Trinity
Bay area of north Queensland — A, cooki n. sp. A, mathew n. sp. and A. langani n. sp.
These are compured with the previously known Austrian species,

Some comment is made on tracheation within the genus. In A. cooki n. sp. and A.
langani n. sp. the tracheal system does not differ from certain previously deseribed spccics.
In A. mathewi n. sp. there is a more defined supracosal loop above coxa I, and also there
appvars tu be a collection of tracheae in the posterior enathosomal region, in the midline,

INTRODUCTION

In a study of the Trombiculid and other mite fauna collected by the writer
in the vicinity of a scrub typhus focus at Dead Man’s Gully, Trinity Bay, north
Queensland, in 1943 and 1944 (see Southcott, 1947), a small number of mites
of the genus Acomatacarus Ewing 1942 (Trombiculidae) was found, These
have been found to belong to three species, described as new in the present
paper, and named A. cooki n. sp., A. mathewi n,-sp,, and A, langani un. sp., after
three students of the epidemiology of scrub typhus in north Queensland.

At the preserit time there is no evidence that this genus of Trombiculid mites
is of any significance in the epidemiology of the typhus diseases in Australia.
The only reference known to the writer suggesting a connexion between Acoma-
tacarus and a Rickettsial infection is a report by Chumakov (1955) that Coxiella
(Rickettsia) burneti (the causative agent of Q fever) has been isolated in central
Asia from “mites of the genera Leeuwenhockia and Dermaniyssus”. That article
has been seen by the present writer only in abstract form. Presumably by the
term “Leeuwenhoekia” the morc restricted sense of the genus Acomatacarus
Ewing 1942 is intended, gs at the present time Leeuwenhoekia Oudemans 1910
has been restricted by most workers to the genotype, L. verduni (Oudemans
1910) from Brazil, and the genus Acomatacorus covers species ranging from
North Amcrica, Europe, Africa, Asia and Australasia (Wharton and Fuller, 1952),

Descruwtion or Taree New Specres

(i) Acomatacarus cooki n. sp.
Figs. 1, 2

Description of Larva (fram Type specimen ACB 199A): Colour not re-
corded, Length of idiosoma (moderately engorged specimen) 645y, width 470.
(animal 730, long to tip of mouthparts, the chelae). The shape of the mioder-
ately engorged Type specimen is typical of the larval Trombiculidae in a mod-
erate state of engorgement, a constricted ovoid.

Dorsal scutum moderately broad. AM setae slightly tapering, 45, long,
with harhed ciliations, and with bases 13u apart (AMB). AL setae similar to
AM, 53, long; PL setae similar, 72 long. Sensillae (from ACB 199B, paratype;
missing in Type specimen) moderately ciliated, there being 10-12 ciliations, in

146

the distal half of the seta, seta 53. long. The standard data for the Type and
paratype specimen as follow:

La AL | PL | AMB | Sens. | PW/SD

sa | ASB | PSB | so| AP

61 | 26 145/55} 72] 13 | — | 2-44
|

—| 28

|
| AW| PW

ACB 199B Para-

ACB 199A Type | 78 | 89 | o7| 36 | 25
type 70 —

87 | 29 | 34 45 | 55 | 72 il 53 —

Dorsal abdominal setae similar to the PL scutal setae, 41-49, long, arranged
approximately 2 9 6 7 10 10 8 4 8, total 59,

SovthcalT

Fig. 1.—Acomatacarus cooki n. sp., larva, A, dorsal view, partially engorged; B, dorsal
scutum. (From the Type specimen, except the sensiflac. )

Eyes 2+ 2, well clear of the dorsal scutum. Anterior eye 20 across, pos-
terior 14, across.

Ventral surface: a pair of tapering pointed strongly ciliated setae between
coxae IIT, 36 long. Behind coxae III are numerous tapering pointed strongly

147

ciliated setae, arranged as figured; the anterior short, 27-31. long, the posterior
longer, to 464 long.

Tracheal system as figured.

The legs are all G-segmented. Leg I 440p long, IL 870g, IIT 450, (all
lengths inclusive of coxae and claws), Chactotaxy of legs as figured. Coxa I
with 2 setae, tapering, pvinted, strongly ciliated, situated as figured, the lateral

j SouTHCOrT
h 7”

Fig. 2.-Acomatacerus cooki n. sp., larva. Ventral view, partially engorgeil, showmg external
morphology, and the tracheal system. Posteriorly the part of the trachea nearer the dorsum
is shown in stipple. (from the Type specimen. )

seta 55, long, the medial seta 55. long. Coxa IL with a similar seta 61p; IIT
seta similar 55p. Each trochanter with one seta. Tarsus I 110, long (to origin
of claws) by 34p high; metatarsus I 68x long. Tarsus ITT with 1 (?2) whip-
like setae; mctatarsus IIL with 2 whip-like sctac. Claws and empodium of the
tarsi typical, falciform, slender, ciliated.

148

Capitulim as figured, Chelicerae normal, with 4 ventral bent-over den-
ticles (retention denticles), and dorsully with about 5 saw teeth, the first 3 of
these minute, increasing in size posteriorad. Cheliceral fang 42. long. Galeal
seta 34, long, nearly nude, with only a few small ciliations. Palpal setal formula
{ Audy’s notation) 6, B, B N(b) N(b). Dorsal palpal tibial seta strong, curved,
strongly ciliated, 25, long. Palpal tibial claw with two weaker dorsal accessory
prongs; main prong 27). Jong.

Locality: Two specimens, type specimen ACB 199A and paratype speci-
men ACB 199B, parasitic in the ear of a domestic cat, in the “posterior pinna
pocket” placed at the rear of the edge of the pinna, the animal being a pet in a
military camp near Palm Beach, Trinity Bay, north Queensland (map reference
612878 (Cairns 1: 63,360)), 20th December, 1948, along with a small Ixodid
tick ACC 159 (unidentified), Specimens collected by the writer; in writer's
collection.

The locality concerned was a camp-site about a mile north of the scrub
typhus focus at map reference 614863 (Cairns 1: 63,360); that camp-site was,
in the writer's experience, free of the disease,

Biology of the Mite: An attempt was made by the writer to rear these two
tnites to the nymphal stage, using the technique recorded by the writer (1946)
tor the Erythracid mites, but with the atmosphere rather damper. The attempt
failed, as the technique required had not been mastered. Since then the writer
has reared larvae of another species of Acomatacurus—A. adelaideac (Wom,
1944)—to nymphs, using a customary wet tube and paper rearing technique
{these experiments will be describe elsewhere), Quite wet conditions are
nucussary for success,

Comment on Trachealion; The system of tracheation shown for this species
is very similar tu that recorded by Brennan (1949) for A. arizonénsis Ewing
1942 from North America; see the comment under the suceceding species.

Systematic Position; This species comes nearest to A. longines Wom. 1945
from New Guinea, but has significantly smaller SD, A-P and AL, by which it
may be separated if Womersley's (1945) key is used, Both A. cookin, sp. and
A. longipes have two whip-like setae on metatarsus IIL.

Nomenclature; This species is named in honour of Dr, C. E. Cook. whose
epidemiological researches were responsible fur defining the focus of scrub
typhus at Dead Man's Gully, Trinity Bay.

(ii) Acomatacarus mathewi n. sp.
Figs. 3, 4.

Description of Larva (trom type specimen ACB 607): Cotour red. Length
of idiosoma (unengorged) 190. (the animal is 270. long from tip of chelse ta
posterior pole of body), width 175. Blsipe roughly globular.

Dorsal seutum of the typical shape for the genus, AM setse tapering, ciliated
(barbed), 29, long, with bases 9x apart (=AMB); PL setae similar. with ad-
pressed. ciliations, 84, long; Al. setae similar but more prominently ciliated, 30a
long, Scnsillae delicately ciliated distally, with about 9 ciliatians, and about
694 long, The standard data of the specimens available are:

+

Nurober ; AW! PW

Sens, | PW SD

| |
sn | ASB | PsB ‘so AP ) AM AL| PL) AMR
ACB 607 Type | 62|.83|26{ 32 | 91 | 5s} ge | 2/30] aal 9 | 9 | 1956
ACE 199.4 Para-
type so} 72) 2%} vy | 23 |sa) 25 | 29/26/92] 6 | 62 | Las
ACB 169%) Para- ' |
tyne 63 (73) 24] 28 | 49 33 26 | 26] 26 | | a] — | 4-33

“LZ

200

20,

SOUTHCOTT

)

d “Ke”

a

ese connecting at the points marke
(From the Type specimen,

Dorsal view, unengorged. The

larva.

th

to those nearer the venter, shown in Fig. 4, q.v.

oo
acheae nearer the dorsum are shown;

‘a

Fig. 3.—Acumatacarus mathewi n, sp

tr

150

Dorsal abdominal setae lanceolate with adpressed ciliations, 29-32 long,
numbering 58 in all, arranged somewhat irregularly in rows of up to 10.

Eyes 3+32, as figured; the anterior eye the larger, 194 across, posterior
eye 15u across.

Ventral Surface: A pair of tapering, pointed, ciliated setae between coxae
iL, S1p Jong; behind coxue IT are rows of similar setae, these becoming stronger
posteriorad, 24-30 loug, and about 4) in all.

Tracheal system as figured. This will be commented on further below,

The legs are all 6-segmented; I 350, long, 11 340,, HT 385. (all lengths
including coxae and claws). Chaetotaxy of legs as figured. Coxa ! with 2 setae,
tupering, pointed, strongly ciliated, lateral 42, long, medial 40. long. Coxa II
with a similar seta, 37, Jong. coxa LIL seta similar, 38n long. Each trochanter
with a single scta, arising unteroventrally. Tarsus [ 96, long (to origin of
elaws) by 26, high; metatarsus 1 Gly long. On tarsus HI is one long whip-like
seta, with a single ciliation as figured; no such seta on metatarsus IIT, only the
normal spinitorm seta being present. Claws of tarsi falcifurm, ciliated along
their sides, empodium thinner, also lightly cilialed alung its sides.

Capitulum as fyured, Chelicerae normal, each blade with 5 matillate
recurved retention teeth on the inner (ventral) side, bent over dorsomedially;
on the enter (dorsal) side of the blade are 3 hinoked saw-teeth, decreasing in
size anteriovrad. Cheliceral blade about 44u long. Galeal seta pointed, with
adpressed ciliations along the outer side, 26. long, Palpal setal tarmula Bi 1s),
B(b), B b b(?N). Dorsal palpal tibial seta rather slender, tapering, lightly
ciligted, pointed, 22 long. Palpal tibial claw typical of genus, with fwo ders]
wevessory teeth,

Localities: Type specimen ACB G07 collected free at Dead Man's Gully,
Trinity Bay, worth Queensland, 2nd January, 1944, at map reference 614863
( Cairns 1: 63,360) (the site of the scrub typhus focus indicted by C, E, Couk)-
Paratypes ACB 189 A and B, collected at Trinity Bay, map reference (same
map) 6485, a military camp-site free of the disease, 29th November, 1948,
parasitic in the left external auditery meatus of a small skink, Lygosoma
(Sphaenomorphus) spaldingi (Number #35, R.V.S. = South Australian Museum
Register Number 2953 (presented) —lizard wentified by F. J. Mitchell, South
Australian Museum). Speeimens collected by writer; in writer's collection,

Comment on Trachcation: As the figures indicate, there appear to be some
ditterences in the tracheal system of this species fram ec. g. A. cooki, In A.
muathewi there is a loop of trachea oyerlying coxa J; this appears to be more
defined in position than has hitherto been described incall, or nearly all, species
of this genus, Thus nothing comparable is described or figured by André (1943
a, b) for A. puradoxus (Europe), or by Brennan (1949) for A, arizonensis

North America). Hoffmann (1948) figured a highly convoluted trachea for

Mexican A. chiapunensis, and also (1951) for another Mexicun species, A.
bakéri, In both of these Mexican species there is some tendency for a loop to
form in the trachea above cuxa I, but in neither case js it placed as far laterally
as in A. mathew.

In A, muthewi there also appears a collection of tracheae—a “ynathosomal
nexus’—in the region below the AM scutal setac, ic. above the posterior part
uf the grathosoma (see figure), but owing Lo difficulty in resolution this is hard
to define clearly,

Systematic Position: This species. like the preceding, comes nearest ta A.
longipes in Womersley’s (ists) ke. From the latter, however, A, mathewt
differs in having a sigoificantly smaller AW, PW, SD, AL and PL. In fact, the
PL, in A. mathewi are only half the length of those in A, fongipes, Also, in A,
Yi the metatarsus (tibia) IL lacks whip-like setae; in A. longipes there are
two such,

184

SOUTHCOTT

Fig. 4.—Acomatacarus muthewt n. sp., larva. Ventral. view, unengorged. The
tracheaeé nearer the venter are shawn connecting al the points marked “X” to those
more dorsal shown in Fig. 5, qg.v. (From the Type specimen.)

152

Nomenclature: This species is named after H. Y, Mathew, a previons student
of the epidemiology of scrub typhus in this area.

(iii) Acomatacarus Iangani n, sp.
Fig. 5

Description of Larva (from type specimen ACK 197 AG, somewhat damaged,
but quite a distinct species). Colour not recorded. Length of idiasoma ( parti-
ally engorged) approximately 400p, width approximately S0Op.

The dorsal scutum small, with shape and structure as figured, AM scutal
setae slightly tapering, blunted at tip, fnely ciliated; AL and AM setae similar,
ania as figured, typical, with about 10 ciliations. The standard data as
follow:

|
AW |Pw]sB]| ASB | PsB |spD| A-P | ana AL m| AMB | Sens. | Piv/ST

|

27 18 | 45 26 17 nollie 7 50 Tedd

Dorsal abdominal setae tapering, blunted, ciliated, to 22» long, the ciliations
slight, bractate, pointed, a little outstanding; complete arrangement and total
munber of setae not available, but the setae are not unduly numerous, and
are arranged in rows of mostly about 8-10.

Eyes 2 4-2; anterior 9 across, posterior §-5). across, The eyes im the speci-
men are well clear of the shield (464 away, indicative of moderate engarge-
ment).

Ventral surface as fiyured. Setae between coxae HL tapering, pointed,
ciliated, 24, long. Arez hehind coxue IIT not available for description.

Tracheal system as figured; this appears comparable to that of e.g, A, eooki
and A. arizonensis.

Legs all 6-segmented, Leg I 2504 long, TT 220u, MII 250, (all lengths in-
cluding coxae and claws). Chactotaxy of legs as feured, Coxa I with 2 setae,
tapering, pointed, ciliated, lateral 30» long, medial 294 long. Seta on coxa IT
similar, 224 long; on UL similar, 252 long. Each trochanter with one seta,
Tarsus I 67» long (to origin of claws) by 18, hiel. Metatarsus I 35, long.
Tarsus IIL with one whip-like seta; nonc on metatarsus III, Claws and empo-
dium of tarsi normal,

Capitulum as figured. The cheliceral fang carries only a single ventro-
external tooth, a little away from the edge (retention denticle), as figured.
Dorsal edge of fang with the usual row of saw-teeth, increasing in size poste-
ri¢rad, 6 in all. Galeal seta lightly ciliated, 15, long. Palpal setal formula B, B,
bb. Dorsal palpal tibial seta modcrately slender, curved, ciliated, 13, long.
Palpal tibial claw typical, with two dorsal accessory teeth,

Locality: Palm Beach, Trinity Bay, north Queensland, 18th December,
1943, parasitic in the external auditory meatus of a small skink, Lygosoma (Leio-
lopisma) bicarinata Macl. (No. R 67, R.V.S.= South Australian Museum Number
R 2980 (donated) (identiied by F, J, Mitchell, South Australian Muscum) ),
along with scveral specimens of Trombicula (Eutrombiculn) tavelli Wom. 1952
(ACB 197 A 1-5, B 1, 2) and a single female Mesostigmatid mite, Haemolaelaps
megaventralis (Strandtmann 1947) (number ACC 160); the lizard also para-
sitized by 2 axillary T. (B.) tovelli (ACB 197 C, D). Specimens collected by
the writer, in writer's collection.

Systematic Position: This species fits into caption (3) of Womersley’s (1945)
key, which includes A. adelaideae (Wom, 1944), A. longipes Wom. 1945, A.

15S

australiensis (Hirst 1925), A. nova-guinea (Wom. 1944), and A. barrinensis
Wom. 1945, but differs from these species, as well as from A. cooki nu. sp. and
A. mathewi n. sp. in the much smaller scutal dimensions. The presence of a
single ventral denticle on the cheliceral fang of A. langani n. sp, is also possibly
significant, and this character might repay further study from a systematic
viewpoint; usually there appear iN about 5 denticles in this situation, where
this has been studied.

Nomenclature: Vhis species is named after A. M. Langan, who studied the
epidemiology of scrub typhus in this area, in company with R. Y. Mathew.

Fiy. 5.—Acomatacurus langani no. sp. larva. A, veitral aspect, anteriorly, partially engorged,

without chelicerae, and showing dorsal aspect of palp on left: B, dorsal soutum; C, right

vhelicera, detached, lateral aspect; D, dorsal abdominal seta; EB, kG, dorsal aspects of right
legs I, I] and UT respectively; (All figures to scale shown; from the Type specimen. )

REFERENCES

Anpré, M., 19438, Une espéce nouvelle de Leeuwenhoekia (Avarien) parasite de scorpions,
Bull, Mus, nat. Hist. nat. Paris (2), 15. (5); pp. 294-298,

Ampré, M,, 1943b, 1 supateal respiratoire du Leeuwenhockia paradoxa M. André [forme
larvaire de Thrombidiidae (Acariens)], Bull. Mus. nat, Hist. nat, Paris (2), 15 (6),
pp, 406-409,

Brennan, J. M. 1949, Tracheation in Chiggers. with Special Referenve to Acommtacurus
arizanensis Ewing (Acarina, Trombiculidac), J. Parasitol, 35 (5), pp. 467-471.

154

Cuumaxov, M. P., 1954. [Queensland Fever—A Zoonotic Rickettsiosis of Man and Animals
(in Russian) ], Veterinariya, Moscow, 81 (9), pp, 26-32. [Summary from Rev. Applied
Entomol., Ch B, 1955, Oct., 43 (10), p. 147, per Trop. Dis. Bull. 1956, March, 53 (3)
pp. 305-306.

Cook, eae Observations on the Epidemiology of Scrub Typhus, Med, J. Aust. 2,
pp. 539-543.

Horrmann, A., 1948. Dos especies nuevas de Trombiculidos Mexicanos, Rev. Inst, Salubr.
Enferm. Trop., Mexico 9 (3), pp. 177-189.

Horrmann, A., 1951. Contribuciones al conocimiento de los Trombiculidos Mexicanos, 3a
parte, Ciencia 11 (1-2), pp. 29-36.

Sourucorr, R. V., 1946. Studies on Australian Erythraeidae (Acarina), Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales, 71 (1-2), pp. 6-48.

Sourucotr, R. V,, 1947. Observations on the Epidemiology of Tsutsugamushi Disease in
North Queensland, Med. J. Aust., 2, pp. 441-450,

Wuanton, G. W., and Futuer, H. S., 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. The biology,
classification, distribution and importance to man of the larvae of the family ‘[rombi-
culidae (Acarina), Mem. Ent, Soe, Washington, Number 4, pp. 1-185.

Womersiey, H., 1945. Acarina of Australia and New Guinea. The Family Loeuwen-
hoekiidae, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 69 (1), pp. 96-113,

>

155

THE GENUS NEOTROMBIDIUM (ACARINA : LEEUWENHOEKIIDAE)
II. FURTHER NOTES ON SYSTEMATICS, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A
NEW SPECIES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Summary

The systematics of the genus Neotrombidium Leonardi 1901 are reviewed critically.

The larval genera Monunguis Wharton 1938 and Cockingsia Womersley 1954 are synonyms.

A new species of the genus-N. tridentifer n. sp.-is described from north Queensland.

This is compared with the other species of the genus. Reference is made to the presence of

N. barringunense Hirst 1928y the other Australian species, in north Queensland.

The biology of the larvae is referred to briefly; generally it appears that these are ectoparasites on
Coleoptera.

THE GENUS NEOTROMBIDIUM (ACARINA: LEEUWENHOEKUDAE}

Il. FURTHER NOTES ON SYSTEMATICS, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND

by R. V, Sourucorr
[Read 13 Septemher 1956]

SUMMARY

The systematics of the genus Neofrombidium Leonardi 1901 are reviewed critically.
The larval genera Monunguty Wharton 1938 and Cockingsia Womersluy 1954 ure synonyms.

A new species of the genus -N, tridentifer n, sp. -ip described from north Queensland.
This is compared with the other species of the genus. Reference is mude to the presence of
N, barringunense Hirst 1928, the other Australian species, in north Queensland,

The biology of the laryae is referred to bricfly; generally it appears that these are ecto-
parasites on Coleoptera.

INTRODUCTION

In the first paper of this series the writer (1954) described the larva of
Neotrombidium. barringunense Hirst 1928, obtained from eggs laid by adults in
eaptivity. This correlation enabled the larval genus Monunguis Wharton 1935
to be synonymised with the adult Neotromhidium Leonardi 1901. Since then a
further species of the genus has been reared in North America—N. tricuspidum
Borland 1956—by Borland (1956), confirming the correlation of these two
genera,

In a study of the acarine fauna collected by the writer in 1943 and 1944 in
the vicinity of a focus of scrub typhus at Dead Man's Gully, Trinity Bay, north
Queensland (sec Southeott 1947), a few specimens of the postlarval stages of
the genus Neolrombidium were found. Some of them belonged to N. barrin-
guneénse, and were referred ‘to earlier by the writer (1954, loc. cif.), There were
also, either on their own in the field, or in company with the preceding, a few
specimens of an undescribed species. of Neotrombidium. This, the second Aus-
tralian species to be described, dilfers from all other known species in the
structure of the dorsal setae. It is: described below as N. tridentifer n. sp.

The opportunity will also be taken here of reviewing critically the knowledge
of the systematics of the genus.

The Systematic Position of Neotrombidium

Womersley (1945, 1954) removed Neatrombidium from the subfamily
Microtrembidiinue Thor 1935 to his family Leeuwenhoekiidae. Llowever, the
systematic position of the genus is by no means generally agreed upon. Thus
Borland (1956, loc. cit.), in the most recent article on the genus, stated, “There
appears to be ample argument for plucing Neotrombidiwin in any one of three
families. Wornersley (1954) placed the genus in the family Leenwenhockiidae
(Trombieulidac; Leeuwenhoekiinae of authors). Wharton (1947) |1947b—
R.V.S.] retained the genus m Trombidiidae but noted some affinitics with Trom-
biculidae. Neotrombidium was placed in Trombidiidae by Baker andi’ Whartan
1952), but in the key given by these authors it will fall into Trombiculidae on
e character of the paired tectal setae.” He continued by saying that he pre-
ferred to “leave the genus unassigned until the taxonomy of related genera he-

156

canis better known, and until family levels are drawn along more definite
ines”,

Womersley (1945) had founded the family Leeuwenhockiidae with the
following comment; “In 1944... . , the present writer erected the subfamil
Leeuwenhoekiinae for the Jarval genus Leettwenhoekie Ouds. 1911, on the
discovery of a true stigmal opening situated on each side between coxac | and
the gnathosoma, from which tracheal tubes ramify® through the body. In this
feature the species of Leewwenhockia s. |, differ ‘from the other genera of the
Trombiculidae”,

Audré (19482, b) had independently and earlier described the stigmal
openings and tracheac in a species deseribed from Enrope as Leeuwenhoekia
parallon André 1943. These reports, however, were not ayailable to Womersley
at the time.

Wharton (19472) erected the subfamily Apoloniinae for the genera Apolonia
Totres and Braga 1938 and Womersia Whurtun 1947. Although Wharton re-
corded the presence of stigmata and trachese in the Apoloniinae, he vonsidered
that within the Trombiculidae the log segmentation was of greater significance
troin a systematic point of view, and preferred to use the presence or absence
of stigmata and tracheae as a lesser character. Thus in his key to the sub-
families he stated that in the Leeuwenhockiinae the leg segmentation formula
of the larva is 6, 6, 6 (ie. that legs 1, UI and ILI have 6, 6, 6 segments respeu-
tively}. In the Apoloniinae, as in the Trombiculinae, the leg segmentation
formula is 7, 7, 7. By Wharton's key (1947a; largely repeated in Wharton and
Fuller 1952. page 41) the larval Neotrombidium, with its seemientation formula
of 7, 6, 6, would come down to the Walchiinae, but its affinities clearly lie
elsewhere. Thus it does not fulfil the other two characters given for the
Walchiinae (Wharton and Fuller 1952. page 91); that of exyxinded sensillae in
the larva, and the presence of a papilla or a group of papillae on the dorsal
surface ot tatsus I in the nymph and adult.

Lawrence (1949, page 467), in describing the South African parasitic Tram-
biculid fauna, accepted Wharton's classification, with minor modification. He
commented that the genus Sauracella Lawrence 1949, with its expanded sensillae
and leg segmentation formula 7, 7, 7, could equally well be placed within the
Trombiculinae or Lecuwenhoekiinxe. In discussing the systematics of these
two subfamilies he commented that “Even the presence or absence of stigmata
and tracheal trunks between the first coxa and the gnathosoma, which should
from all considerations be a character af deep-seated significance, no longer
retains its former importance, since none of the three new Leenwenhoekiine
genera deseribed [Hyracarus, Austrombicula wud Austracarus} in this paper from
mammals, have these tracheae. According to Wharton and Fuller (1952, pave
96), Comatacarus wing 1942, placed in the Leeuwenhoekiinac, alsa lacks these,"

On the whole therefore, it woul] appvar that the best decision is to allot
the Lecuwenhoekiinac no more than subfamily status, a view to which mast
students of these mites at present subscribe (for the sake of consistency, hoyy-
ever, their family name has been retalned in the title of the present paper),

The Synonymy of Neotrombidium

Wamersley (1954) gave an account of six larval genera belonging to the
Trombidioidea, among which were Neotrombidium Leonardi 1901 and Cowk-
nate Womersley 1954. The following comment was made on these mitos:
“Lhis is a helerogenevus assemblage of genera, but on larval characters Whey
would be included in an expanded subfamily Apeloniinae, a convept which the
writer believes to be useful at the present state of knowledge. A clear line
cannot at present be drawn between the Leeuwcnhoekiidae, a family largely

* This term was possibly used somewhat loosely by Womersley,

157

founded un larval characters, and the Trombidiidae, largely founded on adult
characters ., . .” and that “placing them in the Apoluniintae sensu Jato must
he regarded as no more thae tentative’, He retained the family Leeuwenhoe-
kiidae, and in it he placed the Apoloniinae, but no modified definition of the
latter was proposed.

Cockingsia tenuipes Womersley 1954 was described in that paper as 1 new
wenas and species from Malaya. If, however, it is compared with the descrip-
tion and fisures given by the preseut writer (1954) for the larva of Neotrem-
hidium barringunense, trom reared specimens, as well as those given by Borland
(1956) for larvae similarly reared of N, tricuspidum, it will be observed that
Cockingsia is practically identical with larval Neotrombidium. Womersley
(loc, eft, pages 108, 109) stated erroneously (presumably deriving his data from
Wharton, as he refers to personal anneepcintishtes with the litter writer) that
the legs of the larval Neotrombidium are all 7-scgmented. Actually, as stated
above. in the larval Nentrombidium the leg segmentation formula is 7, 6, 6, as
both the present writer (1954) and Borland (1956) have described, and as
Womersicy himsclf described in Cockingsta, The only significant point of difter-
ence between the descriptiun by Womersley of Cockingsta and the descriptions
by myself and Borland of larval Neotrombidinm is Wonjersleys statement that
in Cockingsia tenuipes that “Spiracle between guathosoma and coxae I present,
but only beginning of tracheac observed”. The present writer las re-examined
his nwn specimens of the reared larvae of N. barringnnense (bred as described
earlier) and has been unable, as he has been previously, to find any stigmata
or tracheae between the gnathosoma and coxa I of each side, and is convinced
that snch aré not present. Nor docs Borland rofer to any, or figure any sign of
them in his obviously carefully dvawn figure of the larva of N. tricuspidum.

In an attempt to clarity this prablem the writer has examined the type
series (16 specimens) of Cockingsia tenteipes in the collection of the South
Australian Museum, Te has been unable te see any stigma or trachca in the
position figured by Womersley. Occasionally in that situalion the skin has
tended! to fold. and this vould account for Womersiey’s description and figure,
[t may be commented that in the genus Acomatacarus, which is widespread in
Australia and elsewhere, that the spiracle can be recognized without difficulty
even in old mounts.

In the writer's opinion, therefore, Covkingsia Wom, 1954 is a synonym of
Neotrombidium: Leonardi 1901, and Womersley’s species is allotted the name
Neotrombidium tenulpes comb. noy. In that species, in the lateral parts of coxa
Land IJ, there is a reticular pattern described by the writer (1954) and Norland
(1956), reminiscent of the reticular pattern of the coxac of the pastlarval stages,
in their Jateral parts, N. tenuipes is, however, quite a distinct species, and
may be separated on biometric data quite easily from the other species, as
receotded below,

With regard to Monunguis Wharton 1958, Borland (lac. cit.), follawing
advice from Wharton, suggests that Monunguis may eventually have fo be re-
vivedl as a separate gonus, Various morphological characters are given as cyi-
dence in support of that viewpoint, one such being that the larval Meonunguis
streblida Wharton 1938 has upon its dorsal scutum an “imeipient crista”, of ‘which
only faint traces can be made out in Neatrombidium tricuspidunt Burland 1956.
However, Borland himself destroys the force of that argument with the admis-
sion that “therefore, with respect to the scutum, M. streblide differs from Néo-
trombidium [trictispidum] larvac in degree only” Borland continues by stating
that other characters by which these two species differ are the greater number
of dorsal setae and the greater plumusity of the dorsal setwe in Monunguis, and
the fact that the body (idiosoma) is pear-shaped while the other larvae assigned
to Neotrombidiwmn are of ovoid body form. With regard to the last character the

135

present writer is not prepared to concede at the present time that it is even
of specific yalue, even in unmounted unengorged specimens, The other
characters quoted to do not appear to the present writer to be of much signifi-
cance generically, as they are largely differences of degree, and as acarclogists
customarily use these setal characters for the separation at the species level.

There are three discrepancies between Wharton’s (1935) account of
Monunguis and the charactcrs of larval Neotrembidium as described by both
the present writer and Borland. The first of these lies in the fact that Wharton
claimed in his original account that coxa I and coxa II are separated on cach
side (and on that account suggested that Monunguis and Rohatultia Ouds, 1911
cecupied an intermediate position between the familics Trombidiidae and
Erythracidac), Although the present writer made this point in his article in
1954, Borland (loc. cit.), although he quotes that article, has not seen fit to
deal with it in his recent examination of a catype of M. streblida. ‘The secand
discrepancy is also of importance. Whartyn (1938) stated that Monungeis
resembled Rohaultia in another character, that of having “divided femora”,
Presumably this means that the legs are all 7-segmented, as Womersley stated
(sec above). The third discrepancy lies in Wharton’s statement that in
Monunguis thore is a single seta to each coxa. In larval Neotrombidium there
are hwo setae to coxu I, and one to each coxa II and IIT (Southcott 1954, Borland
1956). These second and third discrepancies likewise are not dealt with by
Borland, Tt is quite clear that Wharton's M. streblida badly needs a critical
re-examination, and description. Until such tinje as that is done, however, the
present writer can see no reason against accepting the view proposed earlier by
the writer (1954) and Borland (1956) that Neotrombidium and Monunguis are
synanyvimrous,

The following synonymy is therefore proposed!:

Neotrombidium Leonardi 1901

Trombidium Rerlese, 1888 (part).

Nevtrombidium Leonardi 1991, Berlese 1912. Tiest 1928, 1929. Womersley L034, 1936, 1937.
1945. 1954 (post-larval forme), Thor 1935, £946, Thor und Willmann (1947), Wharton
1947h, Baker and Whartan 1952, Aud 1954, Southestt 1954, Borland 1956,

Monnnguis Wharton 1935 (larval).

Cockingyia Wamersley 1954, Audy 1954 (arval }.

Neotrombidium tridentifer u. sp.
Fig, 1 A-Ef

__ Description of Adult (mosily from mounted specimen, Type, ACB 194)
(Fig, 1 A-H): Colour vermilion in life. The body of the usual elongate shape for
the genus, with its constricted middle (“figure of eight’) (the type specimen
is probably slightly swollen by the mounting), Body 1830, long by 570 wide;
densely clothed with coarse 3-pronged setae as figured (Fig, 1 F-H), which
are mostly directed posteriorly. the setae ucar the “shoulders” being an exception,
Dorsal setae 40-50, long, by 20-24, wide across the prongs. The lateral prongs
are coarsely barbed and pointed. The central clement of the seta is expanded
distally, and is clubike, with projecting or sessile bract-like or bead-like cilia-
tions; below the central prong has a double row of fringing, sharp-pointed cilia-
tions. The dorsal setae hecome coarser posteriorad. On the ventral surface
af the idiosoma the investing setae are similar to the dorsal, but are slightly
smaller and more delicately fashioned,

Fyes cannot be seen in any of the type series, It cannot he decided
definitely whether they are present or absent from these specimeris, owing to
the density of the dorsal sctation (in N. barringunense each lateral pair of
lenses is but lightly chitinised),

jeu

Seurteery

Fig. 1 A-IL.—Neotrombidium tridentifer n. sy. Adult. Ar entire, setac omitted, to scale on

left; B; crista; C: right chcla; D: left palp, external view; E: left palp, internal view; F, G, Hi;

dorsal setae, F, G. dorsal views, H ventral view; I Neotrombidium barringunense Hirst 1928,

adult: piece of skin of the dorsum with setue, ty same scale us F, G, H (B-I all ty same
scale, that on right of figure).

160

Dorsal crista as figured, about 165p long, provided with a single sensillary
arca, large, at its posterior end; an area 43» across by 34y long, with two Gliform
very Enely barbed sensillary sctae 1504 long. In the type specimen the anterior
end of the crista and tectal area are obscured by distortion and the heavy inves-
titure. but in specimen ACB 263A (paratype) the pair of tectal setac are yisible,
strong, pointed, strongly ciliated, 64, long,

Legs ag figured, [ 800% long, 1 5154, IIT 525p, IV 725 (all lengths includ-
ing eexae and claws). The legs are clothed with a normal type of Trombidiid
setation, there being no trifurerte setae present. Proximally on the legs the
setae are lanceolate or lanceolate-clavate, with coarse, pointed ciliations; distally
the setae are fine, pointed, with hair-like ciliations. The lateral (distal) half
of the coxa of each leg is. patterned with punctae in each leg, similar to that
of N, barringunense, but with the spaces smaller owing to the coarser reticulation
septa, Tarsus I is 200, long by 90,4 high (exclusive of claws); metatarsus I 128.4
long by 76, high; tarsus TV 130, long by 40 high (exclusive of claws); meta-
tarsus IV 122y long by 50u high.

Palpi as figured. The pulpal tibia varrics a stroug claw with « basal coarse
barb or peg, and one accessory tooth ventromedially; <lorsally there is also a
row of 4 stout accessory spines to the claw, as figured. The palpal tarsus is
slender, with fine spiniform setae.

Chelicerae as figured, with a fairly strong falciform, pointed movable chela
with a distal dorsal row of 6 minute denticles.

Gonitalia of adult are as previously recorded for this genus, with the normal
labia majora, each provided with two long suckers and with a row of ciliated
tapering setae. ‘The genital aperture is surrounded by rows of inwardly pointing,
elongated and ciliated 3-pronged setae.

Localities: Specimens ACB 194A (type) and ACB 1946 (paratype) were
found among leaf litter at the base of Eucalyptus sp.. Palm Beach, Cairns,
Gueepsland, on 12th December, 1943, Specimen ACB 263A (paratype) was
obtained under burk of Eucalyptus sp., along with 4 specimens of N. barrin-
gunense Hirst 1928 (ACB 263B-E), at Dead Man's Gully, Cairns, Queenslanel,
at Map Referetice ( Cairns 1:63,360 ) 614863, 29th November 1943. (All speci-
mens collected by writer; in writer’s collection. )

The Systematic Position of Neotrombidium tridentifer

This species (known only from the adult) can be distinguished quite easily
from the only other adult Neotrombidium described from Australia, N. barrin-
ginense Hirst 1928, on the structure of the dorsal setae. In N, iridentifer the
dorsal setae are of a coarse structure, to 50u long, with unequal prongs. In N-
barringunense the dorsal setae are smaller, ta Wy long, and consist of three
delicate and nearly equal, flexible, finely ciliated prongs. These differences are
Thustrated in Fig. 1 -G-1,

Neotrombidium barringunense Hirst 1928
Fig. 11

Six specimens of this species were cullected by the writer in the Trinity
Bay arca of north Queensland, The dorsal setae on a piece of the integumcut
af ane of these (ACB 200) are shown in Fig, L 1. The following is a list of
the specimens and localities: (1) One specimen, ACB 200, under bark of
Eucalyptus sp., Dead Man’s Gully, Map Reference (Cairns 1:63,860) 617863,
Slst December 1943; (2) Four specimens, ACB 263B-E, along with specimen
ACB 263A, a paratype of N. tridentifer n. sp.. under bark of Eucalyptus sp., Dead
Marts Gully, Map Reference 614563, 29th November 1943; (3) one specimen,
ACB 381, same locality, Map Reference 614863, 2nd Janyary 1944. (All speci-
mens in writer's collection, )

161

The Species of Neotrombidium

The species of the genus known at the present time are now:
Adults:

N. furcigerum Leonardi 1901, genotype, Argentine.
N. ophtalmicum (sic) (Berlese 1888), Paraguay.

N. tricuspidum Borland 1956, N. Carolina, U.S.A.
N. barringunense Hirst 1928, Australia.

N, tridentifer n. sp., north Queensland, Australia,

N. tricuspidum Borland 1956, as above (reared and collected free).

N. streblidum (Wharton 1938) (= Monunguis Wharton 1988), Mexico.
N. sp. undescribed, Borland 1956, N. America.

N. barringunense Hirst 1928, as above (reared ).

N, tenuipes (Womersley 1954) (= Cockingsia Womersley 1954), Malaya.

The Systematics of the Larval Species
Of the larval species described, there is no difficulty in separating the
Mexican species, N, streblidum, on the characters of the sctae. Below are given,
in tabular form, the Standard Data of N. barringunense for the specimen de-
scribed by the writer in 1954, and compared with the other species for which
these data are available, N. tenuipes and N, tricuspidum.

Standard Data (im micra) for Larval Neolrombidium.

N. tricuspidum
N. tenuipes after Borland 1956
after Womersley WN. barrin-
1954, from 13 gunense
specimens; means) Holotype Mean of
9 spec.

AW 44-6 55 52 51
PW 71:6 74 77 64
SB 42-4 52 51 43
ASB 67+2 81 81 69
PSB 14-0 18 18 23
sD B1+2 99 99 92
A-P 3612 40 39 v4
AM 29-8 28 28 22
AL 33-0 21 21 22
PL 22-6 18 20 18
Sens. 75-6 74 69 46
AME* —_— 21 19 18
DS 32 to 42 30 — to 26

* The distance between the two AM setae.

As can be seen from the above, these three species differ significantly in a
number of biometric data. Thus N. tenuipes has longer dorsal setae and AL
setae than the other two species; N, tricuspidum has larger dimensions for SB,
ASB, SD; N. barringunense has smaller PW, A-P, AM and Sens.

162

A Note on the Biology of the Genus

Neotrambidium streblidum (Wharton 1988), known only from the larva, was
captured parasitic on the Streblid flies Pterellipsis araneae Coguillett and
Trichobius tiugesit Townsend parasitic on the bat Artibeus jamalcensis yuca-
fanicus (Allen) from a cave in Yucatan, Mexico. Womersley (1954) recorded
N. tentipes (Wom, 1954) “from specimens taken from the wings of a giant
longicorn beetle from Sungei Buloh, Sclangor, Malaya, 17.viii.1948 (J. R. Audy)".
Borland (1956) recorded Neotrombidium sp. (an undescribed pew species )
“collected by Werner and Nutting on Cymatodera peninsularis (Coleoptera:
Cleridae) in Brown's Canyon [,] Baboquiveri Mts, Arizona, July I8, 1949”,
and also that larvae of N. tricuspidum Borland 1956 were collected “parasitic on
Monochamus carolinensis Oliv. (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Borland re-
corded also some inconclusive experiments to get reared larvae of N, fricuspidum
to feed on some other species af beetles of the familics Staphylinidae and Cara-
bidae, On one occasion some of the laryae disappeared under the elytra of
one species uf Carabid, and were not recovered,

Thus, apart from the case of N. streblidum, the available evidence su gests
that Colesptera act as the hosts of the larvae, and possibly that the family
Cerambycidae play an important role. Although the utilization of such hosts
would account for a number of puzzling features in the biology of these mites,
f is apparent that further investigation is required for frm conclusions to be

rawn.

REFERENCES

(Tho following is a part bibliography only; the further references Hstod under the
synunymy of Neotrombidium will be found in the papers marked by an asterisk (°) belony, 5

Anpaé, M., 19433. Une esptee nouvelle de Leewenhoekia (Acarien) purasite de seurptoris,
Bull, Mus. nat. Mist, nat, Paris (2), 15 (5), pp. 204-208,

Anpri, M., 1943b. L'appureil respirutoire du Leeuwenhogkia puradoxa M. André [farme
larvaire de Thrombictidae (Acariens)), Bull, Mus, nat. Olist. nat. Paris (2), 15 (0),
pp. 406-409,

puted R., 1954, Notes. on thu Taxonomy of Trombiculid Mites with Deseription of a
New Subgenus, Stud. Inst. med. Res,, Malaya, 26. pp, 123-170,

Baxrr, E. W., and Wuarton, G, W., 1952. An Introduction to Acarology, The Mucmillan
Compiuny, New York, pp. 1-465 and xiii,

*Bonnanp, J, G,, 1956, The Genus Neotrombidium (A¢ariua: Trombidioides) in the United
States, J. Kunsas Ent. Soc., 29 (1), pp, 29-35, ;

Lawrence, A, F., 1949. The Larval Vrombiculid Mites uf South African Vertebrates, Ann.
Natul Museum, 11 (3), pp. 405-486.

sSouTucort, R. V., J947, Observations on the Epidemiology af TYsutsugamushi Disease tir
North Queenslaud, Med. J. Aust., 2, pp, 441-450.

*Soutncorr, R, V., 1954, The Genus Neotrombtdinm (Acarina: Leeuwenhoekitdac), 1,
Description of the Ovum and Larva of Neotrombidium harringunense Hirst 1928, with
an Account of the Biology of the Genus, ‘Trans, Roy, Sov. 8. Anst., 77, pp. 99-97.

*Tuon, S., and Wittmann, C., 1947. Trombidiidag, Lig. 71 b, Py. 187-541 and xxiexxayl
Das Verreich, Berlin,

Torres, §., und Buaca, J. W., 1938 Nova purusitise em pintes, Trombiculinose noriudar
causada por Apolonia (n, 2.) figipidensis (n. spe.) (Nota prdvia), Bol, Soc, Brasileira
Med, Vet 7 (—), pp. 171-172. . ‘

Tortus, S.. und Braca. W. (sic), 1939. Apulonia tigtpidensis, g. et sp. mn. (Trembfenlinae)
parasite de. Gallus gullus rom, Nova chave para determinacao <l genetes, Bol, Sov.
Brasileira Med. Vet., 9 (1), pp. J-7,

Veratrum, W., 1931. Acari in W. Kikenthal and T, Krumbach: Mandhach der “uologie.
Kine Naturgeschichte der Stamine des ‘lierreiches, Bd, 3, Hiilfte 3, Lf. 1, pp. 1-1f0
{1913 ty my previous paper was a misprint), 5

Wrarron, G. W., 1038. Acarina of Yucatan Caves. Artiol: X jn Fauna of the Caves of
Yucutun, Mdited ly A, S. Pearse, pp. 137-152; Carnegie Institution of Washington,
Publication No. 431,

Waanton, G. W., 19472, Studies on North American Chigvers. 2. The Subfamilics and
Womersia strandtmani n.g,, n, sp. J- Parasitol, 38 (4), 280-384,

Wuanrom, G. W., 1947b, The Relationship between ‘lrambiculid and Trombidiid Mites,
J. Parasitol, 33 (Suppl. Scctiay, 2), pp. 15-16.

1n3

Wauanron, G. W., and Futzer, H. S., 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. The biology, classi-
fication, distribution, and importance to man of the larvae of the family Trombiculidae
(Acarina), Mem. ent. Soc. Washington, Number 4, pp. 1-185.

*Womenrsiry, H., 1945. Acarina of Australia and New Guinea. The Family Leeuwenhoe-
kiidae, ‘rans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 69 (1), pp. 96-113.

Womenstey, H., 1954. New Genera and Species, Apparently of Apoloniinae (Acarina,
Leimvenockuicne); from the Asiatic-Pacific Region, Stud. Inst. med. Res., Malaya, 26,
pp. 108-119,

164

ON VATACARUS IPOIDES N. GEN., N. SP. (ACARINA: TROMBIDIOIDEA)
A NEW RESPIRATORY ENDOPARASITE FROM A PACIFIC SEA-SNAKE

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Summary

A hitherto undescribed acarine is described, from New Caledonia, remarkable for being
endoparasitic within the respiratory passages of a sea-snake (Laticauda laticaudata (L.)), with
maggot-like modification of the body shape. It is named Vatacarus ipoides n. gen., n. sp. Only the
larva is known. Within the superfamily Trombidioidea, where this mite is placed, it shows the most
complete adaptation to endoparasitism that has so far been observed.

Some account of the biology of the mite is given. from the observations of its discoverer,
Mr. J. Rageau.

The affinities of the mite are discussed, and a new family Vatacaridae (or subfamily Vatacarinae) is
erected within the Trombidioidea, and defined. The classification of the superfamilies of the
Prostigmata is discussed. The superfamily Trombidioidea Banks, 1894, 1s redefined. A superfamily
Anystoidea nov. is defined tentatively, and discussed briefly.

The term "ipomorphy" is proposed for a worm-like or maggot-like adaptation of form, of animals
not normally so. Within the Acarina such modification of body shape appears in general to be a
response to endoparasitism, and is seen in various suborders. Endoparasitism within the Acarina is
discussed.

ON VATACARUS IPOIDES N. GEN., N. SP. (ACARINA : TROMBIDIOIDEA)
A NEW RESPIRATORY ENDOPARASITE FROM A PACIFIC SEA-SNAKE

by R. V.. Soutucorr
[Read 13 September 1956]

SUMMARY

A hitherto. undeseribed acarine is desuribed, from New Caledonia, remarkable for being
endoparasitic within the respiratory passages of a sea-snake (Laticauda laticandata (L.)),
with magyotlike modification of the body shape. It is named Vefwearus ipoides n. gen,
n. sp, Only the larva is known. Within the superfamily Trombidioidea, where this. mite is
placed, it shows the most complete adaptation to cndoparusitism Uiat has so far been observed,

Some account of the hiology of the mite is given, from the observations of its dis-
coverer, Mr. J. Rageau.

The affinities of the mite are discussed, and a new family Vatacaridae (or subfamily
Vatacarinue) is crectad within the ‘Trombidioidea, and defined. The classification of the
superfamilies of the Prostigmata is discussed. The superfamily Trombidinidea Banks, 1894,
is redefined, A superfamily Anystvidea noy. is defined tentatively, and discussed bricfly.

The term “ipomorphy” is proposed for a worm-like or maggottike adaptation of form,
of animals not normally so. Within the Acarina such modification of body shape appears in
general to be a response ta endoparasitismn, and is seen in various suborders. Endopara-
aitisin within the Acarina is discussed.

INTRODUCTION

Recently, Mr. J. Rageau, entomologist to the Institut Frangais d’Océanie,
Nouméa, New Caledonia, has sent the writer some specimens of a maggot-like
endoparasite of the respiratory passages of a sea-snake, from. New Caledonia,
recognizing that they were acarine in nature. Examination of these specimens
by the writer has shown that they are larval Trombidioid mites of bizarre ap-
pearance. Although endoparasitism has been described in certain instances in
some of the Trombidicidea (sce further below), such complete adaptation of
the parasite ta the host, both in the site used (the tracheal passages), and in
the form affected hy the parasite, has not hitherto been recorded for any
Trambidioid mite, Only the larva of this form is known, and its life-history is
largely unknown. It is proposed to describe it here as Vatacarus ipoides n. gen.,
n. sp., and to discuss its affinities. Comment will also be made vn endopara-
sitism within the Acarina.

The writer is greatly indebted to Mr. Rageau for the opportunity of study-
ing this mite, and for permission to incorporate his observations.

Desonrerive AccouNT
(a) Vatacarus n. gen,

Definition (larva only): A Trombidicid mite with the body capable of in-
cresising considerably in size, to several millimetres long; shape maggot-like,
with conical or mamillary projections, these more promiment posteriorly, and
arising, underneath the normal idiosomal setae. Coxae I and II separated,
Urstigma present. Gnathosoma not greatly modified. Cheliceral fangs recurved
dorsally, hinged, weakly hicuspid. Palpal tibial claw with two hooks, bent ven-
trially, and placed vertically to each other (i. sagitally). Eyes apparently
absent. Dorsal scutum trapezoidal, widest anteriorly, with a single anteromedian

L635

seta, two anterolateral svtac, and a pair of filiform sensillary setae arising later-
ally, between the levels of the anterior end posterior non-sensillary svatal setae.

Genotype Vatacarus ipoules n, geu,, u. sp.

(b) Vatacarus ipoides n. gen., n. sp.
Figs. 1-4°

Vescription of Larva (Figs. 1-4): Colour in life a bright reddish-orange, in
aleshol-preserved specimens a dirty eream. Length of type specimen (ACC
335A). one of the larger specimens, 4-5 mm., width 1-5 mm- (smaller specimens
were 2 mm. long or more, and other idiosomal dimensions in proportion . The
animal is magyotlike in shape, the idiosoma swollen, and with the hysterosoma
greatly prolonged, the latter accounting for three-quarters of the length of the
animal. In addition, the idiosoma is studded with 2 number of mamillae or
conical projections, these being more prominent dorsally and posteriorly, giving
the body the appearance of a mace or studded club, The anterior part of the
body is produced to a Jarge boss, but is free from the idiosomal projections.
Each idiosomal projection is developed under a normal idiosomal seta, which
is short, spiniform or nearly so with adpressed ciliations, and with a slight bulge
at the basco of the seta. The dorsal setae are 34-62, long, and are revularly
arranged in rows across the dorsum as figured, these rows becoming less
regular posteriorly (see Fig, 1 A-D). The dorsal seta arises from the summit
of the projection, or a little way down its anterior face. The ventral projections
are smaller, rather more mamillate, and arranged somewhat irregularly, as
figured, nevertheless eavh carries a normal idiosomal seta, The cuticle is finely
striate under the higher magnifications of the microscope; probably distension
luus made the striae less obvious,

The dorsal scutum is carried at the anterior pole of the animal, in a slightly
recessed area, It is finely punctate all over, quadrangular (trapezoidal) with
rounded corners, widest anteriorly, with projecting anterolateral angles, a sinuous
anterior maryim, concave lateral margins and a slightly convex posterior margin.
IE carvies a pair of filiform sensillary setae, 8Tu long. arising in sensillae placed
close to the lateral borders of the shield, and with an aperture partly occluded by
an eye-like transverse slit, 14, across by 6 high, at about the level of the middle
of the shield. The seutal non-sensillary setae are stiff, somewhat constricted
at their bases, then expanding and becoming elongate-lanceolate, and finally
filiform; almost simple except for some adpressed ciliations as figured. With
one AM, two ALs and two PLs, and thus of Trombiculid facies, There are
some chitinisations in the skin near the shield (see Fig. 2B). Using the custom-
ary terminology for the Trombiculid mites the standard data of the dorsal
seutuan uf a paratype specimen (ACC 333B) are, in micra;

AW PW SB ASB PSR SD AP AM AL FL Sens PW/SD
9 8 SS 8 41 7 4 58 SS 62 WO 1-09

Eyes are not visible, and apparently are absent, although this point may not
be filly decided until unengorged specimens are available.

The legs arc of normal size among the Trombidioidea, but appear small
when cumpared with the bulk of the larva; lengths T 870u, If 350., IIT 870%
(includmg coxae and claws). All legs of 7 segments, including the coxa, and
with eliaetotaxy as figured, Lach coxa is set in a space set between the rounded
bulgings in the idiosoma; this is most marked in leg II, where the leg arises
from a large boss. Mach coxa carrics a single seta, placed as figured, and
similar ta the scutal non-sensillary setae, The majority of the wormul leg setae

* Wigs, 1 A-E, 2 C are trom ACG 335A (Type); Figs. 2 A, B, DL EF, 4 A, BL 4 A, B
from paratype ACC 3G5B; 3 C, D from paratype ACC 333C.

166

'

are simple or almost so, except terminally on the leg, where the ciliations are
prominent. Tarsus I and Tl and metatarsus I and II cach carry a single
solenoidal (striate) seta. Short spiniform setae and famuli (= “microsensory
setae’) are present as figured. Tarsi of legs with two simple claws and an
empodium; the latter tending to be retroflexed. Tarsus I 104, long (to base

£00
ze

SouTmMeorr

Pig. 1,—Vatacarus ipoides n, gen, n. sp., larva. A, B, C entire, to scale on left. A, dorsal
aspect; B, lateral aspect; C, ventral aspect; D, anterior part of larva, further enlarged; B,
lateral aspect of guathosama and adjacent part vf idiosoma, to scale on left,

187

of claws) by 25, high; II 834 long, measured similarly, by 25n high; III similarly
83. long by 24 high. Metatarsus (tibia) 1 66, long, Il 56z, [TL 58p.

An urstigma is present in front of coxa Il, and in front of this is a pro-
jecting spur (see Fig. 4), Coxa I and II are well separated. Radiating around

ca

le sourWeoTT
as

Fig. 2Vatacarus ipoides n, gen., n. sp,, Jarva. A, anterior part of ventral surface, somewhat

distorted in mounting, from compression, to scale on right; B, dorsal scutum and adjacent part

of idiosoma, Hattened specimen; C, Jateral aspect of anterior pole of hady, undistorted, with

dorsal scutum hidden in its small recess, but with the scutal setae showing; D, gnathosoma
from above; E, gnathosoma from bclow (B, C, D, E all to scale on left).

168

the coxae are fine lines beneath the cuticle in specimens mounted in Jactic acid
or in polyvinyl alcohol-lactophenol mountant, and between coxae I and Il, and
around the dorsal scutum; these do not appear to be muscular as elsewhere
muscles are seen in these preparations which are easily recognized from the well-
marked cross-striations. No evidence has been found of a true trachea and
stigma (as e.g. occurs in Acomatacarus, family Trombiculidae).

feo

3

SovTucert

Fig. 3.—Vatacarus ipoides n. gen., n. sp., larva. A, dorsal aspect of legs I and II; B, dorsal
aspect of leg III (same specimen); C, D, lateral aspects of legs I and 1 respectively of another
specimen. All to scale shown.

169

The gnathosoma is fairly heavily chitinized, and is carried underneath the
projecting anterior pole of the larva, lying level with the first pair of coxae.
The palpi and chelicerae bases stout and rather vompact, The cheliceral digit
hinged, recurved dorsally, the blade without ventral tecth, but dorsally with a
weak cusp set a little behind the terminal cusp, Galeal seta nude, 12». long.
Palpal setae nude. Seta on palpal fernur and on basis capituli (“palpal coxal
seta”) stiff, clongate-lanceolate, similar to scutal non-sensillary setae; other palpal
setae more slender, except the dorsal palpal tibial seta which is a stout simple
pointed peg. Palpal femur, genu, tibia, tarsus with 1, 1, 8, § setae respectively.
The palpal tibial claw with two ventrally curved sharp hooks, set sagitally to
each other (see Fig. 1 E).

0]
A
ATT |
GES |
ALT | "
/\ {fly
ALL)
\ | IS pry 1A
20)
= , fe
mm,
és
/
/

souTMLOTY

Vig. 4.-Vatacarus ipoides n, gen., n. sp., larva. A, ventral aspect of legs I_and UH, mounted
specimen, same as in Fig. 3A; B, ventrul aspect of leg IIT, same specimen. All to scale shown.

Locality: In respiratory passages (“trachea and lungs”; see below) of a
sea-snake, Laticauda (= Platurus) laticaudata (1..), at Anse Vata, Nouméa,
New Caledonia, 22nd September, 1955, collected by Mr. J. Rageau; 15 speci-
mens forwarded, number ACC 335, All specimens in writer’s collection.

170

Biolegy of Vatacanis ipoies

The following account of various aspects of the biology of this larval mite
has been received from Mr. Rageau:

Voici les réponses A vos questions sur la binlogie de es acaciens:

(1) Localisation chez Phéte; trachéc-artere ct pounwm, remontant Jusqu’
aux narines et au pharynx apres la mort du serpent.

(2) Monvements: trés limités. Les acuriens se déplagatent lentement par
des monvements de reptation sans utiliser lenrs pattes. Leur corps était con-
trachle- ;

(3) Effet pathologique sur Théte: apparemment atcun effet, Le serpent
capture sur la plage etait trés vigoureux et ne semblait avoir de difficultés
respiratoires. Eni clissequaint l'appareil respiratoire, je n'ai pas observé des
lésions, IL n'y ayait pas de sang 4 Vintérienr du tube digestif des acariens. Aussi
est-il probable qu’ils se nourrissent de mucus et de cellules épithéliales (sce the
comment below—l.V.S.).

(4) Biologie de Thote; Laticauda laticaudata (L.), Hydrophiidac Leticau-
diuac, est une espéce marine tres fréquente au voisinage des cétes de fu
Nouvelle-Calédunic et qui vicnt souvent a terre, en particulier la nuit. Ainsi
elle est aboncdante dang les jlots au voisinave de la Grande Terre et a méme
Vhabitude de se réfugier dans los tentes des campeurs, Elle est attirée par la
chaleur et lorsque Pon dort sur ke plage. il arrive que l'on retrouve ua tle ces
serpents enroule autour de sot on dans Jes vétements au matin. Leurs écailles
ventrales developpées permettent aux Laticauda de se déplacer facilement sur
le sol vt de parcourir des distances importantes. Ces serpents sont trés
apathiques et ont Ii réputation détre inotfensifs: Jes pécheurs et méme les
enfants Ives prennent & la main, sans précautions. lls vivent uniquement de
poissons. Ils péneétrent dans les estuaires mais ne semblent pas remonter dans
les eaux douces. On peut done supposer que leurs parasites sont apparentés a
des formes terrestres plutét qua des formes d'eau douce, Une espéce vaisine,
Laticauda cotubrina Schneider, est également trés commune sur les cétes
caledoniernies ef a ue biologie similaire,

“Vous tronverez des dessins de ce serpent ct des détails sur sa biologie dans:
R, Bourret (1934) Les serpents marins de l'Indachine frangaisc, Institut ovéano-
graphique de l'Indochine, 25e note, pp, 12-16 et planche U, Hanoi,

“Enfin, les acariens ont une coloration orange vif, tirant sur le rouge,
lorsqu'ilg sont vivants; cette pigmentation disparait en alcool. Jeu ai recueilli
nue cinguantaine d¢xemplaires sur unique Laticauda dissequé mais il est
probable que le serpent en avait déja rejeté un certain nombre au cours de son
ugonic car jai trouvé les premiers exemplaires dans eau du bassin od yensit de
muurir le serpent”.

From the observations of Mr. Rageau, and the extreme adaptation of form
vt Ue larva, there need be no doubt that this mite spends the preater part of its
larval stage in the respiratory passages of the snake. From the structure of its
mouthparts and its affinities, to be discussed below, the present writer concludes
that it feeds upon tissue Muid obtained from the host, iu the usual manner of the
Trombidioidea. There need not necossarily be a tissue reaction to such fevding
in u vertebrate, as e.g. in many cases in Trombiculid mite biting in birds and
mammals, as well as in reptiles, there is no apparent reaction to ordinary obser-
yulion (without histological study, i.e.). ,

At the present time the remainder of the life-history of this mite is con-
jectural, Presumably the post-laryal stages of the mite are free-living, and are
to be sought in the soil at situations where the snakes come ashore.

ii

Comment on the Superfamily Trombicdioidea

ly attempting to place Vatacaruy systematically it is necessary to re-examine
antl re-dofine the superfamily Trombidividea. Such a procedure will also be
usctul in other directions, for systematic purposes. As fav as the writer has been
ahlo to determine, the superfamily term Trombidioidea was introduced as such
by Banks (1894), In his classification of the Acarina (1904, 1915) Bauks used
the tezms Mesostizmata Canestrini 1891, Prostigmata Kramer 1877 and Crypio-
stigmata Canestrim 1596 as suborders, as he stated, In the Prostigmata he im-
eluded the supertamilics Eupodoidea, Trumbidoidea (sic) and Dydrachnoidea.
The last of these constitutes an ecological rather than a morphological group,
In the opinion of the present writer it is unfortunate that these relatively simple
snyggestions af Bauks were almost completely iguored by European workers, who
preterred to set up a complicated system of groupings given the names of cohorts,
subcohorts and phalanges within the Prostigmata, The possibility offered by
Banks’ schema of providing a useful busis for superfamily classification was
overlooked or ignored.

Banks (1915) included in the superfamily Trombidioidea the families
Cavenlidae, Trombitiidae, Anystidae (= Erythracidac Banks 1894). Erythraeidae
(=Rhyncholophidae Banks 1$94), and Tetranychidac, The determining mor-
phological eriteria for the Trombidioidea (as against its nearest superfamily in
the key, the Eupodoidea) was stated in the key (1915) as “Last joint [segment]
uf palp forms-a thumb ta the preceding, which ends in a claw (a few exceptions),
body aften with mauy hairs"—this referring principally to the adult forms.

In 1909 Reuter proposed the suborder 'lromnbidiformes, the definition given

. 246) (in a footnote only) being: “= Prostigimata + Heterostigmata Berlese
(1889), vielleicht mit Linschluss der Labilostomidae (Nicoletiellidee)”. The
Trombidoidea (sic) was the only superfamily placed in that suborder, which
was eonsidercsl as consisting of the four families Trombidiidae, Tarsonemidae,
Hyirachnidae and Halacaridav. The family Trombidiidae was used in a wide
sense, even for that time, as it was stated elsewhere in that paper (p. 243) that
it Was “mit mehreren Unterfamilien, auch derjenigen der Bdellinac™

In 1909 Qudemans revised the classification of the Prostigmata Kramer
A877, introduciig the system of coharts, snbechorts aud phalanges referred to
above, all of these with suprafamilial states. The term Trombidividea was not
used, This scheme was used Jater by Ondemans (1923) and by Vitzthum (1931,
1940-1943), with certain modifications.

At the preseat time the status of the superfumilies among the Prostigmata at
least needs clarification, as Baker and Wharton (1952) have pointed out in their
excellent textbook of acurology, Jn fact, among the Trombidiformes these
authors found it in general necessary to omit the superfamilies fromm the classi-
fication. Some clarification has been made by the introduction of the concept
of the superfamily Tetwanychoidea by Baker and Pritchard (1953). Grandjean
Sagan introduced the superfamily term Raphignathoidea, virtually without de-

uition This appears to be a valid group, and the present writer has attempted
to define this coucept in another paper (1957a). Another useful suggestion
was inde hy Grandjean (1947), that the “Supercohart” Apobolosligmata Ouele-
mans L909 be replaced by Erythracoidea Grandjean 1047, The present writer
has punenrred with this snggcstion elsewhere (1957b). Acting along the same
lines it appears to the writer that the superfamily term Trombidieidea could
usehilly take the pluee of Oudemans’ (1909) “Supercohort" Engonostlgmata.
The tollowing restricted definition is therefore proposed;

Trombidividea® Banks 1894 (restricted)

Definition: Trombidiformes {Prostigmata) in which the larva has an
urstigina.t Chelicera wilh a hinged blade, not styliform (exsertile), Post-larval
stages with genital suckers.

From the “Cohort” Elentherengona Oudemans 1909, Vitzthum 1981 the
superfarnilies Tetranychoidea, Raphignathoidva aud Demodicoidea have been
separated. Among the remaining families are four which form a fairly precise
group, these heing the Anystidae, Prerygasomidue, Pseudocheylidae and Teterif-
fiicdlae, ‘These mites are mainly predatory, but the Pterygosomidae are ecta-
parasitic on reptiles, For this group a superturnily Anystoidea nov. is proposed,
with the following tentative definition:

Anystoidea n, superfam.

Definition; Peritreme prominent, transverse, placed anteriorly on idiosoma,
and may be protruding, Chelicerae hinged (not extensile), Coxue in one or
bua Sroups on each side, Parasitic or predatory, Larva lacking urstigma, similar
to adult,

The systematics uf the Trombidiformes will be considered further in later
papers,

The Systematic Position of Vatacaris

On morphological grounds there is no doubt that Vatacarus should be
placed in the Trombidioidea. A typical urstigma is present, and the chelicerac
ave hinged. The spur near the urstigma appears to belong to the latter, and is
possibly of some morphological interest, but no importance can be given to it
systematically. The mouthparts ure typical of the Trombidioids, and appear
to resemble those of seme of the water mites.

However, among the Trombidioidea the genus Vatacarus is unusual in
having coxa 1 and I] separated on each side, It does not appear reasonable to
ascribe this separation to the distention of the larva, although this is extreme, as in
other members of the Trombidioidca, considerable distension of the larva may
occur without the coxue separating, these being in fact fused together. The
separation of the coxae is in fact more suggestive of the Erythraeoidea. Hitherto
the only mites placed in the Trombidioidea (as defined aboye) for which separ-
ated coxue 1 and Uf have been recorded arc Rohaultia Qudemans 1911 and
Monungnis Wharton 1938. ‘The present writer has proposed reasons elsewhere
for believing that the deseription by Wharton (1988) of this featire in
Monunguis (= Neotrombidiuwm Leonardi 1901) is erreneons (Southcott 19544,
iuS7e), With regard to Rohauitie, Vitethiim (1931) stated that that gents was
the larva of Johnstoniana George 1908, but as the writer (1954a, 1957c) has
pointed out, experimental proof of that claim has not been furnished by any
writer, To the present writer Rohaullia is rather suguestive of some of the
water mites, Its habit of parasitizing Tipnlid fies is of interest, and does uot
conflict with the last suggestion. However, a study of the morphology of
Rohaultia does not shed much light on the systematic position of Valecurus, as
these genera do not appear to be closely related,

The systematist is in fact here placed in the dilemma of accepting the
apparent affinities of Vatacarus with the Trombiculidae on the one hand, «which
would logically lead to the foundiny of a new subfamily Valacarinac of the
Trombiculidae, or of accepting the importance of the separdtion of the coxae,

*Feider (1955) has proposed “Lrombidoiden (sic) n. snperfam.. this tern being used
in the sense of Trombidiidie Leach 1805 us used by. most authors: apparently in igrorunce
of the fact that this term has heen current tor oven GO yours,

+ In one instance—that of Mierntrombidium hirsutnm Womersley 1945-the Juryal stage
pf the. mite is omitted from the life history (Southeott, 1946). but it is obvious an other
grounds that this mite is a member of the Microtrombittinac.

173

and of founding a new family, the Vatacaridae. The discovery of the adult
forms uf Vatacarus will not necessarily aid in the problem, as amongst com-
pirable mites the classification at the present time ts based largely on larval
characters. Both in morphological and biological teatures Vaetacarus is one
of the most aberrant of the Vrombicioidea, and the writer favours the latter
course, and proposes:

Vatacaridac n. fain.

Definition; Tromibidioi mites with maggotlike (“ipomorphic’) larvae.
Goxae 1 and U1 widely separated. Dorsal seutum present, with one pair of
sengillae, Endoparasitic in the respiratory system of sea-snakes.*

The inclusion of a biological character in the family definition is in keeping
with previous practice armong comparable mites. Thus Ewing (1944) included
such iy founding the family Trombiculidae, and separating it from the ‘Trombid-
jidae. Sueha procedure among the Acarina was advocated by ¢,g, Banks (1915,
p. 17) at the generic level of classification.

Respiratory Endoparesitism of Snakes by Acarina

Various mites have exploited! the respiratory passages of snakes as a biv-
logical niche. Turk (1947), ina review of these, has listed mites of the families
Liponyssidue,, Ixodorhynchidae, Eutonyssidac and Pneumophionyssidae, All
of these, however, belong to the suborder Mesnstigmata.

Vatucurus ipoides is so far the only Trombidioid mite which has been found
to use this niche, Some comment on the genus Hemitrombicula Ewing 1938
will be made below.

Endoparasitism Among the Trombtdlotdea

Among the Trombidioides there are many species parasitic on vertebrates,
the majority of these belonying to the Trombiculidae. Among such parasitic
inites various moves Loward endoparasitism may be noted. At one end of the
scale we may list e.g, Babiangia bulbifera Southcott 1954, which appears to show
the beginning of stich a process of host.adaptation by hiding completely under a
scale of its lizard host, and by having, a flattened body (we may note in passing
some. similarity between the dorsal sentam of B, bylbifera and Vatacarus
ipoides). We may next refer to Schimyastia (Schdngastia) ocylicola Womersley
1952. obtained from the conjunctival sac of Leggada booduga fuvidiventris
(Blyth) (Marrunalia) from Ceylon, Andy (1954, p. 159) commented on the
habitut of this mite, whieh he ploced in the genus Doloisia Oudernans 19LU
(Andy, 1954), and referred to other Trombiculid mites which have assumed au
intrapusal site of parusitization. These have beon recorded also by Fain and
Vercommen-Crandjean (1953). Vercammen-Grancljean (1953), Audy ancl
Vereummen-Grandjcan (1955) and Fain (1955), The group ts still under study,
bnt apparently a number of species have utilized this: niche,

Nevertheless, it is apparent that in Vatacaruy the endoparasitism recorded
is the anvst complete that lias been observed among the ‘lrombidividea (the
skin endoparasitus of the fianily Demadicidac being placed in the Demodicoidca
Banks 1894 (nom. cmend, Banks pro Desmodicoidca Banks 1894, restricted ).

One further mite may be mentioned here, Ewing (1985) deseribed Memi-
trombieula simplex as a new yenus and species (monotypic) an unnsnal mite
with two unequal tarsal claws; later a he made this genus the type of a
subtunily Hemitrorobiculinae. place in the ‘Trembiculidae, This mite was
recorded us yurasitic within the mouth of a North American snake, Elaphe

7 According la Kell (1956) Leticaudee is Uhe only genus of sea-snake which is Inud-
wuing avd prabably therefore Vadacurus is anlikely to he Found in other sea-snakes.

174

obyoleta obsoletu (Say), where the mite larvae were “attached between the rows
of teeth on the upper jaw only®; this was the only record for this mite. In
1347 Wharten rejected the genus from the Trombiculidae, but did net re-assign
it. as Lawrence (1949) pointed out, and such only occurred in 1952, when Baker
and Wharten (lve. cit.) synonymised Hemitrombicnla with Limnochares
Lalreille 1796. These latter authors made no comment on the parasitization of
the sake by the larval mite, which must bo very unusual for a Limnochares.
The synonymy proposed should he confirmed by a redescription of Ewing's
H. simplex.

Ipomerphy and Endoparasitism Within the Acarina

The term “ipomorphy” is proposed here to denote a modification of an
animal ta a worm-like or maggot-like shape, in groups not normally sv, The
writer is of the opinion that this word will fulfil a definite need, and has not been
able to find any existing noun available, from consultation with a nurmber of texts
on zoology and parasitology. Reference to the great “Oxford English Diction-

ary” shows no appropriate noun derived from the Greck roots, i and axeidye,

which appear to be the best to tse, nor from the Latin permis. The term scolex
has now mostly taken on a special meaning in zoology. and the writer favours
“jpomerphy” as being in line with current terminology in morphology.

Ipemorphy is seen among various of the Acarina, in groups apparently un-
related, When present, the idiosoma also shows often a degree of annulation-
Thus within the endoparasitic Eriophyidae ( Tetra podili, Trombidiformes ),
which ure plant parasites, and the Demodicidac (Demodicoidea, Trombidi-
formes), as well as the free-living genus Nemutalycus Strenzke 1954 (Nemata-
lyvidae, Trombidifurmes ), such is the case. Within the ‘letranychoidea (Trom-
hidiformes) a similar modification has been recarded by Baker (1948) for
Tenuipalpus eriophyoides Baker 1948, Within the Mcsostigmata similar ipowwer-
phic forms are seen, e.g. among the Slalarachnidac, which are endoparasites af
the respiratory passages of mammals, and the Entonyssidae, which utilize a
similar iological niche in the land snakes. and the Rhinonyssidae, which nse
birds similarly, A recently discovered group of mites, the Gastronyssidae (Sar-
coptiformes), which are endoparastes of bats, also show ipomorphy, These
have been recorded from vither the stomach or the nasal fossae of the hosts
(Fain 1956).

Generally speaking, the presence of ipomorphy within the Acarina Appeitrs
ta go with the adoption of endoparasitism, There are, however, a number of
mites which have made a partial or fawly complete move tewards endopara-
silisin, in which ipompenpide forms have not as yet been observed, e.g. the genus
RiceardocHe (Ereynetidae) and the various Speleognathidae. It would appear
that among the Acarina the development of ipomorpliy must be considered as a
polyphyletic character. Although useful therefore in an ceological classifica-
tion, it cannot be used as a major systematic character,

REFERENCES

Avov, J. RB. L054, Notes on the Taxonomy of ‘Trumbiculidl Mites, with) Doseription of 9
New Subgonits, Stud, Inst. med. Res. Malays, 26, pp. 123-170,

Auny, J. Ra and Vexcasaren-Granpjesn, DP. H.. 1955. Endoparnsitism in Trynbienlid
Miles, Natura, 178, pp. 263-264,

Bacun, LW. 1948, A New Trichadenld Mite which Pirther Lidicates a Phylogenctic Ke
Tationshay between the Letranychidae and Eriophyidae, Proc, Fit, Sue. Wash,, 50 (3),
pp. 58-60.

Roos, BK. W.. and Privenann, AWE. 1953. The Family Categories of Velranythoid Mites,
with a Review of the New Families Linotetranidue and Tuckerellidac, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Ameor,, 46 (2), pp. 243-258.

Bacen, E,W), and Warton, G. W., 1953. An Introduction to Acarolugy, The Macmillan
Company, New York, pp. 1-465 and xiii.

175

Bangs, N.,. 1594. Some New American Acarina, Trans. Amer. Ent. See,, 21, pp; 209-222,

Bangs, N., 1904, A Treatise on the Acarina or Mites, Proc. US. Nat. Mus., 28, pp. 1-114.

Banas, N. 1915. The Acarina or Mites, A Review of the Group far the use of Econoinl:
Entumologists, Rept. 108, United States Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, U.S.A,

Ewinu, HL E., 1938. A Key to the Cevera of Chiggers (Mite Larvae of the Subfamily
LU eta ee seit Descriptions of New Genera and Species, J. Wash, Acad, Sei, 28
(6), pp. 288-295.

Ewinc, Hf. E. 1944, Notes on tie Taxonomy of the Trombienlid Mites, Proc. Biol, Soe,
Wash,, 57, pp. LO1-104,

Fain, A, 1955. Sue la priovité de la elécouverte des lacves de ‘Lrombiculicue dias les tosses
nasales ces mammifércs. Au, Soc, Belg. Méd. Trop. 38 (6), pp. 709-710,

Faw, A., 1956. Une nouvelle fanille d'acariens endoparasites des chauves-sourisy Gastra-
“neste Wien nov. (Acatinay Sureuptiformes), Ann. Soc, Belg, Méd. Trop, 36 (1),
pp, 87-98.

Fai, A. and Vercammen-Gnanpyean, P. 1, 1993. Les fossex nasales, nouvelle Jocalixutinu
parasitaire des larves de Thrombislions chey les congeurs (Note préliminaire), Ann, Sav,
Belg, Meéd. Trop., 33 (1), pp, t1-42.

Vrmpn, 2, 1955. Acarina Trombidoidea (sic) in Fania Republiai Populares Tomlne,
Arachnida, ol. 5, Fase. 1, pp. 1187, Edit. Acarl. Repmb. Pop, Romine.

Granoas. W, 1947 Etude sur les Siiarisilae et quelques autres Erythrotdes. (Acurtens),
Arch. Zool, exp. win, BS (1), pp. L-12h.

Lawninen, R. i, 1948. The Darvel ‘Trombiculid Mites of South African Vertebrates, Ang.
Natal Mos., 12 (3), pp. 405-486.

Quvuatans, A. €.. 1904. Uber die bis jetzt genauer bekannten Thrombidiwun-Larven uuel
iiber eine neue Klassikation der Prostigmata, Tijds. v. Kut, ‘¢-Gravenhage, 52, pp. 10-01,

OunrmMans, A. C., 1923. Studie over de sedert 1877 onfworpen systemen dev Acari Nictwe
Classificatie; Pliylogenetische Beschouwingen, ‘Tijds, y. Ent, ‘s-Gravenhage, 66, pp. 49-55.

"Oxwonv ENcLisn Dictionary’ (1888-1928); A New English Dictionary on Historical Prin-
ciples; founded mainly on the materials collected by The Philological Socicty- Ticlited by
{ages A. H. Murray. Vols. 1-10, Oxford: At the Clirendon Press, Also Supplement

39.

Racsau, f., 1956. Persons) communication,

Rew, 21. A,, 1956. Ses-stiake Bitos, Brit. Med. J., 2, pp. 73-78.

Reviwn, £) 1909. Zur Morpholovic und Ontogenia cler Acatiden mit besouderer Beriich-
siohtisung von Periculopsis greminunt (i. Bent,), Acta Soc, Sei, Ferm, 36 (4), pp.
1-288 and dv.

Sournenrr, KR. V,, L946, Studies on Trombiliidae (Acarina). home Observations on the
Biolowy of the Microtrambidiiae, Proc, Tinn. Soc, N,5,W., 70 (5-6), pp. 312-316.
Sourucort, WV. 105da. The Genny Neolrombidium (Acurina; Lecuwenhoekiidac), 1,
Description of thy Ovum and Larva of Nevtrombidinm burringunense Hirst, 1938, avith

av Account of the Biology of the Gonus, Trans. Roy. Sac. 8, Mul, 77, pp. 89-97.

Sourueors, R. V., 1W5db. Description of a New Genns and Species of Larval ‘Jvorubiewn!
Mito from New Guinea, frans, Roy. Sec. 8. Aust, 77, pn. US-L02,

Sowiicert, B. V., 19574, Description of a New Australian Raphignathoid Mite, with Renarks
on the Glawsifieation of the Trombidifomnes (Acarina), Pro. Linn, Sow. NZS. Wales, Sf
(3), pp. 846-312.

Souricorr, HK. V,, 1987b, The Genus Myrmicotrembiun Womersléy (95d (Acarinu,
Erytheacidae), with Remarks on the Systematics of the EryQuaeoidea anc 'rambhidigides,
Rre. 8. Aust. Mus, (in the press).

soiineerr, RV. 195%, The Genus Neotrombidiuny (Acarina: Loeuwenliekiidue) 1
Fulthor Notes ou Systematics, with Description of a New Specics from North Queens-
Jud, Vrans. Roy, Sov, S. Aust, 80, up. 157-164,

Srrexanu, ke 1054. Nematalyeus nemutuides ou. yen, te ap CAcarina Prombiditommes ) ages
dein Grunidwanser der Algerisshen Kuste, Vie et Milieu 4 Ct), pp, 655-017,

Tri, FA, L947. Studies of Aca. LV, A Reviesy of the Lung Mites a Srakes, Uvasi-
tology, 38 (1-2), py. 17-36.

Vinca maen-Grasngeas, PL, 1953. Rev. Zool, Bot: Atr., 44 (1-2), p 17: quoted in iin

I955 ).

Vem Be 1031. Acari in W, Kikenthal amd VT. Keibhach: Huwtbaeh der Zoolome,
Eine Naturveschichte der Stanmme dey Tievreirhes, Bd, 3, Hulfte 2. Lhe 1. pp. 1-16),

Virwruuas, H., 1940-1943, Acurina fn TT. G. Bronns Klnssen nnd Ordlnuniest des Tierreciels,
Bd. 5, Buch 5, pp. delOT1 and xi, ;

Wianvon, GW, 1938. Acarina of Yueatan Ctives. Articolo X in Fama of the Caves of
Yirentun. Kadited by A. §. Pearse, pp. 187-152, Carneaie Tustitutnn of Washington,
Publication No, Wl,

Wuarron, G, W., 1947. Snidieg ov Worth Amerivan Chiggers. 2, We Sublmentiies waned
Wimersia stranttiuant wg. 0 spy J. Parasitol. 83 (41), pp. 3B0-354

176

SOME NEMATODES FROM FISH FROM HERON ISLAND, QUEENSLAND

BY PATRICIA M. MAWSON

Summary

An unusual larva of Thynnascaris sp. is described from Chaetodon sp. and Cattydon sp.;
Procamallanus sp. is described from Sigmanum nebulosus, and Metabronema magna (Taylor) from
the swim bladder of Caranx speciosus; some variations from the type are recorded in this last
species.

SOME NEMATODES FROM FISH FROM HERON ISLAND,
QUEENSLAND

by Paratcia M, Mawson*
[Read 11 October 1956]
SUMMARY

An unusual larvi: of Uhynnascaris sp. is described front Chaetodon sp. and Cattydon sp.
Procamatlanus sp. is deserihed froin Sizimanwmn pebulosis, and Metabronema magnu. ("Vaylor)
from the swim bladder of Caranx speeiosus; some variations from the type are recorded in
this last species.

This small collection of nematodes was made at Heron Island, off the Queens-
land coast, by ity colleague, Mr. S. J, Edmonds, while on an excursion with the
Zoology Department of the University of Queensland. [am most gratetul to him
for the opportunity of examining these worms.

Metabronema magna (Taylor)
(igs 1-3)

Metabronema magna is now recorded from the golden trevally, Caranx
speciosus, The species is apparently common in the swim bladder of these
fish, of which a large number were examined by Mz, Edmonds. About six
worms was the usual number present in each fish. The description agrees
generally with that given by Taylor (1825, pp. 60-66) and although there are
slight variations it seems certain that the same species is present.

The longest female is 100 mm., the longest male 35 mm, The shortest
female, about 15 mm. long and without eggs, is in copula with a male of about
30. mm.

Taylor describes broken longitudinal striations on the cuticle of the female.
In those from the trevally, the cuticle anterior to the vulva is transversely striated,
aud posterior ta it the longitudinally elongated bosses appear; in older females
these are further ornamented with smaller ridges, almost resembling fingerprints.
The wide lateral alae commence at the level of the base of the oesophagus and
continue past the anus; for most of their length they bear oblique as well as
tranyyerse striae.

In-en face view only the two pairs of sublateral papillae described by Taylor
were seen; in dorsal (and ventral) view, a very small lateral papilla can be
secn on cach side, with a minute amphidial opening auterior to it (Fig, 2)..

The vestibule is rather shorter than the type, especially in the male; it is
440. by 60 in the female, 2902 by 40, in the male. The cervical papillae, nerve
ring, and excretory pore are as described by Taylor, lying, in a young female in
which the vestibule is 400p long, 160y, 510p, and 830, respectively, from the
anterior end of the warm,

The tail of a large female specimen is 460, long, very different from the
100-210, given by Taylor. The vulva is marked by well-developed muscular
lips as described by Taylor; these lie lateral to one another, with a deep $-shaped
Broove between them. The eggs are 89-41, by 20-22», and contain each a coiled
arva.

* University of Adelaide.

177

In the male the shape of the spicules is exactly as described by Taylor; the
length of the longer is 1-6-1-7 mm., and of the shorter 0-5-0-6 mm. (1:7-1°8
mim, and 0-39-0-45 mm. in the original description). In the copulating male it
is the shorter spicule which has entered the female, No gubernaculum was seen,
although it was described in the type. The male tail is 500, long (270-310, in
type). The number and arrangement of the caudal papillae is similar in both
collections.

souk

Figs. 1-3.-Metahronema mazna, lateral, dorsal and en facy: views of head; Pig. 4.—
Procarnallanus sp. anterior end. Figs. 5-6.—Thynnascaris sp., 5, aulztior end; 6, tail
of male larva, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and G all ta same scale.

Procamallanus sp.
(Fig. 4)

Several fernale worms belonging to the genus Procamallanus were taken
from the black-spined bream, Sigmanum nebulosus, The species is close to
P. sphacroconchus Térnquist in which the tip of the tail is, however, bifid and
in which the buccal capsule is more elongate, and to P. sigani Yamaguti. The
vulva is further forward in the Australian species than in either of these. In
the absence of males no specific determination has been made,

The worms are up to 19 mm, long. The buceal capsule is nearly as wide
as long, without spiral thickenings or other ornamentation, the base 120p from
the anterior end, and the equatorial diameter L10p, including the 15, thick
walls. "Che anterior muscular part of Lhe oesophagus is 430, long, the posterior
part 750x, The excretory pore is 4004 from the anterior end, The tail is 280,
long, conical, and directed dorsad, and it ends in a simple rounded lip.

The region around the vulva is strongly chitinised, but docs not project
noticeably: it lies at about the end of the first third of the body length, 5-3 mm.
from the head in a specimen 15:3 mm. long. No shelled eggs were seen; the uteri
contain a coiled slender-tailed larva, about 450 long.

Thynnascaris sp.
(Figs. 5-6)
‘Larval worras, all of which appear very similar, were taken from the tusk
fish, Chaetodon sp., and from Catlydon sp. ‘hey are asearids, with three low
lips, short oesophagus, with small ventricnlius, and long appendix and short intes-
final caecum, The tail is conical with short digitiform tip without spines. They

178

have been assigned to the genus Thynnascaris because of the presence of a ventn-
culus. A gonad is present as a well-developed tube in two specimens, and in one
ui them is obviously a testis, leading back to the anus; in this specimen there 1s
structure lying dorsal to both reproductive duct and rectum, which is presumably
the anlage of the spicules (Fig. 8). The worms were recorded as from the intes-
tine, but might have been on the outer wall; with them is the larval stage of a
‘Irypanorhynch cestode. The nematodes are enclosed in a loose outer sheath
within which are dark granular masses. It is presumably a 3rd stage larva. as
4th stage in this group show distinct lips and interlabia and a spinous tail.

The developmental stages of Contracaecum spp. and Thynnascaris spp.
larvae in the 2nd intermediate host, and their enclosure in a cyst containin
much granular matter, has been described by Johnston and Mawson (1945.
p. 126),

REFERENCES

Jounsron, T. H., and Mawson, P. M. Parasitic nematodes. In Reports B.A.N.Z. Antarctic
Research Expedition, 1929-31, Series B, vol. 5, part 2.

Taytor, E. L., 1925. Notes on some nematodes in the muscum of the Liverpool School of
Tropical Medicine TI, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit,, 19, pp. 57-69.

Toérngurst, N., 1931. Die nematoden familien Cucullanidae und Camallanidae nebst weitere
Beitragen zur Kenntnis der Anatomie und Histologie der Nematoden. Giteborgs Vetensk.
Samh. Handl. (5B), 2 (3), pp. 1-441.

Yamacvtl, S,, 1935. Studies on the helminth fauna of Japan. Pt. 9. Nematodes of fishes,
1. Jap. Journ. Zool., 6 (2), pp. 337-386.

179

A NEW BLENNY (TRIPTERYGIIDAE) AND PIPEFISH (SYNGNATHIDAE)
FROM KANGAROO ISLAND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY T. D. SCOTT

Summary

A new genus and species of Blenny, Brachynectes fasciatus, and a new species of Pipefish,
Corythoichthys flindersi are described and figured. A key is given to the genera of the
Tripterygiidae of Australia.

A NEW BLENNY (TRIPTERYGIIDAE) AND PIPEFISH (SYNGNATHIDAEF)
FROM KANGAROO ISLAND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by T. D, Scorr*
[Read 11 October 1956]
SUMMARY

A new ¢enus and species of Blenny, Brachynectes fasciaéus, and a new species of Pipe
fish, Corythuichthys flindersi are described and figured. A key is given to the genera of the
Triplerygiidge of Australia,

INTRODUCTION

During the past few years, the Museum has received several excellent collec
tions of shallow water, weed-living fishes from Pelican Lagoon, Kangaroo Island,
South Australia. The collections were made by Mr. H. M. Cooper, Assistant
Anthropologist at the South Australian Museum.

A stnall mesh net was towed over the weedy bottom, in approximately two
fathoms of water. In all, five collections were made during different periods
of the year, resulting in a comprehensive sampling of the area.

Family TRIPTERYGIIDAR.

A group of blennies with three dorsal fins and
maderate to large scales.

Key vo THE GENERA OF THE TRIPTERYGJIDAE OF AUSTRALIA. i

1, Lateral line single ab sel ash Dat i 2

Lateral line of two parts _ - - _. 4 = ats

2. Lateral line continued to caudal peduncle... neg . Lepidoblennius

Lateral line ending in middle of side - am a _. Heleogramma

3. Head scaly - _ se a si Pie MP. Gillias

Head naked ton ’ van F or, = 5, . 4

4. Second dorsal shorter than third dorsal i Brachynectes gen. nov.

Second dorsal longer than third dorsal ay * . &

5. No scales between lateral line and back ce Notoclinops

Several rows of scales between lateral line and back a oe a ks

6. Mouth large, reaching posterior border of eye ca Verconectes
Mouth smaller, reachmg anterior half of eye - ¥

7. Dorsal fins close together; no produced rays ..... ree . Vauclusella

Dorsal fins more separated; some rays produced oe Tripterygion

BRACITYNECTES gen, nov,

Beidy short, not much compressed. Covered with ctenoid scales of moderate
sizo, extending on to the breast and belly. Head naked with numerous pores.
Lateral line of two ‘parts, the first short, formed of simple tubes, and separated
by two rows of scales from the second, consisting of incised scales. Three
dorsal fins, close together, the number of spines in the second less numerous than
the number of rays of the third. Mouth large, extending to hind border of

* South Australian Museuni,
180

eye. Patches of villiform teeth in both jaws, becoming narrow laterally. No
enlarged teeth. Vomer with patches of similar tceth. No teeth on palatines.
Pectoral rays all simple. Ventrals of two simple rays. Caudal rounded.

Separated from other Australian genera in having the second dorsal fin
shorter than the third. :

Brachynectes fasciatus 3p), nov.
D.iiix13 P12 A.20-21 V.2 C18 Br6
Lat. line 10+ 21, Lat. trans. 2:7.

Fig, 1

Head length 12 mm. (3-9), body depth 10 (4-7), body width § (5-8} in the
total length 47 mm. Snewt 3 (4-0). eye 8 (4:0) im the head. Interorbital space
less than eye, Virst dorsal spine the longest, length 5 mm., spines decreasing
in size posteriorly.

Head large, naked. Several rows of pores below and hehind the eye,
acruss the nape, and on the preopercular margin. Anterior nostrils with a simple
tentacle. A broader supra-orbital tentacle. Lips thick, mouth oblique, maxillary
extending to hind-border of cye. A broad band of villiform teeth anteriorly ia
each jaw, narrowing laterally. No enlarged teeth, Similar teeth in patches on
the vomer. Palatines toothless.

Gill membranes united, free from isthmus. Upper opercular margin incised.
Scales ctenoid, moderate. Latcral line of two parts, a short upper part with
simple tubes, ending below the seventh spine of the second dorsal fin, and a
longer inferior part, consisting of incised scales. Two rows of scales between
the two Igteral lines. Thirty rows of scales between the shoulder and the
caudal fin.

Iersal fins clase together, but not connected at their bases. Second dorsal
shorter than the third.” First dorsal commencing over hind margin of pre-
operculum. Pectoral long, reaching to end of second dorsal fin. All :ays simple,
the suiddle ones produced, Ventrals inserted below the preopercular hind
margin, Caudal rounded, length 10 mm., none of the rays bifurcate.

Colours (in spirit); Head and body fawn, Body with five to six dark bars,
exteruling, down to the row of incised scales, Dorsal fins lightly spotted with
black. Two black veelli on the second dorsal, Anal fin dusky, the border white.
Described from a specimen measuring 47 mm. total length, taken August, 1956,
in Pelican Lagoon, Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Type in South Australian
Museum, Reg, No, F.2921,

Material Examined: 31 specimens, range in length 29 mm. to 54 inm,
181

Family SYNGNATHIDAE.

Genus CornyrnaicurHys Kaup.

Coarythoichthys Kaap, 1853, p- 231.
Whitley, 1945 (b), p. 268, designates Syngnathus fasciatus Gray, 1830 (hor Hisse),
as genotype.

Corythoichthys flindersi sp. noy.

lA TAA RS NADIA

Bi
JT

D2l C6 P12 AA,

Rings 15-440. Female, no brood pouch.

Head 10 mm. (8-0) in the trunk and (9-1) in the total length 91 min.
Eye 2 (5-0), snout 4 (2-5) in the head. Trunk 30 (2-0) im the candal. Body
depth 4-5 (20), body width 3-2 (28) in the tatal length.

Snont rather short, almost cqual to the postorbital part of the head, Oper-
culum with two distinct keels, which join immediately behind the eye. Head
with a sharp median ridge extending from the tip of the snout to the anterior
interorbital region, A similar median ridge extending from the hind border of
the eye on to the first body ring, Supraorbital ridges sharp, not quite reaching
the dorsal body ridges. A distinct lateral ridge from the angle of the mouth,
ending below the eye.

Trunk with 7 angles, caudal with 4. Lateral trunk ridges not continuous
with upper fail ridges. Lower lateral ridges continuous. Pectoral fin small,
length 2mm. Dorsal fin short, length from origin to insertion 7 mm. Anal fin
minute, with 4 rays. Caudal fin small, length 2 mm.

Colours; Body light fawn. Brown bands on the trink, a bright blue spot
at the top of each band, the space between these spots orange coloured, A
small white spot on the edge of the ventral keel between the brown bands,
marking the separate body rings. Ventral surface yellow to vent, white poste-
riorly. Head brown, with two white stripes on the cheeks, joining below.
Snout yellow below, reddish above.

Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. W222.

Affinities; Similar to C. vercot (Waite and Tale, 1921, p. 198), but separ-
ated hy possessing 4 anal rays, absence of ridge from snout to first nostril, two
ridges on operculum and differing in the colour pattern.

, tale Examined: Twa specimens measuring 91 mm, and 94 mm. total
ength,

P Natned atter Captain Matthew Flinders, R.N. who discovered and named
Pelican |.agoon on April 4th, 1802,

Three species af the genus Corythoichthys are now recogniscd from South
Australia, and mav be separated as follows:

1. Length of snout equal to half length of head | oe . phillipi
Length of snout less than half length of head 7 soe

2. Two opercular ridges; 4 anal rays; no ridge from snout to first
nostril 7 So, fein cen ve wn Flinderst
One opercular ridge; 2 anal rays; a ridge from snout to first nostril... — vercoi

182

A further species, Parasyngnathus poecilolaemus (Peters, 1869), which was
placed previously in the genus Corythoichthys by McCulloch (1929), has now
been included in the genus Parasyngnathus by Whitley (1948, a).

REFERENCES

Kavp, J. J., 1853. Arch. Naturges, 19, p. 1.

McCortocu, A. R., 1929. Check-list fishes recorded from Australia.
Prrers, W. C. H., 1869. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin.

Waite, E, R., and Harr, H. M., 1921. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 1, p. 4.

Wuittey, G. P., 1948a, Fish. Dept. Western Aust., Fish. Bull, No. 2.
Wut.ey, G. P., 1948b. Aust. Zook, 11.

183

ABSTRACTS OF EXHIBITS AND LECTURES AT MEETING OF THE
SOCIETY DURING 1956

Summary

ABSTRACTS OF EXHIBITS AND LECTURES AT MEETINGS OF THE
SOCIETY DURING 1956.

April 12—J, Tuomas: Illustrated talk on “Growth problems associated with Pinus
radiata’.

I. M. THomas exhibited a living specimen of fresh-water medusa, Cras-
pedacusta sowerbii and explaincd its life-cycle.

May 10—I. M. Tomas, deputizing for Sir Douglas Mawson, discussed the pro-
gramme for the International Geophysical Year.
S. B. Dickenson: Illustrated talk on “The outlook for uranium”,

June 11—Pror. L. G. H. Huxtey: A talk on “Current research problems of the
Physics Department of the University of Adelaide”.

July 12—H. G, Anprewarrua: A talk on “Current problems in animal ecology”.
Aug. 9—Pror. E. A. Rupn: A talk on “The current Australian search for oil”,
Sept. 1S—F. W. Mooruousr: A talk on “The fishing industry in South Australia”.

Oct. 11—C. G. Srevuens: Presidential address, “The phenology of Australian
Soils”.

Nov. 8—H. B. S. Womerstey: Illustrated talk on “The uses of seaweed”.
I. M. Tuomas exhibited some new Australian Enteropneusta.

BALANCE SHEET

Summary

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOU'TH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED)

Receipts and Payments for year ended 30th September, 1956.

£iosd £ s. da
To Balance 1/10/55 . 9172 1 4 By Printing and Publishing Volume 78
» Subscriptions 4, . ” . 29917 7 and Reprints. 083 5 6
» Government Grant - . 1625 0 0 > Printing and Publishing Volume 79
» Sale of Publications and Reprints 310 9 LI and Reprints. 1,440 16 7
» Donations A/c Fleming 45 5 0 » Library Assistants ; 217 6 9
» Interest 263 16 8 » Printing and Stationery - 67 9 U
x Postages, Duty Parties, etc. 79 8 9
5 Cleaning ie 62 2 0
>, Insurance. ’ 7 i 7 0 0
» Lighting .. 10 8 10
» Binding Volumes 434 7 6
» Shelving . 179 4 10
» Surfacing Floor, ete. 129 15 0
» Freight and Cartage 1413 3
» Hire Projector and Epidiascopa 6 2 0
» Signwriting and Labels 5.0 0
» Balance—
Savings Bank of S.A.,
Rundle Street £642 15 7
Savings Bank of S.A,
King William Street 576 15 1
Ex Endowment
Fund 17 24
£1,236 13 0
» Less cutetansing »
cheques 257 2 6
———— 97910 6
£4,716 10 6 £4,716 10 6
ENDOWMENT FUND
Receipts and Payments for year ended 30th September, 1956.
& s. d. £os.d. £ s. d. & gs ad.
1955—Oct. 1: 1956—Sept. 30:
To Balance— By Revenue A/c 202 19 1
Commonw’th Inscribed » Balance—
Stock + 6018 0 0 Cormmonw’'th Inscribed
Savings Bank of S.A. 6218 7 Stock 6,010 0 0
+--+ 6,072 18 7 Savings Bank of S.A. 62.18 7
1956—Sept, 30: —————--— 6,072 18 7
» Interest—
Inscribed Stock 200 19 6
Savings Bank of S.A. ... 119 7
————————._- 902. 119 —«&£$
£6275 17 8 £6,275 17 8

Audited and found correct.
the respective institutions,

F. M. ANGEL 1
N.S, ANGEL, A.U.A. Com. {

Adelaide, 11th October, 1956.

Hon.
Auditors

H. M. HALE, Tion. Treasurer.

The Stock and Bank Balances have heen verified by certificates from

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAL AND LIST OF FELLOWS,
MEMBERS, ETC., 1956

Summary

AWARDS OF THE SIR JOSEPH VERCO MEDAT,

1939 Pror. Warren Howcrty, F.G.S,

3930 Jown McC, Brack, A.L.5,

1W3. Pror, Sm Dovcias Mawson, O.B,E,, D.Se., BE. FBS,
1933 Pror. J. Bunro~ Crerann, M.D.

19385 Pror. ‘I’. Tauvey Jounston, M,A., D.Sc.
1938 Pro, J. A- Prescotr, DSe., FAC.

1943 Flennent Wonnsiey, A.L.S., F.R.E.S.

1944 Pror, J. G. Woon, D.Se,, Ph.D.

1945 Crom T. Mapican, M.A., B.E., D.Se., £.G.S.
1946 Hexuert M. Hare, O.B.E.

1955) LL. Kren Warp, 1.8.0., B.A,, BE. DSc
1956 N. B. Trvvane, BSc.

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, ETC.
AS AT 30th SEPTEMBER, 1956.

Those marked with an asterisk (*) have contributed papers published in the Saciety’s

‘Sransactions, ‘Those marked with a dagger (1+) are Life Members.
Any change in address ur any other changes should be notified to the Secretary.

Note—The publications of the Society are not sent ta those meutnbers whose subscriptions

are In trredr.

Date of

Election Honorany FELLOWws

1949, °Crevanb, Prov. J. B., M.D, Dashwood Road, Beaumont, §.A.—Fellow, 1595-1944:
Vereo Medal, 1933: Council, 1921-26, 1932-37; President, 1927-28, 1940-41, Vice-
President, 1926-27, 1941-42.

1955. °Mawson, Prov. Sm Doveas, O.B.E., D.Se., B.E., FS, University of Adelaide—
Verso Medal, 1931; President, 1924-25, 1944-45; Viee-President, 1925-24, 1925-26;
Council, 1941-43.

1955. °Osuons, Pror. I. G. B., D.Se., 22 Hardwicke: Street, Bulwyn, Victoria—Cuuneil,
1915-20, 1922-24: President, 1925-26: Vice-President, 1924-35, 1926-27,

j955. *Warp, L. K., 15.0., BAL BE, DSc, 22 Northumberland Street, Heathpool,
Murryatville, S.A—Council, 1924-27, 1933-35; Vice-President, 1927-28; President,
1928-30.

FELLOWS

1946. Anum, Pror. A. A. M.D., D.Sc., Ph.D., University of Adelaide.

1953. Apcoce, Miss A., 4 Gertrude Street, Norwood, 5.4.

1951. Arremson, G. D., B.E., Civil Engineering Department, University of Melbourne,
Carlton, Victoria,

1927. *Aupernntan, Poor, A. BR. PhD. D.Sc, F.G.S., University of Adelaide — Council,
1937-42, 1954-55, 1953-56.

1951. Ampenson, Mrs. S. H., B.Sc, Zoology Dept. University of Adelaide, S.A.

1951, Anprrws, J., M.B., B-S., 40 Seafield Avenue, Kingswood, 5.4.

1935. °AnpnewaRTHA, HF. G., M.Ag.Se., D.Sc,, Zovlogy Dept, University of Adelaide —
Council, 1949-50; Vice-President, 950-51, 1952-53; President, 1991-52.

1035. *Awprewantira, Mus. H, V., B-AgrSc., M.Sc, (nee 1 V. Steele), 28 Claremont
Avenue, Netherhy, S.A.

1929. *Ancen, F. M., 34 Follartan Road, Parkside, S.A.

$930. *Awaer, Miss T,. VL, M.de,, c/o Mrs. C. Angel, 2 Mowre Strect, Toorak, Adelaide, S.A-

1945, "Nancrerrt, H. K, Leth, 2 Abbotshall Roacl, Lower Mitcham, S.A.

1950. Brascey, A. K., Harris Street, Marden, $.A.

1950. Brew, R. G., BAySe., R.A. Lysewand Park, Mil-Lel, via Mount Gambier, 5.A.

1932, Bec, P, R,, D.D-Se., L.0.5,, Shell House, 170 North Terrace, Adelaide.

1028, Trst, R. J. DSe., FAG... Waite Tastitate (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide.

1954. Brace, A. B., AS.AS.M., M/UM.M,, 36 Woodernft Avenue, SL, Georges, S.A.

1934, Track. E. C.. M.B., BS. Magill Read, Tranmere, Adelaide.

1950. Bonnrm, Ni J.. M.B., B.S., J-R.CLS. (Eng.), FR.AG.S., 40 Barnard Strect, North
Adelaide, 3.A,

1945. }*RowyrHon, C. W., B.Sc, A-A.C.L, Romalo Honse, Romalo Avenne, Magill, ‘S.A.

1940. Bonyrrow, Sm J. Lavineton, 263 Last Terrace, Adelaide.

1945. °Hoonsaca, C. D., M.Sc,, B.Se.For., 6 Caltic Avenue, South Road Park, $.A.

1947, *Bowes, D. R., Ph.D., MSc, D.1.G., F.G.S., Geology Department, The University,

Glasgow, Scotland.
186

Date of
Elveticn
3999,
19d4.

1925,
1922,

1953.
1929.

1953-
1949.
1939.

1956,
1556.
1953.

TrookMan, Mrs. Ho D. (new A, Harvey), B.A., Meadows, S.A. ;

Bunce, Miss N. T., M.Se,, C.S,L8.0,, Diy, Plant Industry, P.O. Box 109, Can-
berra, AGT.

Bunvos, H, 5., D.Se,, University of Adeluide—Couneil, 1946-47, 1947-48, 1048-49,

*Casrpurun, Pror T. D.. D.D.8¢,, D.se,, Dental Dept., Adelaide Hospital, Adelaide—

Couned, 1928-32. 1935, 1942-45; Viee-President, 1932-34; President, 1934-35.

Canten, A, N,,. BSc, 70 Madoline Street, Burwood, £13, Vietoria.

ae W. M.B., B.S. 7 Walter Street, Hyde Park, Adelaide, §.A.—Treasuver,
1933-38.

Crorsien, B.A. evo Departinent of Mines, Adelaide, S.A,

Couuver, F, S., Ceolowy Department, University of Queensland,

*Corron. B. C., S.A. Museum, Adelaide—Cuunell, 1943-46, 194849; Vico-Presirlerit,
1949-50, L951; President, 1950-51,

Chawroxnp, A, Bi, B.Sc., Dept. of Mines, Adclaide.

Daiter, B., PhD. S.A, Museurn,

Danze, D. M.S, MLB. BChir., MAGS. LRP. BA, Institute ot Medical aad
Veterinary Science. Mrome Road, Adelicdle,

Davirwow, A. G. L. PhD. B.Se.. c/o Burns Philp ‘Trpst Go: 7 Bridge Street,
Sydney, NSW.

Detanp, GM, M... BS., D.P.IT, D.T.M., 29 Gilbert Strect, Goodwood, S.A.—
Council, 1949-51, 1954-57; Wice-Prevident, (951-52, 1953-54; President, 1952-53.

Piceisson, 8, B., M.Sv., oo Departinent of Mines, 3), Flinders Street, Adeluide, S.A —
Council, 1949-31, 1954-56; Vice-President, 1951-52, 1953-54; Presidene, 1952-33,

Drx, K. V., Hospitals Department, Rundle. Strect. Adelaide, S.A.

Dunxtone, 8. M. L., MB, BS. 170 Payneham Road, St. Peters, Adelaide

Dwyven, J, M., M03., B.S., 105 Port Road, Hindntarsh,, S.A,

“Banvtry, Miss C. M,, AP-Se., University of Adcliide—Couaril, 1943-46.

“Epsronps, 8. J., BA, M.Se., Zoology Department, University af Adelaide—Couneil,

__ 1954-55; Propramme Seeretary, 1955-56; Seeretary, 1956-57.

*Hoquisi, A. G,, £9 Farrell Street, Glenelg, S.A.—-Cpuncil, 1949-1953,

Encwiek, A. Drrernut., Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

*Tinnayson, H. H,, 305 Ward Street, North Adelaide—Corneil, 1997-40.

Fisten, R. H., 263 Goodwood Road, Kinys Park, 5.4.

*Fry, WH. K., DSO, M.D. BS. B.Se, FRAC? Town Hall, Adelaide—Councif,
1933-37; Vice-President, 1937-38, 1939-40; President, 1938-39:

Gres, KE, T. (De.), Pad, M.Sc, DLC. S.A. Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide

Ginson, A. A., A.W.A.S.M,, Geologist, Mines Department, Adelaide:

“GLAFSENBA,, M. b,, D.Sc, c/o Geology Department, University of Adelnide—Courcil,
1952-54.

Goveney, F. k., Box $31 H. G.P.On, Adelside,

[Govvsack, H., Coromandel Valley, 8.A.

Guren, J. W., G Bedford Avenue. Subiaco, Wost Australi.

Grreie, ET, D., 13 Dunrubin Road, Brighton, $.A,

Gross, G. PF. M.Se., South Australian Museurn, Adelaide—Secratary, 1950-53.

Gurry, D. |., B.Sc. c/o W.A. Petroleum Co,, 25! Adelaide Terrace, Perth. WA.

“Hare. H. M., O.R.E, c/o S.A. Museum—Verco Medal, 146; Gouneil, 1951-34,
1950-33, 1956-57; Vice-President, 1934-36, 1937-38; President, 1936-37; Treusurer,
1938-30, 1953-56.

Hate, D, R., Tea Tree Gully, S.A.

tHancocx, N. L., 3 Bewdley, 66 Beresford Road, Kosa Bay, .S,W,

*Hansen, [ Y., B.A. 34 Herbert Road, West Croydon, S.A,

*Elarpy, Mus. J. E. (nee A, C, Beckwith), M.&e,, Bos 62, Smithton, Tas,

Hanes, J. I. B.Sc.,.c/a Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Adelaide

Hernror, RG, B.Agr.Sc., 49 Halsbury Avenue, Kingswood, S.A,

Hinton, F, M,, B.Avr.Se. 17 Kay Avenue, Berri, $A,

Rocsine, L, J,, The School, Scott's Greek, 5.A,

*Hossrecp, P.S., Ph.D., 132 Fisher Street, Fullarton, S.A, ;

Humure, DS. W., MP.S., J-P., 238 Payneliam Road, Payneliam, $,A.

Hourron, J, 'T., B.Se., 18 Emily Avenue, Clapliam,

Troutn, P., J4 Wyatt Road, Burnside, $A.

*Jessup, H. W., MSc, cefo C.S.LN.O., Canberra, A.C.T.

*Jonns. Bi. K., B.Se., Department of Mines, blinders Street, Adelaide, §.A.

Kears, A. 1... B.E., c/o North Broken Hill Litd,, Kraken Hill,

+Kuaxiran, i. M., Ph.D., M.B, FR.G.S., Khakhar Buildings, C.P. Tank Road, Bom-
bay, Intlia.

*Kinc, D., M.Se., c/o Depariment af Mines, Flinders Street, Adelaide. a

"Krsemany A, W., Ph.D., University of Adelaide—Secretary, 1945-48; Vise-Presideng,
1948-49, 1950-51; President, 1949-50,

187

Date of

Elevtion

1922. Liunpon, G, Ay M.D. BS. FRCP, AMD. Building, King William Street, Adelaide,

1048, Loruras, ‘T. KR. N., N.DET. (NZ), Director, Botantc Gardens, Adelaide—Treasurer,
1952-33; Council, 1953-57. ,

1081. *Lunenoox, Mas. N, A, M.A, PhD, DLC, F.C.8., Department of Mines, 34
Flinders Street, Adelaide:

1034, Mavnras, ©. B., B.D.S., D1D.Se., Shell House, North Terrace, Adelaide,

(953, Maxczern, D. A. B.Se. (Toms.J, Waite Institute, Adelaide,

1939. Mausiane, Ll. J, MAgeSe, Ph.D., Waite Institute (Private Mail Bag), Astolaide-
Cuuneil, 1945-52,

1920, Mayo, Sut Hexwner, LLB. O.C., 19 Marlborough Street, College Purk, 5.4,

1950. Mayo. G. M. 6. BAsSe,, PhD. 146 Melbourne Street, North Adhelatede.

1943, MeCanruy, Mrs D. F., BA, BSe., 70 Halton Tenace, Kensington Park.

1953. McGanteey, fs B., M.D, DiSe, (Edin.), Institute of Medical andl Veterinary Scieuce,
Frome Koad, Adelaide.

1948, Migtanniey R_N,, M.B.E., B.Sc, B.Agr.Se., Roswsorthy Agricultural College, Rose
worthy, SoA,

uaa. (*Mimas, Ke OW, Dib, V-G.S., 11 Chivch Road, Mitcham, 5.4.

Lost. Mines, J, AT, M.A. B.Chir, (Cant.), University vE Otago, NvZ.

1953, \irewk KL, FGA, 14 Burlington Street, Walkerville, S.A.

1999, Muneaant, V. dL, T Lewthwaite Strect, Whyallit West, 5-4,

1925, tMoromon, PRoe, Sm We. K.CMLG., MLA. TSe., Pitzroy ‘Poercvor, Veuspecr, S.A,

1933. Murexera, Prom M, L,, Mise. c/a Tlder’s Trustee and Bxeentar Go, Ltd, 37 Carrie
Street. Adulaide,

fOSl. Marcher. F. J., e/a The South Australian Museunt, North Terrace, Acdliicde.

1938, Meonnouss, FP) W., M-Sc., Chief Inspector ot Visheries, Simpson Buildings, Gawler
Phicu, Adelaide.

1936. °Mounrroun, GC, P., 25 First Averme, St. Peters, Adelie.

O14. Munrecta. J. W., Engineering and Water Supply Dept., Vietoria Squire, Ade liicte,

144, Ninsus, A. BR. BA. BDA. 62 Sheffield Strect. Malvern, S.A.

1952. Noone, H. V. Vi, c/o Union Bank of Australia, Adeluide,

1945. °Nowrscore, K, H. BAgr-Sce., ALAS. Waite listitute (Mrivate Mail Bing), Adelaide

1930, QOckexvpen, GC. P., BoA. School Tlouse, Box 63,, Kimbi, S.A.

1956. O'Driscos, EB. S., B.Sc., 9 Vioall Street, Dover Gardens, S.A.

1937. “Pankiw, L. W., MiSe., AST.C. e/o Mines Dept, Adelyide—Secretary, 193-56.
Viee-Prewident, 150-57

149, Panginsom, B,J, BeSo, Whilwarta Koad, Balaklava, S.A.

929, Paorn, ALG. ALA, BSe, LO VAlton Avenue, Bulkiton Rstate, S.A.

2h "Pre, GC. S., DSe., Waite Institute (Private Miol Bay), Adeduide—Couneil, 1441-4/5,
Vies-Prusident, L345, POB-AT: Presideut, M45-46,

1948, Pownim, J. kK, Se, COLO, Keith, S.A,

19. Prat, Tt. G., SL Park Terrace. North Unley, 5.1.

1923. *Paescorr, Pror. J. A. C.B.E.. DiSe, FRAG, PS. 62 Grove Kowd, Moats
Bonk, SwA—Veres Metal, 1936, Council, 1927-30, 1935-39; VinePresieleur,
1030-32: President, 1932-33; Editor, PA5-57,

L445. *Pryor, L. D., MSe, Dip.Por., 32 La Perouse Street, Griffith, Canherra, ACT.

1950. "Rarucas, J. IL, M.Se.. West Anstralian Petroleum Co. Perth, WA,

1951. BRaysom, P.. B.Sc. c/a Botany Department, Giaversity of Adelaide,

1944. Pacracan, D. S., M-Se., BeAgr Se, CS1TO., Division of Nutrition, Adelatde.

147, Hivern, W. RB, BSc. e/a Seripps duslilutinn of Ovcanberuphy, Dept, of Palaron-
tology, La Jolla, California, T.5.4.

147, Fox, C. EL. 42 Waymonth Avenue, Glineore, S.A,

1953. Kocrns, Puow, $, W. P., Ph.D., Zoology Department, University of Adehide,

1951. Rows, $. A., 22 Shelley Street, Fule, 5.4,

1951, Rown, S. L., BSc, Gordon Institue of “vechuoligy, Geeloag, Vietoria,

1950, Rupp, Pror. B. A. B.Sc., AM., University of Adelaile, S.A,

[D51, Tussunn, Lb. Ly, c/o High School, Prot Pirie, S.A,

1945. Byaura, J. Ry Old Penola Mstate, Ponoli, S.A.

1933. Scuxumer, M., M.B., BS. 275 North ‘Yerrace, Adehiide.

1951. *Seotr, T. D., MSc, S.A. Mnsenia, North ‘Lerraca, Adelaide, S.A.—2rogranime
Seeretery, 1953-54, 1056-57.

1924, 8Sraxrr, R. W., M.A., B.Se., Engineering aul Water Supply Depurhioent, Vietoria
Square, Adclaide—Seeretary, 1960-35; Council, 1937-38; View-Prosident, 1938-99,
1940-41; President, 1939-40.

$995. *Suzann, 1, Port Elliot. S.A,

1056. °Stmanp, Dr. K., M.Se., Fisheries Research Diy, CS1.R.0., University of WA
Nedlands, W-A,

1954, Stmpuerp, R. G., BSc. ¢/o Department of Mines, Adclaide,

1934, Suoweerety, H. C., 57 Canterbury Avenue, Trinity Gardens, 8,A.

168

Date uf
Election

1949,
1925,
1941.
1941,

1936.
1947.
1936
1951,
1947,

1949.
1938;

T9585,
1932.

1946.
195),
1934.

1924).

1O56.
1944.

1038.
L940),
L923,

1955,
1925,
LO5O,
1953,

1954.
1954.
1956,
1954.
1846.
150,
1946,
1933.

1954.
144,
19255,

1950,
1953.
1944,

Smiuson, D. A., M.B., B.S., The Manor House, Great Haseley, Oxtordshire, England,

tSmirn, T. E. Bane, B.A., 25 Currie Strect, Adelaide.

“SuitH, ‘T, L., BSe., Dept. of Ceography, University of Sydney, N.S.W.

*Sourucorr, H. Y;, M.T, 5.S., DOILM. & IL, 13 Jasper Street, Hyde Purk, §.A—
Gawneil, 1949-51, 1952-53; Treasurer, 1951-52; Vice-President, 1953-54, (955-36:
Frestdent, 1954-55.

Sourmwvoon, A, R.. M.D.. M.S, (Adel.), M.B.C.P., 170 North Terre, Adelaide,

*Srranr, R, L., Ph.D., Botany Department, University of Adelaide—Cauncil, 1051-,

{*Seurec, BR, C., M.Sc. 5 Baker Street, Somerton Park,

STEApMan, Rev. W. K., & Blairgowrie Roud, St. Georges, SA.

Sruruinc, M. b., B.Ag.Se., Horticultural Branch, Department of Agriculture, Bor
YOL B, G.P.O., Adelaide.

“Spry, A. H., M.Se., Geology Department, University of ‘Tasmania.

*Sveprens, ©. G., D.Se., Waite Institute (Private Mauil Rag), Adelaide—Council,
1952-54: Vice-President, 1954-55, 1956-57; President, 1935-56.

Swaine, C, TD, MLB, BS. Repatristion Sanatorium, Belair, S.A,

Swan, D. C., M.de.. Waite Institute (Private Mail Bay), Adelaide — Seeretary,
1940-42; Vice-President, 1946-47, 1948-49: President, 1947-48; Cauneil,, (953-57,

Swann; F. J. W., Box 136, FO, Burnie, Tasmania,

Swaksen P., MAg.Sea, G18 Seaview Road. Granye, §.A.

Symons, LG. 85 Murray Street, Lower Mitcham, S.A. — Eclitr, 1947-55: Council,
1955-57.

*Taynon, J. K., B.A. M.Se.. Waite Institute (Private Mail Baw). Adelaide—Gouneil,
1940-93, 1947-50; Librarian, 1951-53; Vine-President, 1932-53, 1954-53: President,
1453-54; Council, 1955,

Trarcuur. D,, B.Se., Departnmrit of Mines, Adclaide.

*Trhomas, T, M., M.Sc. (Wales), Department of Zoology, University of Adeliide—
Secretary, 1948-50; Council, 1950-53; Vice-President. 1955-58. President, 1956-57,

°THomas, Mus. 1. M. (nee P. Mi. Mawson), M.Sc., 36 King Street, Brighton,

“Thompson, Capt. J. M., 135 Military Road. Semaphore Suuth. S.A.

°TinnaLr, N. B., B.Sc., South Australian Museum, Adelaidc—Vercu: Medal, 1956;
Secretary, 1935-36; Council, 1946-47; Viee-Presilent, 1047-48, 1949-50; Provident.
1945-49; Librarian, 1952-57,

*Tucarr, B, M4 B.Se,, 86 Baker Street, Glengowrtie, S.A,

Turanen, D, C.. Brookman Buildings, Grenfell Street, Adelaide,

Verrcn, J. 'T., Box 92, Port Lincoln, S.A.

WAREMAN, R, A., B.A. M.A, Ph.D, Northwestem University, Fyanston, Ulinois,
TSA,

Wenz, B. P., M.Se,, Radium Hill, $A.

Weuts, C. B., B.Agbc., Broadlees, Waverley Ridge, Crafers, S.A,

Waariey-Darg, EH. E., MTnst.kxk., 6 Lansdawne Terrace, North Walkerville, S.A,

“Wrr»r, A, R., B.Se., c/a Geology Depart., King’s College, Strand, W.C.2, Lonlun

*Warrie, A. W. G., M.Se., Mines Department, Flinders Street, Adelaide.

Wristasarns, L. B.. “Dumosa,” Meningie, S.A.

*Witson, A. F.. M.Se., University of W.A.. Nedlands, W-A,

*Woasimnsiey, A. FRWK.S., ALS. (Pen. causa), S.A, Museam, Adelaide — Vercu
Medal, 1943; Seeretary, 1936-37; Editor, 1937-43, 1945-47; President, 1943-44;
Vice-President, 1944-45; Rep, Fauna and Flura Protection Gommittee, 1943;
Treasurer, 1950-51, 1956-57,

*Wonerstey, H. B.S... Ph.D., Botuny Department, University of Adelaide.

Woaterstey, J, &., B.Se:, Lac, New Guivea.

*Woon, Prov, J. G., D.Se., Ph.D., Botany Department, University of Adelaide—Verca
Medal, 1944: Council, 1938-40; Vice-President, 1940-41, 1942-43; Ren. Fauna and
Flora Board, 1940-; President, 1911-42: Counedl, 1944-48,

*Woonarp, G, D., B.Se., 1 Brigalow Avenue, Kensington Gardens, S.A,

Woopnouse. L, R., 15 Robert Strect, North Unley, S.A. ,

Zmaen, W, J., DipFor,, F.L.S. (Lan.), 7 Rupert Street, Footscray West, W.12, Viut-

189

GENERAL INDEX

Summary

GENERAL INDEX

Names printed in italics as separate entries indicate that the farms are new to science,

Aboriginal Marriage and Kinship:

H. K. #ry ,, ; . If
Acanthocephala (Australian) No. 10: ;

S. J. Edmonds ... F — . 76-80
Avarina (New Genera and Species)

from Hats from New Guinea,

Philippines and Australia; EL.

Womersley 4 \. 5 _ 67-73
Acamutacerus (The Genus) I. De-

scription of three New Species

from ‘l'rinity Bay, North Queens-

land: Tl. V. Southeote 146-155
Acomatacaryus coaki 146
Acometacarus langani 153
Acomatacatus mathew 149
Atuxoacevithlum, bidentioulatum 25
Bittium SSenethittint) subgranariun ay
Blenny (2 new) and Pipefish from

Kangyrou Island, South Australia:

T..D. Seatt ’ * 180-183
Brachynectes fasciatus 181
Brookes, H. M,; ‘he Cocvoiden

Nuturalised in South Australia _ 81-90
Cerithiclla (Coxelluria) superspiralis 33

Costodes from Cormorants from

South Australia: H.C, Clark 124-154
Clark, H. G,: Gestodes freer Cor-

morants from South Australia 134-134
Comoiden (Tomoptera) Naturalised

in South Austritlia: H. M. Brookes 81-99

Corythoiehthys flindersi.. 182
Dated Tartangan Implement Site from

Cape Martin, South-Bast of South

Australia; N. B. Tindale 109-123
Edmonds, 8. J.: Australian Acantho-

eephula No. 10 - 7 . 76-80
Forbes, B. G.: Stratigraphic Succes-

sion Kast of Grey Spur, South Aus-

tralia : . . 59-66
Frankenea (a new) from South Ans-

tralia: KR. Melville " 144-145
Frankonia plicata ; 144
Fry, H, K.: Concerning Aboriginal

Marriage and Kinship . = . 146
Geology and Subsurface Waters of

the Area Kast of Deep Well, Alice

Springs Distrist, Northern Terri-

tory: J. Rade _ = U 5L-97
Hyputrochus semiplicutus ‘ 81
Ludbronk, N, Ho: The Molluscan

Fauna of the Pliocene Strata

Underlying the Adelaide Plains,

Part lV b oe . LT-57

191

Marine freeliving Nematodes from
Sonth Australia, Part 1: P.M, Maw-
Sor _ b. -

Mawson, P. M.: Marine freeliving
Nematodes from South Australia
Mawson, P. M.: Some Nematodes

from Fish from Ueron Island,
Queensland - 177-179
Melville, R.; A new Frankenia trom

98-108
98-108:

South Australia _ = 144-145
Metuncholaimus brevispicum 101
Mothisean Fauna of the Pliocene

Strata underlying the Adelaide
Plains, Part TV: N. H. Ludbrook

Nematodes from Fish from Heron
Island, Queensland: P. M. Maw-
‘son | . . ’ 177-179

Newnyobia luzoneasis ; .

Neotrombidium tridentifer

Notoluelaps noo guinen 67

Plesiolaclaps miniopterus
Pseudoponorchis hydromauris

Rade, J.: Geology and Subsurface
Waters of the Arca Lust of Deep
Well, Alice Springs District,
Northern ‘Verritory ». 91-97

Seatt, T. D.: A New Blenny (Trip-
terygiidae) and Pipefish (Syngna-
thidse) from Kangaroo Island,

South Australia . 180-183
Seila (Notoseila) triplanicincte 34
Sontheott, R. V.: Rediseovery of

Ctenerythraeus Berlese (1918)

with redeseription, and_ its

synonomy with Spathulathrombium

Womersley 1945 = . 135-143
Sontheott, BR. Vi: The Genus Acoma-

tucarus, I, Description of “lee

New Species fram Trinity Bay,

North Qucensland = _ gt 146-155
Sontheott, K. Vo; The Genus Neo-

trombidium, U1, Further Notes on

Systematics with a Description of

a New Spevics from North QOneens-

land i et . 156-164
Southeott, R. V.: On VWatacarus

ipoides, 2 New Respiratory Ende-

parasite from a Pacific Sea-snake 165-176

_ LT-5T

Steineria pulehra - — 108
Stvatigraphic Succession East of Crey
Spur, South Australia: B, $
Forbes . . vs 59-66
Syrmola ( Agutha) pruefasciata 40
Syrnola ( Evelynella) acdelaidensis —. 2
‘findale, N. B.: A Dated Tartangim
Implement Site. from Cape Martin,
South-East of South Australia 109-123
Triphora (Isotriphora) salisburyensis 35

Triphora ( Notosinister) praegranifera
Tuckerella (a New Species of ) from

South Australia: H. Womersley ..

Tuckerella spechtae be cf
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) adelaidensis
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) currongae ..
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) mappingae
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) widningae ..
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) wurongae ...
Turritella (Colospira) platyspiroides

192

Valsantia spectabilis
Vatacarus ipoides ..

Womersley, II: New Genera and
Species of Acarina from Bats from
New Guinea, Philippines and
Australia bs pre it:

Womersley, H.: A New Species of
Tuckerella (Acarina) from South
Australia . 7 %

20
166

. 67-72

. 13-75

CONTENTS

H. K. Fry: Concerning Aboriginal Marriage and Kinship

N. H. Lupproox: The Molluscan Fauna of the Pliocene Strata Underlying
aa neo Plains. Part aor pasa tsa to Struthio-
arldae oh

B. G. Forses: Stratiovapbié 5 Succession East of Grey Spur, South Austialla

H. WomenrsLeEy: New Genera and apecies of Acarina from Bats from New
Guinea, Philippines and Australia . e leat ter ae

H. Womerstex: A New Species of Tuckerella itsrion. saci sae so das
Tuckerellidae) from South Australia Oe i

S. J. EpmMonps: Australian Acanthocephala No. 10 ...

H. M. Brooxes: The Coccoidea putts) Naturalised in South Aus-
tralia: an Annotated List _...

J. Rave: Geology and Subsurface Waters of the Area East of Deep Well,
Alice Springs District, Northern Territory

P. M. Mawson: Marine Freeliving Nematodes from South Sagat Part I

N. B. Trypate: A Dated Tartangan pete Site from pic Martin,
South-East of South Australia

H. G, Ciarx: Cestodes from Cormorants from South acetie

R, V. Sourncotr: Rediscovery of Ctenerythraeus Berlese 1918 (Acarina,
Trombidiidae ), with as pala aw and its a as with Mpa ape
thrombium Womersley 1945 .,

R. MEtvitLe: A New Frankenia ack South aeaeclig

R. V. Souracotr: The Genus Acomatacarus (Acarina : Trombiculidae).
os DeseRu ee of Three New epee from ee Bay, North eycene

R. V. Sourscotr: The Cans Nsctionbiaenn (Acarina : Leeuwenhoe-
kiidae). II. Further notes on Systematics, with a rg of a
New Species from North Queensland a

R. V. Sourascotr: On Vatacarus Ipoides, N. Gen., N. 1. Sp. ere Trom-
bidioidea), A New Respiratory Endoparasite from a Pacific Sea-snake

P. M. Mawson: Some Nematodes from Fish from Heron Is., Queensland

T. D. Scorr: A New Blenny SPE EE i wah and to a sSyeeeiiae}
from Kangaroo Island, South Australia ..

Abstract of Exhibits and Lectures, 1956
Balance Sheet, 1956 ..

Awards of the Sir ypeeets) Verco Medal and List of Fellows, , Members,
etc,, 1956:

156

180

185

186